August 2012

United Republic of Tanzania

Tanzania Electric Supply Company Limited

Tanzania, Iringa-Shinyanga Backbone Transmission

Investment Project (BTIP)

400kV Transmission Line

Lot 1, 2 & 3

Final Tender Documents

Part 2

FICHTNER

5413A08/FICHT-7273319-v4
 Table of Contents

Part 1 Bidding Procedures:

SECTION I INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

SECTION II BID DATA SHEETS

SECTION III EVALUATION & QUALIFICATION

CRITERIA

SECTION IV BIDDING FORMS

SECTION V ELIGIBLE COUNTRIES

Part 2 Employers Requirements:

SECTION VI EMPLOYERS REQUIREMENTS

GUIDANCE LIST FOR COMPILING OVERALL BID

B0 - GENERAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

B1 - PARTICULAR TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

C - DRAWINGS

FORMS AND PROCEDURES

Part 3 Condition of Contract and Contract Forms:

SECTION VII GENERAL CONDITIONS

SECTION VIII PARTICULAR CONDITIONS Lot 1

SECTION VIII PARTICULAR CONDITIONS Lot 2
SECTION VIII PARTICULAR CONDITIONS Lot 3

SECTION IX CONTRACT FORMS Lot 1

SECTION IX CONTRACT FORMS Lot 2
SECTION IX CONTRACT FORMS Lot 3

5413A08/FICHT-7273319-v4
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI

Section VI
Employers Requirements

5413A08/FICHT-7273316-v1 1
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI

SECTION VI - EMPLOYERS REQUIREMENTS

GUIDANCE LIST FOR COMPILING OVERALL BID

B0 - GENERAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

B1 - PARTICULAR TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

C - ANNEXES

FORMS AND PROCEDURES

5413A08/FICHT-7273316-v1 2
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI

Guidance List for Compiling overall Bid

Each individual Bid for each Lot, shall be submitted in same order as indicated herein
below and should comprise of the following:

Volume 1:

1. Letter of Bid in the format attached in Section A4, duly completed in the
manner and detail indicated therein and signed by the Bidder.

2. Power of attorney according to ITB clause 21.2

3. Bidder Information Sheet / Party to JVA Information Sheet as per the

format included in Section A4 (Form ELI 1.1 / ELI 1.2)

4. Joint Venture Agreement, if any

5. Bid security furnished in accordance with ITB Clause 20.

6. Certification according to ISO 9001 or equivalent and Description of the

Quality Assurance System

7. Organization chart showing the intended project organization in the Contractor's

head office and at site

8. Time and personnel schedule for erection indicating:

number and qualification as well as period of stay of key personnel
total number of local personnel required plus the calculated man-months
qualification and experience of expatriates and local personnel

9. Mobilization & Construction schedule and work program depicting mainly

mobilization, the design / submission of drawings, manufacturing, factory acceptance
testing, shipping time, custom clearance, inland transport, civil works, erection works,
commissioning, trial run, training, and final completion date.

The time schedule must be accompanied by a detailed step by step work program
including milestones, describing how the contractor intends to perform the works. The
Bidder shall clearly show all major and important activities, number of staff involved,
expected progress.

10. Tentative training schedule

11. Tentative testing program: Tests in the factory and on site, which are planned to be
performed.

In the factory:

5413A08/FICHT-7273316-v1 1
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI

during plant manufacturing

during Factory Acceptance Test

On site:
during plant installation and execution of civil engineering works
during test run
during technical inspection and trial operation
during commissioning
during operational acceptance

12. Price schedules (in the format attached) duly completed by the Bidder in the
manner and detail indicated therein and following the requirements of ITB
clause 12, 14.1 and 17.
For ease of evaluation and reporting purposes price sheets shall also be
submitted as editable EXCEL2003 or 2007 files. However, the ORIGINAL
hardcopy will always take precedence over the electronic version in case of
discrepancies.

Volume 2

13. Documentary evidence established in accordance with ITB 16.1 that the Plant and
Installation Services offered by the Bidder conform to the Bidding Document.
The documentary evidence of the conformity of the facilities to the bidding
documents may be in the form of literature, drawings and data, and shall furnish a
detailed description of the essential technical and performance characteristics of the
facilities.

14. Recommended spare parts, equipment, tools and instruments

a list giving full particulars, including available sources, storage and supply policy
and current prices of all spare parts, special tools, etc. necessary for the proper and
continuing functioning of the facilities for a period of 5 years.
Detailed technical description and technical parameters of equipment, tools and
instruments shall be submitted.

15. Method Statement

Bidders shall submit proposals of work methods in sufficient detail to demonstrate
their technical capability to meet the Employers requirements. Method Statements
shall be submitted for the main activities such as concrete casting, tower erection,
stringing, etc. they shall describe the procedure, the tools used, the qualification and
quantity of the personnel employed, the test methods applied and the progress rates
per day.

16. Technical Schedules (fully completed schedules with all required data properly filled
in)
If bidders offer data of goods/services from a subcontractor/supplier, authorization
forms for these goods/services have to be submitted in an annex.

5413A08/FICHT-7273316-v1 2
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI

Volume 3

17. Qualification Forms and Update of information provided in the PQ Application.

In order to evidence the Bidder meets the project requirements and continues to meet
the criteria used at the time of prequalification, according to Section III, item 2.1.

The following forms shall be included in the bid in the format attached in Section IV:
Historical Contract non Performance (Form CON-2)
Financial Situation (Form FIN-3.1, FIN-3.2 & FIN-3.3)

18. Current Contract Commitments / Works in Progress as per the format

included in Section IV (Form CCC)

19. Details of the proposed personnel and their experience records

according to Section III item 2.3 in the format included in Section IV (From
PER-1 & PER-2).

20. Subcontractors and manufacturers proposed by the Bidder. The Bidder

shall include details of all major items of supply or services, according ITB
16.2 and Section III item 2.5, that he proposes purchasing or subcontracting,
giving details of the proposed subcontractors, including vendors, for each of
these items. Bidders are free to list up to three subcontractors/suppliers
against each item of the facilities. The format attached in Section IV shall be
used for the list of nominated subcontractors.

The participation of the subcontractor/supplier shall be confirmed by an

authorization form as included in the bidding forms.

The Bidder shall be fully responsible to get approval by the Employer for
any subcontractor to be involved in the Contract realization and that any
plant, equipment or services to be provided by the contractor comply with
the Bid documents, prior to conclusion of the Contract.

21. Equipment and machinery

A list providing information about the equipment and machinery intended to
be used by the Contractor for the Works, according to Section III item 2.4 in
the format included in Section IV (From EQU).
Separate lists shall be provided for the proposed subcontractors. In case the
descriptions contain multiple equipment or machinery, those intended to be
used for the project shall be clearly marked.

22. Covenant of Integrity (for Lot 3 only) according to ITB 3.1

Note: Bidders can combine three volumes into one with the same sequential
order as in Volume 1, 2&3 described above.

5413A08/FICHT-7273316-v1 3
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

B0
Employers Requirements
General Technical Requirements

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

Table of Contents

B0. General Technical Requirements 1

B0.1 General Requirements 1
B0.1.1 Units of measurement 1
B0.1.2 Standards and codes 4
B0.1.3 Plant and equipment identification 5
B0.1.4 Marking, labeling and packing 5
B0.1.5 Transport and storage of material 8
B0.1.6 Standardization of makes 9
B0.1.7 Signs 9
B0.1.8 Pre-service cleaning and protection of plant 10
B0.2 Steel Structures and Assembly Material 11
B0.2.1 General 11
B0.2.2 Steel structures 11
B0.2.3 Assembly material 11
B0.2.4 Excess Material 12
B0.2.5 Spare Parts 12
B0.3 Civil Works 13
B0.3.1 Foundation design 13
B0.3.2 Design loads 13
B0.3.3 General requirements for the design and execution of all civil
works 14
B0.3.4 Soil investigation 15
B0.3.5 Topographic survey 17
B0.3.6 Mobilization and site installation 18
B0.3.7 Earthworks 19
B0.3.8 Foundations works 23
B0.3.9 Concrete works 26
B0.3.10 Erosion protection 37
B0.4 Inspection and Testing 39
B0.4.1 General 39
B0.4.2 Inspections and tests during manufacture 45
B0.4.3 Inspections and tests during erection and commissioning 52
B0.5 Documentation and Drawing Approval 57

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 I
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

B0.5.1 General 57
B0.5.2 Specification stage 57
B0.5.3 Stages after contract award 58
B0.5.4 Design and manufacturing stage 66
B0.5.5 Erection stage 66
B0.5.6 Registration of drawings and lists 68

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 II
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

B0. General Technical Requirements

The present clauses refer to the general technical requirements for EPC
(Engineering Procurement Construction) contracts for electrical over-
head lines.

The following directions, information and technical requirements for design,

engineering, layout, manufacturing, erection, installation and testing shall be
observed as far as they are applicable for the material and equipment to be
delivered. The requirements stated in this Section of General Technical
Requirements are valid for all sections of the technical requirements, except
where different, additional and/or special requirements are specified within
the Particular Technical Requirements.

Any changes on the design of any part of the Plant, which may become
necessary after signing of the Contract, have to be submitted by the Contrac-
tor in writing to the Employer for approval, being sufficiently substantiated
and justified.

The Plant shall be brand new and designed, manufactured and arranged so
that it will have a functional design and a pleasant appearance.

B0.1 General Requirements

B0.1.1 Units of measurement

The Contract shall be conducted in the SI (Systme International dUnits )
system of units in accordance with the provisions of ISO 31 and ISO 1000.

In all correspondence, technical schedules, drawings and instrument scales,

the following units or multiples thereof shall be used:

Quantity Name of Unit Symbol

Length Meter m
Mass Kilogram kg
Time Second s
Temperature Degree Celsius C
Temperature Difference Kelvin K
Electric Current Ampere A
Luminous Intensity Candela cd
Area Square meter m2
Volume Cubic meter m3
Liter l

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 1
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

Quantity Name of Unit Symbol

Force Newton N
Pressure (absolute) Bar bar
Kilopascal kPa
Pressure below 1 bar Millibar mbar
Stress Newton per square millimeter N/mm2
Velocity Meter per second m/s
Rotational speed Revolutions per minute rpm
Flow Cubic meter per day m3/d
Cubic meter per hour m3/h
Kilogram per hour kg/h
Liter per second l/s
metric ton per hour t/h
For gaseous substance: standard Nm3/h
cubic meter per hour (referred to
0C and 1013 mbar)
Density Kilogram per cubic meter kg/m3
Kilogram per standard cubic Kg/Nm3
meter
Torque, moment of force Newton meter Nm
Moment of inertia (mr2) Kilogram square meter kgm2
Work, energy or heat Joule J
Heat capacity, entropy Joule per Kelvin J/K
Calorific value Joule per cubic meter J/m3
Joule per gram J/g
Power, radiant flux Watt W
Heat release rate Watt per square meter W/m2
Thermal conductivity Watt per meter Kelvin W/mK
Dynamic viscosity Newton second per square meter Ns/m2
Kinematic viscosity Meter squared per second m2/s
Surface tension Newton per meter N/m
Concentration Parts per million ppm
Electrical conductivity Microsiemens per meter at 25C S/m
Frequency Hertz Hz
Electric charge Coulomb C
Electric potential Volt V
Electric field strength Volt per meter V/m
Electric capacitance Farad F
Electric resistance Ohm
Conductance Siemens S

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 2
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

Quantity Name of Unit Symbol

Magnetic flux Weber Wb

Magnetic flux density Tesla T
Magnetic field strength Ampere per meter A/m
Luminous flux Lumen lm
Illuminance Lux lx
Thermal resistivity Kelvin meter per Watt Km/W
Energy Kilowatt hour kWh

Materials
All materials shall be new and of the best quality suitable for working under
the conditions, variations in temperature and pressure encountered in service
without undue distortion or deterioration or the setting up of undue stresses
in any part, such as not to affect the efficiency and reliability of the plant.

Either all materials shall conform to the approved standards and the respec-
tive code number, or exact analysis data and full information concerning
properties, chemical and mechanical treatment shall be submitted.

Only materials which have been tried and tested in similar plants shall be
used. Steel castings shall not have any casting defects which could com-
promise the function of the component and affect the appearance. The
materials employed shall serve their purpose, according to the operation
conditions. The Contractor shall be responsible for selecting, working,
treating and quality assurance of the materials to suit the intended purpose.

Special attention shall be paid to the corrosion by galvanic effects or

electrochemical corrosion. Design, selection of material and its combination
as well as methods of erection shall be such as to exclude these effects.

It is not permissible to use gray cast iron for components containing pres-
sure, unless the Employer expressly agrees to this beforehand.

Asbestos or materials containing asbestos for seals, expansion joints, etc.

shall not be employed.

Likewise it is not permissible to use mercury or oils containing Polychlori-

nated Biphenyl (PCB).

No welding, fitting or plugging of defective parts will be permitted without

permission in writing of the Employer.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 3
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

B0.1.1.1 Guaranteed values

The Contractor shall guarantee that the data mentioned on the name plate of
the equipment and given in the data sheets will not deteriorate during the
life of this equipment under the specified operating and maintenance
conditions.

The Contractor shall guarantee the values in the technical data schedule.
The Employer reserves the right to reject any equipment that does not
respect these values.

B0.1.2 Standards and codes

The work is to be performed according to the most recent relevant codes,
standards, accident prevention regulations and legal regulations.

The IEC international standards and recommended practices shall be

fulfilled.

All materials and equipment supplied and all work carried out as well as
calculation sheets, drawings, quality and class of goods, methods of inspec-
tion, constructional peculiarities of equipment and parts and acceptance of
partial plants, as far as these are beyond the special requirements of partial
plants and as far as they are beyond the particular requirements of the
technical requirements shall comply in every respect with the technical
codes of the International Organization for Standardization (ISO). IEC
recommendations apply to the electrical equipment.

Goods and special guarantees beyond the scope of ISO and IEC, shall
conform at least to the following standards and codes in the following
priority:

EN, DIN, BS, ASTM, IEEE; VDE

Other internationally accepted standards which ensure a quality equal to
or higher than the standards mentioned above, but only if these are sub-
mitted in the English language edition and accepted by the Employer.

Contractor, subcontractors, sub-suppliers and shops are to be certified

according to ISO 9001.
It is the Contractors responsibility to provide sufficient evidence that any
national or other standard the Contractor proposes (other than those men-
tioned above) will ensure an equivalent or higher standard.

The Bidder shall clearly state in his proposal concerning the standards and
codes, he intends to apply.

In case of differences between the specification and relevant standard the

more stringent condition shall be applied. In case of contradiction the
specification shall prevail.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 4
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

B0.1.3 Plant and equipment identification

The Contractor shall apply a plant identification system showing the name
and number of each item of plant and its respective arrangement drawing
number and add any additional items necessary to fully identify the plant.
There is to be only one description for any one item of plant and this must
be used consistently for plant, electrical and instrumentation designations
throughout.

IEC-Publication 61346-1 shall be applied.

The classification numbers shall appear in all drawings, lists, documents

prepared by the Contractor for the project right from the initial stage of the
contract execution.

The Contractor shall supply all labels, nameplates, instruction and warning
plates necessary for the identification and safe operation of the plant. Their
inscriptions shall be in the national language of the Employers country if
not otherwise mentioned.

All labels, nameplates, instruction and warning plates shall be securely fixed
to items of plant and equipment with stainless steel rivets, plated self
tapping screws or other approved means. The use of adhesives will not be
permitted.

Nameplates for plant and equipment identification and record purposes shall
be manufactured from stainless steel with a mat or satin finish, and engraved
with black lettering of a size which is legible from the working position.
Warning plates shall be manufactured from stainless steel engraved with
white lettering on a red background and sited in the position where they
afford maximum safety of personnel.

All equipment within panels and desks shall be individually identified by

satin or mat finish stainless steel labels, or laminated plastic labels where
approved.

B0.1.4 Marking, labeling and packing

The Contractor shall prepare all equipment and materials for shipment in
such a manner as to protect them from damage in transit, and shall be
responsible for and make good any and all damage due to improper prepara-
tion or loading for shipment.

Before being packed for shipment to the site, all items of the equipment
shall be carefully numbered and marked so that they can be readily assem-
bled and erected in the correct relative positions at the site. Wherever
applicable, these numbers and markings shall be punched or painted so that
they shall be clearly visible.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 5
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

Packing shall be done in convenient sections, so that the weight and size of
sections are suitable for transport to the site and for handling at the site
under the special conditions applicable there.

All individual pieces shall be marked with the plant identification number
and the correct designation shown on the Contractor's detailed drawings and
on other documents like packing lists, spare parts lists, operation and
maintenance instructions, etc.

Marking shall be done identically on labels and by stamping the marks into
the metal before painting, galvanizing, etc., and shall be clearly readable
after painting, galvanizing, etc.

All parts of the plant shall be packed at the place of manufacture. The
packing shall be suitable for shipment by sea and for all special require-
ments of the transportation to the site. Where necessary, double packing
shall be used in order to prevent damage and corrosion during transporta-
tion, unloading, reloading and during intermediate storage.

All identical members shall be packed together, if reasonably possible, in a

form convenient for shipment and handling.

Small items shall be packed in boxes and large items shall be protected,
where necessary, by timber, straw and sacking.

All parts shall be suitably protected against corrosion, water, sand, heat, any
adverse atmospheric conditions, shocks, impact, vibrations, etc. for later
transport and storage.

Tube ends and other similar open ends shall be protected against external
damage and ingress of dirt and moisture during transit and while awaiting
erection at site. Flanged pipes shall have their open ends protected by
adhesive tape or jointing and then be covered with a wooden blind flange.

Screws and not nails shall fix the lids and internal cross battens of all
packing cases.

The contents of the cases shall be bolted securely to the case or fastened in
position with struts or cross battens, and not wedged in place with wooden
shocks, unless these are fastened firmly in place. All struts or cross battens
are preferably to be supported by cleats fixed to the case above and below to
form ledges on which the batten may rest. Cases shall be up-ended after
packing to prove that there is no movement of contents.
Where parts are required to be bolted to the sides of the case, large washers
shall be strengthened by means of a pad. Wood-shavings shall be avoided as
far as possible for packing purposes.

Tower members shall be packed for shipment in bundles of the same size
and weight containing pieces of the same or similar identifications mark and
length.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 6
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

The individual members may be stacked to bundles and plastic spacers shall
be placed in between the individual members, reducing the formation of wet
storage stains. All bolts, nuts, washers, step bolts and minor fittings shall be
shipped in wooden cases of suitable size and weight, with pieces properly
separated according to size and type.

Bundles of steel angle sections shall be properly tied together by an ap-

proved method. The individual bundles shall be marked for identification by
stamped metal labels. Particular care shall be taken by composing of
bundles containing similar length of members and that the individual
bundles do not have excessive weight for facilitate handling during ship-
ment. Bundles may be as large as practicable to provide sufficient internal
stiffness and resistance against excessive bending of deformation during
lifting.

Unless the Contractor can offer an equally acceptable method, bundles of

angles shall be arranged in rectangular formation with notched outer stout
wooden battens to locate the angles, the battens being located sufficiently
close intervals to form a strong homogeneous element.

Packing cases where used shall be strongly constructed and in no case is

timer less than 25 mm in thickness to be used. The contents of packing cases
shall be securely bolted or fastened in position with struts or cross battens.
Cross battens supporting weight in any direction shall not rely for their
support on nails or crews driven lengthwise into the grain of the wool, but
shall be supported by cleats secured from the inside.

Spare parts shall be packed for long duration storage. Individual steel
members stacked in bundles as spare parts shall be spaced by plastic spac-
ers. Wooden drums will not be accepted for the spare conductors, ground
wires and OPGW.

Each crate or package shall contain a packing list placed in a waterproof

envelope. All items of the crate or package shall be clearly marked for easy
identification against the packing list.

All cases, packages, etc. shall be clearly marked on the outside to indicate
the total weight, the position of the center of gravity and the correct position
of the slings and shall bear an identification mark relating them to the
appropriate shipping documents.

All stencil marks on the outside of cases shall be either of a waterproof

material or protected by shellac or varnish.

All packing shall be included in the scope of delivery and the cost be
included in the prices. The packing materials remain the property of the
Employer.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 7
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

The Purchaser may require to inspect and approve the packing before the
items are dispatched but the Contractor is to be entirely responsible for
ensuring that the packing is suitable for transit and such inspection shall not
exonerate the Contractor form any loss or damage due to faulty packing.

B0.1.5 Transport and storage of material

Shipment by sea freight shall be made to the designated port of destination.
Airfreight shall be made to the destination airport, as agreed with the
Employer.

Shipments are to be made on a CIP basis according to Incoterms 2010 and

explained in the commercial conditions.

Prior to shipment the Contractor shall furnish by air mail, telefax, telex or
otherwise, as agreed the shipping documents to the Employer. Details will
be fixed during the Kick-Off Meeting.

All cases and boxes shall be clearly and boldly marked and shall be sent to
the Employer as per address details instructed by the Employer. When the
actual transport has been completed, the Employer shall be notified accord-
ingly.

In order to facilitate custom examination, all packages and transport docu-

ments shall regardless of other markings be clearly and indelibly marked.

It is the Contractors responsibility to ensure that the packing and handling

is made in such a way that neither the steel nor the galvanizing shall be
damaged in transit and storing. Transporting vehicles shall be clean and free
from foreign material which could in any way injure the steel or zinc
coating and painting. All necessary measures shall be taken to prevent
structural deformation to members, or damage to galvanized or painted
coatings. Members shall not be dragged on the ground, nor will the practice
of throwing tower steel into piles on conveyances, or from conveyances
onto the ground, and of skidding steel members over each other, be permit-
ted.

The Contractor shall ensure that adequate handling equipment is available to

unload the heaviest piece of equipment.

Tower material damaged shall be replaced by the Contractor at no cost to

the Employer. Small accidental damages to galvanized surfaces may be
repaired by application of an approved repair paint. Tower material dam-
aged shall be replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Employer. Larger
damages to, or systematic defects of the galvanizing shall be repaired by
hot-dip galvanizing only.

The attempt to repair shall not bind the Employer to accept the repaired part
when this is re-offered for inspection.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 8
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

Acceptance by the Employer of any repaired galvanized steel does not

release the Contractor from his responsibility of supplying galvanized steel
to give satisfactory service in the prevailing corrosive atmosphere. The
Employer reserves the right to reject any galvanized steel found rusty,
damaged, bent or other-wise defective, before final acceptance.

Steel shall be stored on wooden supports of sufficient height, to avoid any

ground contact or other contamination. Storage conditions shall be well
ventilated, preventing the formation of wet storage stain form accumulation
of humidity and sand. It shall be clearly understood, that white rust for-
mation will lead to rejection of the affected material.

B0.1.6 Standardization of makes

The works shall be designed to facilitate inspection, cleaning, maintenance
and repair. Continuity of supply is a prime concern. The design shall
incorporate every reasonable precaution and provision for the safety of all
those concerned in the operation and maintenance of the works.

Corresponding parts throughout shall be made to gauge and be interchange-

able wherever possible.

All equipment performing similar functions shall be of the same type and
manufacture, to limit the stock of spare parts required and maintain uni-
formity of plant and equipment to be installed.

The Employer reserves the right to ask for coordination of standardization to

the extent reasonably possible, and no price variation will be allowed for
this procedure.

B0.1.7 Signs
Safety colors, safety symbols and safety signs must comply in construction,
geometrical form, color and meaning with the ISO 7010 and ISO 3864

Signs for plant identification during the erection period shall be to Employ-
er's approval.

The signs should be of a material which is weather-resistant and of suffi-

cient durability for the conditions prevailing on site.

Mounting and installation

The positions for the signs shall be chosen so that they are within the field
of vision of the persons to whom they apply. The signs should be perma-
nently attached. Temporarily dangerous areas (e.g. construction sites,
assembly areas) may also be marked by movable signs. The safety signs
must be mounted or installed in such a manner that there is no possibility of
misunderstanding.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 9
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

Warning signs
Warning signs should refer to the existence or possible existence of danger,
e.g., general danger, high voltage and climbing prohibited.

In addition to warning signs, appropriate black-yellow strip markings should

also be used where necessary.

B0.1.8 Pre-service cleaning and protection of plant

This clause covers mechanical and pre-service cleaning and protection of
the plant items and equipment at the Manufacturers workshop and at site
that are not subsequently to be painted.

Cleaning of fabricated component items shall be carried out after fabrication

and final heat treatment or welding at manufacturers works or at site, as
appropriate.

In the event of the surfaces not being cleaned to the Employers satisfaction,
such parts of the cleaning procedures or agreed alternatives as are deemed
necessary to overcome the deficiencies shall be carried out at the Contrac-
tors sole expense.

Mechanical cleaning as opposed to alternative chemical cleaning is the

preferred method for workshop cleaning except where this is precluded by
design or access considerations.

Machined surfaces shall be protected during the cleaning operations. For re-
cleaning small areas, hand cleaning by wire brushing may be permitted.
Wire brushes used on austenitic materials shall have austenitic steel bristles.

Austenitic stainless steels, copper and aluminum alloys, cast iron, bimetallic
and metallic/plastic items, and components fabricated by spot welding or
riveting shall not be chemically cleaned. All weld areas shall be suitably
stress-relieved before chemical cleaning.

All necessary equipment, provisions, chemicals etc. are to be provided by

the Contractor.

Besides this, the Contractor shall take over all responsibility for the treat-
ment and disposal of wastes according to the local law and to the satisfac-
tion of the Employer.
The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to ensure that the
internal surfaces of all plant are kept clean and free from injurious matter
during erection.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 10
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

B0.2 Steel Structures and Assembly Material

B0.2.1 General
Under steel structures are to be understood all overhead line towers with
their body and leg extensions, additional crossarms if required, the founda-
tion stubs, and stub setting templates.
Under assembly material are to be understood all bolts, screws, rivets, nuts,
washers, locking devices which are necessary for the assembly of the steel
structures and their accessories as well as, for the assembling and mounting
of the line equipment like insulator sets, conductor and earthwire / OPGW
accessories.

B0.2.2 Steel structures

Generally, the design and stress calculation shall conform to a consecrated
code or standard such as:

EN 50341 Overhead electrical lines exceeding AC 45 kV

DIN 1000 Steel Structures; Construction,
DIN 4114 Stress Calculation of Steel Structures,
DIN 18800 Steel Structures; Calculation and Construction

The local climatic conditions, load calculation, description of loading cases,

as well as the applicable design method and safety factors shall be as
detailed in the Particular Technical Requirements.

The material to be used for the structures is high tensile and mild steel
sections and plates, according to internationally recognized standards (ISO
630, DIN 17100 or equivalent).

All structural steel shall be protected against corrosion by hot dip galvaniz-
ing.

B0.2.3 Assembly material

All necessary bolts, screws, rivets, nuts, washers and locking washers shall
be included in the scope of supply of the Contractor with sufficient spare to
cover for losses.

Members of lattice steel structures including stub setting templates shall be

secured by means of bolts and nuts with approved spring washers. All bolts
and nuts shall conform to ISO 898 respectively to DIN 267 and shall have
metric screwed threads. Nuts and the heads of bolts shall be of the hexago-
nal type. Nuts except lock nuts shall be full bearing on one side.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 11
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

Minimum size of bolts for all structural connections shall be 16 mm diame-

ter in mild steel or 12 mm in high tensile steel. The quality of bolts shall not
be less than 5.6 according to ISO 898 respectively DIN 267.

All bolts and screwed rods shall be galvanized including the threaded
portions. All nuts shall be galvanized with the exception of the threads,
which shall be oiled.

Where for any type of tower high tensile steel bolts are employed then bolts
of this type shall be used for all connections for every type of tower on that
line in order to avoid the use of mild steel bolts in error where high tensile
type should be employed. High tensile steel bolts shall bear a mark on the
head to allow identification of grades.

The nuts of all bolts attaching insulator set droppers, U bolts and earth
conductor clamps to the towers shall be locked in an approved manner.

All washers shall be included under this contract, including locking devices
and anti-vibration arrangements, which shall be subject to the approval of
the Employer / Employers Representative. Taper washers shall be fitted
where necessary.

Nuts when finger tight or snug tight (about one-fourth turn from tight) on
the bolt may be rejected if they are, in the opinion of the Employer / Em-
ployers Representative, considered to have an excessively loose or tight fit.
Bolts with threads re-died after galvanizing will be rejected. Nuts and bolts
of the same type shall be interchangeable and supplied from the same
manufacturer.

B0.2.4 Excess Material

To ensure uninterrupted erection, the Contractor shall supply a two-point-
five (2.5) percent excess of bolts, nuts, washers, spring washer, step bolts,
minor fittings and two (2) percent excess of bracings, gussets, plates of each
item respective size, to cover losses or damages. For bracings only apply
this for material size smaller than L 70. The cost for the excess material
shall be included in the tower supply price. Note, the weight of the excess
material shall not be included in the steel weight to be indicated in the data
sheets of the bid documents. Any such assembly material which is surplus
after the installation and final check of tower has been completed, shall be
wrapped, marked and handed over to the Employer.

B0.2.5 Spare Parts

If required, spare parts for towers and accessories specified in the Price
Schedule shall be supplied. As spare parts are commonly stored over a long
period, particular care shall be made when packing these items. The Con-
tractor will have to ensure that storage of all spare parts will be such that
these are not affected by environmental influences such as rain, sun, etc.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 12
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

Contractors storage proposal will have to be approved by Employer before

implementation.
The Purchaser reserves the right to cancel the requirement for supply of
spare parts. The Contractor will not be entitled to any additional compensa-
tion by reason of eliminating the supply of the whole or a part of the speci-
fied spare part quantities. Accordingly the corresponding costs will be
deducted from the total Contract Price.

B0.3 Civil Works

B0.3.1 Foundation design

All foundations shall be designed to withstand compression, uplift, settle-
ment, overturning and sliding when subjected to the specified conditions of
loading. Allowance shall be made in foundation design for hydrostatic
pressure, effects of seasonal rain, drying out, cyclic loading and wind
induced vibrations. All foundations have to be designed for adequate
provision for horizontal shear forces in the region of ground line.

B0.3.2 Design loads

Loading cases may be separated into 3 categories of:

Steady-state loads
Steady state loads or dead loads are those loads imposed on a structure
for a long or continuous time period.
Transient loads
Transient loads or live loads are those loads imposed on a structure for a
short time duration or temporary time period.
Construction loads
Construction loads or erection loads are those loads imposed on a struc-
ture during erection or maintenance period.

The following design loads shall be considered for the foundation structure:

Dead load
Dead load is defined as the weight of all permanent foundation construc-
tion and super structure as well as overburden soils vertical above of the
foundation base.
Soil load
Horizontal soil load consists of lateral active and passive earth pressure
which by pile foundation for example may be considered for lateral bed-
ding.
Hydrostatic load
Hydrostatic load is the force acting on structures due to water pressure.
The design of foundations shall include the buoyancy load due ground
water which is equal to the weight of the volume of displaced water.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 13
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

Highest water level under max. uplift load and lowest water level for
compression load are to be considered as dead load.
Wind load
The wind load shall be considered as live load superimposed to the dead
load with regard to conductor tension, member shape and structure height
of tower.
Earthquake load
The earthquake load shall be considered as live load superimposed to the
dead load and some wind load with regard to super structure elasticity
and possible soil liquefaction.
Erection load
Erection/maintenance load is defined as live load superimposed to the
dead load of structure but not permanently attached to it, i.e. loads im-
posed by lifting/temporary anchoring of pre-assembled structure parts,
erection equipment places/anchored temporary on structure parts; per-
sonnel standing on structure members.
Thermal load
Thermal loads shall be defined as forces caused by changes in material
temperature due to the expansion or contraction of the entire structure or
individual structural/plant components, e.g. increase of conductor tension
or differential line tension.
Impact load
Any live load that can produce dynamic action (such as a moving load or
a short circuit impulse) shall be described by static models in which the
dynamic effects are included, e.g. increase by an impact factor.
Exceptional load
Exceptional load is defined as live load superimposed to the dead load of
structure but nor permanently acting, i.e. loads imposed during stringing
operation or by broken wire condition or tower failure.

B0.3.3 General requirements for the design and execution of all civil
works
1.) The design of all structures under this contract shall be such that
differential and total settlements or other movements shall not ex-
ceed acceptable limits and full provision shall be made for all expan-
sion and other joints. The design shall be to the approval of the
Employer/Employer's Representative.

2.) Structural members subjected to flexure shall be designed to have

adequate stiffness to limit deflections or any deformations that affect
strength or serviceability of a structure adversely. The maximum al-
lowable deflections of structural members shall be in accordance
with the relevant design standards and as specified in the Particular
Technical Requirements.

3.) Concerning the annex drawings which form part of these technical
requirements they are to be considered minimum requirements in
size and standard.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 14
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

4.) The clearance from the conductor to ground and tower structure shall
be such as to provide adequate space for the safe installation and
proper operation, maintenance and repair of all plant and equipment
of the transmission system.

5.) All materials used in the works shall be of the best quality of their
respective kinds as specified herein, obtained from sources and sup-
pliers approved by the Employer / Employers Representative.

6.) Samples of all materials proposed to be used in the works may be

called for at any time by the Employer / Employers Representative.

7.) The work shall be carried out by competent personnel skilled in their
various trades.

8.) Before commencing the works the Contractor shall ascertain the
locations and nature of all existing overhead lines and underground
services within the right of way corridor and shall take every possi-
ble precaution against any damage occurring to them or interference
therewith, during the execution of the works.

9.) Live line interruptions and building permissions for construction

works near or close to existing sub-ground or super structure shall be
requested/obtained by the Contractor well ahead in due time of
commencement the site activities

10.) Access pists, bush clearing and site leveling is the responsibility of
the Contractor. Access roads which remain for maintenance shall be
in good condition when handing over to the Employer.

11.) Before staring of design works, the Contractor shall submit to the
Employer/Employers Representative for approval the proposed pro-
ject design procedure containing the design data, standards and rules
and the design criteria intended to be used for the civil works.

B0.3.4 Soil investigation

B0.3.4.1 General
The extent of the investigations shall be such as to permit the satisfactory
determination of all necessary subsoil characteristics, to exclude any
unacceptable settlement and to determine reliable type, size and execution
of foundations. These investigations have to be completed before the works
start.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 15
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

B0.3.4.2 Quality assurance

The following references have to be submitted to the Employer / Employ-
ers Representative for approval prior to start of any field work:

experience in soil investigation work

experience in laboratory testing
experience in foundation engineering.
applied soil drilling/penetration equipment

The soil report containing the description of the soil conditions and the
foundation engineering proposals is to be prepared by an expert and is to be
signed by him. The expert shall supervise the boring works as well as the
laboratory tests.

Soil investigation report

A report about the final soil investigations shall be worked out by the
Contractor in such detail that recommendations for the individual founda-
tion works and characteristic engineering properties of the specified soil
classes are made.

The report should include but not be limited to the following information:

Penetration sounding log sheets

Soil description and stratification
Type and composition of soil
State of consistency and relative density
Ground water level max./min.
Grain size curve
Atterberg limit (plasticity)
Natural/water content
Density of soil
Depth and position of borehole/pit/sounding and disturbed samples taken
Summary of laboratory test results (table)

Note: Estimation of the possible max. ground water level shall be made
when the subsoil investigation is undertaken not at the end of wet season.

Chemical analysis
The groundwater and subsoil shall be chemically analyzed and classified
with regard to its aggressive action against concrete.

Earthing system
The report shall contain sufficient information regarding the conductivity of
the soils necessary for the design of earthing systems.

Conclusions
The investigation shall give accurate data about the level of the bearing
layers and the depth of the groundwater table.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 16
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

Clear recommendations for all foundations shall be derived from the

laboratory tests and the in-situ investigations. These recommendations shall
refer to the bearing capacity of the subsoil and the appertaining settlements
in accordance with the type of foundation applied by the Contractor.

B0.3.5 Topographic survey

A topographical survey shall be made by the Contractor along the entire line
route corridor.

The work includes furnishing all labor, materials and equipment, and
performing all work required for the survey at site, in accordance with the
conditions at site and in accordance of the Particular Technical Require-
ments of the Contract Documents.

The Contractor shall carry out all the necessary surveying works in order to:

obtain topographic survey maps (plans and longitudinal profiles)

ensure that the position and elevation of all works constructed by him are
correct and required minimum clearance to live line parts is maintained
at all times in any conditions.

The existing benchmarks (if available), related to the national network, shall
be used as basis for the surveying works.

The new benchmarks are to be secured and marked in such a manner as to

ensure that they can be found any time, that they will not be destroyed by
construction activities. The surveying program and the list of equipment
shall be submitted to the Employer / Employers Representative for approv-
al.

The results of the survey shall be reported as follows:

description of the survey work, referring to the method applied, equip-

ment used, work organization, field operation, data processing, interpre-
tation and presentation of the results
general line route maps containing access pists and line axis with angle
and main suspension towers
situation plan and longitudinal profiles along the entire line route corri-
dor.

For the final report, the Contractor shall also provide all the survey data in a
digital format so as to permit reprocessing of any desired part or aspect of
the survey.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 17
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

B0.3.6 Mobilization and site installation

The Contractor has to inform himself fully of the local conditions on site.
Any claims for unknown obstacles or hindrances raised after contract-
signing will not be accepted.

For the implementation, construction, working conditions, maintenance of

the site installation works, the Contractor can use the areas indicated for this
purpose by the Employer.

The Contractor shall provide:

container type temporary site office buildings necessary for housing of

the personnel of the Employer/ Employer's Representative
buildings and containers necessary for the service in connection with the
performance of the work
construction plant necessary for the performance of the work
miscellaneous facilities and installations for buildings and construction
plant.

After the completion of the work, the temporary service roads which will
not be required for maintenance later on, buildings and relevant facilities
built by the Contractor, shall be removed.

All of the Contractor's facilities shall be provided with the services neces-
sary for their operation, such as electrical energy, potable water supply,
sewers, drainage system, fire extinguishing system, etc. The Contractor shall
install an independent communication system to his, to the Employer's/
Employer's Representatives offices.

The temporary site office buildings for the Employer/ Employer's Repre-
sentative shall be structurally sound and compatible with the weather
conditions on the site including the following rooms:

office rooms for 2 engineers

meeting room
sanitary room
storage room
air conditioners
refrigerator

The Contractor has to submit for approval to the Employer all drawings and
details for the buildings, services, equipment intended to be used before
starting with the execution works on the site.

If necessary, during the execution works, the Contractor can make modifica-
tions of site installation works, but without any claims for extension of the
contractual execution time and additional costs.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 18
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

B0.3.7 Earthworks

B0.3.7.1 General
This section applies to all earth and rockwork required for the construction
of buildings, structures, foundations and burying service lines in the ground.

The Contractor shall satisfy himself as to the ground conditions on the site
including the nature of the strata to be excavated, obstructions, possibilities
of flooding and shall allow for all provisions necessary to carry out the work
in the most suitable manner when submitting his Bid.

Generally all buildings and structures must be founded on bearing strata

which means that all excavation work for foundations shall meet the re-
quirements of structural analysis based on the results obtained from the soil
investigation and /or of the available information and instruction given by
the Employer / Employers Representative. Furthermore this division
applies to excavation works in connection with roadwork and access pists
and landscaping.

Excavation shall be done to the required dimensions and shall be finished

according to the specified lines and slopes, in a way acceptable to the
Employer / Employers Representative.

B0.3.7.2 Fill materials

The fill materials used are to be examined by the Contractor and approved
by the Employer / Employers Representative.

Select fill
Select fill shall have the following properties:
well graded, non-cohesive and nearly silt-free, salt free, soils free of or-
ganic matter.

The material shall be of such nature and character that it can be compact-
ed to the specified densities. It shall be free of plastic clays, of all materi-
als subject to decay, decomposition or dissolution or other materials
which will corrode piping or other metal.

The intention is to use select fill below structures on foundation backfill and
access pists used for maintenance if original soil is deemed to be not suita-
ble.

Ordinary fill
Ordinary fill shall have the following properties:
Natural inorganic soils: salt content not greater than 5%, organic matter
less than 3%.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 19
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

The intention is to use ordinary fill for non-built areas and for backfill of
tower foundations

Special fill
Special fill material shall be gravel or crushed rock.
The intention is to use special fill e.g. as sub-base material where required.

B0.3.7.3 Execution of excavations

The works shall be excavated either by hand or by use of mechanical
excavating equipment.

Excavation by hand may be required for undercut / under-reamed founda-

tions close to existing installations and/or underground services, but subject
to special instruction of the Employer / Employers Representative .

The Contractor shall carry out earth- and rockwork for the following works
as defined hereafter:

clearing and grubbing

excavation of top soil
open cut excavation
backfilling
ground water control and pumping measures
safety precaution during earthwork
underground excavation (if required)
grading/leveling of tower site
replacement of material
trench excavation for earthing
embankments and erosion protection walls

Safety precaution
The Contractor shall be responsible for all necessary safety measures.

Proper strutting, sheeting and bracing, including re-arrangement of the

installations when necessary, stabilization and protection of slopes, methods
of excavation to reduce risks of slides, etc. shall be considered by the
Contractor.

Over excavation
If somewhere, and for any reason, excavation are executed beyond the
established lines and without the Employer / Employers Representative 's
previous approval, the Contractor shall at his own expenses backfill with
approved material (including required compaction) or with lean concrete to
Employer / Employers Representative s approval, the volume correspond-
ing to over-excavation. He shall not receive payment for over-excavation
not ordered.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 20
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

Stockpiles and disposal

Excavated material from the Works selected by the Employer / Employers
Representative for re-use shall be placed immediately in its final position, if
possible, or otherwise may be stockpiled or deposited on Site as directed by
the Employer / Employers Representative.
The Contractor shall not have the right either to additional payment or to
claim because of work involved in stockpiling materials, re-use of for
carting to the waste disposal areas. Soil unfit for re-use shall be removed to
sites approved by the Employer.

Preparation of foundations
All surfaces on which or against which concrete is to be poured shall be
carefully cleaned and roughened to the Employer / Employers Representa-
tive 's satisfaction.

The rock surface shall be free of oil, stagnant or running water, mud, loose
rock, residue and impurities or any other improper material. Immediately
before concrete placing, all rock surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned.

All earth surfaces against which concrete is to be poured, shall be clean and
free of any detrimental impurities, organic matter or unsuitable material.
Immediately after excavation, all such surfaces shall be moistened and
treated as directed by the Employer / Employers Representative. Surface
protection by means of a lean concrete layer, 5 cm thickness or plastic
sheets might be required in circumstances where larger areas in the vicinity
of the excavation is sensitive to water infiltration causing destabilization of
the adjacent terrain.

B0.3.7.4 Backfilling
Foundations and structures shall be back-filled as shown on the drawings
with approved material compacted in layers by suitable equipment until
optimum stability has been obtained to the satisfaction of the Employer /
Employers Representative. Compacting shall be carried out with special
care by means of pneumatic or mechanical rollers or other compactors of a
type previously approved by the Employer / Employers Representative.

Density requirements shall be as follows by tests per modified AASHTO

(American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials) T-
180 Method D, at optimum moisture content

Under structure foundations and slabs 97%

Embankment 95%

The thickness of fill layers, number of passes and type of equipment to be

used shall be proposed to the Employer / Employers Representative after
compaction tests have been made.

Surfaces receiving fill layers shall, if smooth, be previously scarified to

obtain a good key between the new fill layer and the sub-grade.
5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 21
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

B0.3.7.5 Soil replacement

The material to be used for replacement of soil shall not contain soluble or
swelling components such as clays, or organic matters. Sand gravel mix-
tures of favorable grain size distribution shall be used in exchange.

The fill material shall be placed in horizontal layers of no more than 15 cm

in compacted thickness. The fill moisture content shall be controlled and
adjusted in order to achieve a maximum of compaction. Fresh water shall be
used for watering of soils. The foregoing shall be confirmed by tests.

The fill material shall be compacted by vibratory roller (min. weight 20t).
The minimum required degree of compaction shall be as defined under item
"Tests and Properties" here in below.

B0.3.7.6 Protection of existing utilities and services

During construction the Contractor shall provide all protection for existing
utilities and services as may be required by his construction operations.
Permanent protection of certain items shall be as included under other
sections or as instructed by the Employer / Employers Representative.

B0.3.7.7 Test and properties

The Control of working and tests operations shall be carried out by the
Contractor in the presence of the Employer / Employers Representative.

The Contractor shall prepare sheets for statistical analysis of the field and
laboratory tests, and shall submit the sheets to the Employer / Employers
Representative for approval. Controlling will consist of field and laboratory
tests, such as compaction and density tests, grain-size distribution, and shear
tests.

If not otherwise specified under relevant items the following min. tests have
to be carried out.

one (1) test analyzing the ingredients of the water used for performance
of the work
three (3) tests for specific gravity of soil
one (1) test for bearing capacity of soil for static load
three (3) tests for grain size analysis of soils, if "Replacement of Materi-
al" is required
three (3) tests for density of soil in place of sand-cone method for each
second layer of "Backfilling and/or replacement of material and/or road-
work"

Tests shall be performed for each 500m3 of fill and / or every 5th tower site.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 22
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

B0.3.7.8 Compaction equipment

The Contractor may use any compaction equipment or device which he
finds convenient or economic. The thickness of the fill layers to be com-
pacted depends on the chosen compaction equipment, but the compacted
thickness of one layer shall not be more than 15 cm.

B0.3.8 Foundations works

B0.3.8.1 General
This clause describes all foundation works which are to be performed so as
to ensure the bearing of all loads without detriment for and damage to the
structures. The Contractor has to choose up-to-date methods and equipment
to ensure this in accordance with relevant internationally recognized stand-
ards.

The Contractor will be responsible for the suitability of the foundation

applied for the existing underground conditions.

Immediately prior to concreting any footing, the Contractor has to verify

and assess the actual soil conditions between ground level and bottom
excavation and below the foundation level.

B0.3.8.2 Work included

The works include furnishing of all labor, materials and equipment neces-
sary for all foundation works and performance of all foundation works so as
to ensure the bearing of all loads without detriment for and damage to the
super structures.

All works shall be performed in accordance with effective site conditions

and the approved execution drawings.

Checking of soil conditions/piling condition

The soil conditions encountered during the foundation works, especially in
the foundation level, shall be checked by the Contractor, recorded and
compared with previous known and investigated results.

Each single footing excavation must be verified by an experienced soil

mechanic/civil expert of 10 years practice for assessing the actual in-situ
soil condition present from ground level to bottom of pit. Rapid field test
procedure by hand test method as shown in the table below in conjunction
with pocket penetrometer, vane tester and granulation chart may be applied.
If the encountered soil condition does not correspond to the preliminary
approved foundation class, then the Contractor has to initiate, e.g. by site
notes, the necessary foundation type change as to match the actual soil class.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 23
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

Table Soil Assessment by Field Test Method

Fragment Rock Compact Rock

Rock 50% Rocky, 90% Homogen. Degree of Hardness Field Test / Hand Probe of Rock
Type Boulders 20 cm Blocks 600 cm
Rock
Class

sedimentary igneous
excavation requires chiseling or drilling and blasting
Class 1 cemented metamorphic very strong, tough,
hand held specimen can be broken by geological hammer
Hard Rock sandstone granite sound, durable
can be scratched by knife or steel nail
siltstone andesite
claystone basalt
breccia gneiss excavation can be done by pick axes
Class 2 medium tough, weak,
etc. etc. sample edge crumbles by heavy hand pressure or breaks
Soft Rock fissured, friable
can be scratched by thumbnail
Soil
Cohesive Soil Granular Soil
Type
35% Fines 65% Coarse State of Consistency / Density Field Test / Hand Probe of Soil
Soil
Comp. 0.06 mm Comp. 200 mm
Class
can be excavated by hand using spade
wooden peg 5x5 cm hard to drive by sledge hammer
silt cobbles hard, compact, steel bar 2 cm cannot be penetrated manually
Class 3 clay gravel cannot be indented by thumbnail
very dense, medium dense,
Good Soil peat sand very stiff, semi solid
sandy silt gravelly sand
clayey silt silty gravel
gravelly clay clayey gravel
can be excavated by hand using shovel
sandy clay clayey sand
firm, stiff, wooden peg 5x5 cm easily to drive by sledge hammer
Class 4 (5) silty clay silty sand
loose, very loose, steel bar 2cm can be penetrated manually with effort
Poor Soil etc. etc.
medium firm, soft can be molded by hand, readily indented by thumb

Field identification of cohesive and granular soil components by settlement test in a scaled jar with water, ie. sand settles out in approx. 1 min., silt 5 min. and clay 10 min. Differentiation of relative
quantities of dry samples by volume % estimation diagrams as particles of 0.06 mm are just visible to the naked eye. Depending on the state of consistency, density and hardness the corresponding
soil (rock) class can be determined as outlined in above table. Soil classes and its allocated index / engineering properties are defined in the Particular Technical Requirements under the Chapter Soil
Classification.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 24
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

If there is any doubt about the actual in-situ soil properties or if discrepan-
cies appear with regard to the previous decisions or investigations as stated
by the Employer / Employers Representative, then additional verification
measures shall be undertaken to ascertain that the actual soil parameters are
in compliance with the foundation design assumption after consulting the
Employer / Employers Representative.

Pile driving
Pile driving operation must be supervised by an experienced civil engineer
of 10 years practice. If the agreed pile criterion cannot be fulfilled according
to the preliminary approved pile length, then the Contractor has to initiate,
e.g. by site note, the necessary pile extension and/or increase the pile
quantity per tower footing as to match the actual soil class.

Dewatering
During the foundation works the excavated areas, foundation levels and pits
shall be kept free of water down to at least 0.5 to 1 m below the foundation
level.

Waterproofing
The necessary measures shall be taken to protect the structure against water
action

Pitwall stability
The excavated pit sides, walls or slopes have to be stable and comply with
safety regulations.

Foundations at different depths

Foundations at different levels shall be based beyond a load spread angle of
30 (with respect to the horizontal).

Safety against uplift

For all parts of the structures extending into the groundwater, safety against
uplift shall be guaranteed during the execution and final operation stages.

B0.3.8.3 Soil replacement

If unsuitable soils are encountered below the foundation level, these might
be replaced by suitable layer-wise compacted material down to the bearing
soil. Alternatively chimney/shaft extension down to the bearing soil can be
executed.

Materials and compaction method as well as quality control are described in

Sub-Chapter "Earthworks". Select fill only shall be employed below all
structure footings if soil replacement has to be executed.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 25
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

B0.3.9 Concrete works

B0.3.9.1 General
In general the concrete works shall be based on EUROCODE 1, 2 and 4, the
provisions of the EN DIN standards or equivalent and the local rules,
standards and regulations.

B0.3.9.2 Materials for concrete

All materials used for concrete and reinforced concrete structures shall be of
the best quality, free from defects likely to undermine the strength and
duration of service of the works. The materials furnished must at least
comply with the agreed standards, and with all requirements described in
these technical requirements.

All materials shall be stored and handled in a manner that will prevent
contamination and/or deterioration. Deteriorated and/or contaminated
material shall not be used for the concrete and shall be removed from the
site at the expense of the Contractor.

Cement
The cement used for concrete, reinforced concrete, mortar, grout and plaster
works shall be a moderate sulfate resisting Portland Cement in accordance
with DIN 1164 or EN 197 or equivalent.

All deliveries of cement to the concrete supplier shall be accompanied by a

certified mill test report and shall include all of the physical and chemical
properties.

The manufacturer's test certificate will normally be accepted as proof of

compliance with the General Technical Requirements/Particular Technical
Requirements. If required, confirmatory tests are to be conducted by a
recognized quality control organization.

The following information shall be provided for all cement shipments

(either whole or part) which are intended for delivery to site: date of manu-
facture, date of original loading, destinations en-route, date of unloading,
intended date of delivery to site.

Cement which has been manufactured for longer than 6 months on the
proposed date of delivery to the site shall be inspected, sampled and tested
for approval purposes before delivery to the site.

The Contractor shall obtain and provide to the Employer / Employers

Representative the manufacturers Bulk Average Test Certificate for each
consignment of cement to the works.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 26
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

Samples shall be taken from each consignment of cement and tested as

directed by the Employer / Employers Representative in an approved
independent laboratory.

All bagged cement shall be stored in a weatherproof building which shall be

kept swept clean at all times.

Cement shall be adequately protected against rain, humidity and dewfall,

and all charging and discharging points shall be properly sealed.

Water
Water for preparing concrete and mortar shall be clean, fresh and free from
organic and/or inorganic matter in solution or suspension in such amounts
that may impair the strength or durability of the concrete. Water may be
obtained from local sources, after comprehensive testing and analysis of
samples. No seawater or water from excavations shall be used. Water shall
be stored in clean containers.

Aggregates
Materials used as aggregate shall be obtained from a source known to
produce aggregate satisfactory for concrete and shall be chemically inert,
strong, hard, durable, of limited porosity and free from adhering coats, clay
lumps, organic impurities that may impair the strength or durability of the
concrete. Aggregate may comply with and be tested in accordance with the
requirements of standards.

Concrete additives
Concrete additives approved by the Employer / Employers Representative
shall be used to improve consistency, workability, quality and strength of the
concrete. Unless otherwise agreed, an additive may comply with an approved
standard.

Plasticisers and air entrainers are intended to reduce bleeding of free water
at the surface. It shall only be used after the written approval of the Employ-
er / Employers Representative and in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.

B0.3.9.3 Concrete mixes

General description and proportions and mixing
The mix proportions are to be determined by proper mix design based on the
requirements for strength, workability and the particular site in which the
concrete is to be placed. The mix design shall be carried out by the Contrac-
tor's responsible specialist and approved by Employer / Employers Repre-
sentative.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 27
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

Concrete Classification

Concrete Cube strength Maximum free Max. nominal Min. cement

Class at 28 days water/cement aggregate size content
N/mm ratio mm CE 32.5
C8/10 10 0,70 30 180
C16/20 20 0,60 25 280
C30/37 37 0,55 20 300

Classes of Concrete:

C8/10 Plain concrete used for lean concrete, blinding, screeds, backfill
etc.
C16/20 Reinforced concrete for foundations, retaining walls
C30/37 Reinforced concrete for piles

Trial mixes
Before concreting commences, the Contractor shall, at his own expense,
make trial mixes to determine the mix proportions required to produce the
strengths specified for each class of concrete and for each degree of worka-
bility required to allow placing, transporting and compacting of the concrete
with the equipment he proposes to use in any particular situation. Only
materials which the Contractor intends to use for concreting (including all
admixtures) shall be used in the trial mixes.

Test cubes from trial mixes shall be made and tested in accordance with
approved standards.

The appropriate strength requirements may be considered to be satisfied if

none of the strengths of the cubes is below the required characteristic
strength and if the average strength of the nine cubes is not less than rec-
ommended by the standards.

Consistency of concrete
The amount of water used in the concrete shall be adjusted as required but
not exceeding the specified w/c ratio to ensure such a consistency that it can
be readily transported placed and compacted without segregation of the
materials or bleeding of free water at the surface. Addition of water to
compensate for stiffening of the concrete before placing shall not be permit-
ted. Consistency of the concrete shall be checked by slump tests.

Mixing of concrete
A weight batching would be desirable but an accurate volume batching
(+/- 3%) of aggregates and cement might be acceptable rather for the lower
concrete classes of C16/20 and C8/10 maintaining the specified concrete
strength of the foundation structure. The actual mixing time shall be in the
range of 1 minute by an efficient mixer with rotating drum and fixed arms.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 28
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

The water shall not be added until all the aggregate and cement are in the
drum. Mixing shall continue until the concrete is uniform in color and for
not less than 1 (one) minute after all the materials and water are in the drum.

Partly set or excessively wet concrete shall not be used. No concrete shall be
mixed by hand.

B0.3.9.4 Strength of concrete

Testing of fresh concrete by means of test cubes
All test cubes shall be made and tested for compressive strength in accord-
ance with - Method of testing concrete or DIN EN 12350-1, DIN EN 12350-
6 and ISO 2736/ISO 4012 or equivalent - Test methods for concrete.

Depending on the workmanship, foundation access and concrete volume, at

each 2nd tower location on an average, a series of 3 test cubes shall be taken
at random from different batches and at approx. equal intervals throughout
the concreting operation at the day. The moulds shall be made of steel and
shall have the following dimensions:

Test cube 150 mm x 150 mm x 150 mm +/- 1mm

Edge parallel, walls right-angled, flatness +/- 0.1 mm

Test cylinder 150 mm +/- 1 mm, height 300 mm +/- 1 mm

Flatness +/- 0.1 mm

Freshly filled test moulds shall remain on site for 1 to 2 days protected from
sun radiation and rain. For the remaining 26 to 27 days till crushing, they
shall be stored fully submerged in water or in a room having a constant rel.
humidity of > 95%.

For foundation concrete class C 16/20 the concretes compressive strength

is successfully proven if both criteria are fulfilled as follows:

Criteria Cylinder Cube

Each individual 15 N/mm 19/N/mm
test specimen
attains
Average of the 3 21 N/mm 25 N/mm
test specimen
attains

If the results are less than those specified above respective in the standards,
the Employer / Employers Representative must suspend the concerned
concrete works respective backfill operation and order further in-situ tests,
for example core drilling. Any concrete found not to comply with the
General Technical Requirements/Particular Technical Requirements shall be
broken out and replaced or adequately reinforced to the satisfaction of the
Employer / Employers Representative.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 29
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

The Contractor shall pay all costs incurred in making, curing, delivering and
testing of concrete cubes/cylinders and core drilling.

B0.3.9.5 Transport of concrete

Immediately after mixing, the concrete shall be conveyed to the place of use
as rapidly as possible using methods which will prevent the segregation,
loss or contamination of materials. The concrete shall be placed and com-
pacted within 30 minutes after batching operation was completed. Any
concrete left unplaced after this time shall be rejected and removed from the
site. Batching volume and consistency of concrete shall be selected that the
fresh concrete batch can be placed without adding water after mixing.
Longer transport distances requiring retarder additives for concrete set, is
subject to prior testing and approval.

B0.3.9.6 Concreting operations

Inspection prior to concreting
All concreting methods shall be subject to the approval of the Employer /
Employers Representative.

Concrete placing shall not be started until the Employer / Employers

Representative has approved all preparation of forms, reinforcement, joints
and all mixing, conveying, spreading, curing, finishing and protection
equipment.

Placing of concrete
Concrete shall be placed in the forms as close as possible to its final position
in a single operation to the full thickness of slabs and shafts/chimneys and
shall be placed in horizontal layers, not exceeding 2.5 m height in a single
pour of vertical shafts and chimneys with formworks and not exceeding 5 m
when concreted direct to soil.

The Contractor shall organize the pouring of concrete in such a manner that
once concreting of a section has started the operation shall be continuous
and each operation shall be completed prior to a stoppage.

The temperature of concrete shall not exceed 30C measured at discharge

into the formworks or foundation bottom works. Concrete shall not be
placed when the ambient temperature is 40C or above, or is above 37C
and is rising.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 30
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

Where specified on the drawings, construction, expansion or contraction

joints shall be provided and the concrete shall be poured continuously
between two adjacent joints. No other joints than shown on the drawings
shall be permitted. Stoppage (cold) joints formed between two concreting
operations separated by more than 6 hours time shall be subject to the same
treatment as the construction joints.

Concrete shall not be dropped into place from a height exceeding 2 meters.
Trunking and chutes to Employer / Employers Representatives approval
shall be used for any concrete to be deposited from a height exceeding 2 m.

Concrete which has partially hardened shall not be exposed to injurious

vibration or shock, except for controlled re-vibration where specified. When
concreting of a certain large structural element is specified strictly as to be
poured continuously, then the concreting operations shall be organized for
day and night working, in long shifts, as necessary.

Compaction and mechanical vibration of concrete

As concrete is being placed it shall be compacted by mechanical vibrators,
to obtain a dense material free from honeycombing, free from water and air
holes. For compacting the concrete, internal vibrators shall be used operat-
ing within a range of 5,000 to 10,000 cycles per minute.

The Contractor shall ensure that the vibrators are used in such a manner that
the reinforcement is not displaced, the formwork not damaged and no
segregation caused, but complete compaction of the concrete is achieved.

Finish of concrete
The concrete face shall have the finishes indicated on the drawings or as
shown in the present General Technical Requirements/Particular Technical
Requirements. The foundation top shall be monolithically casted that the
finished surface of the concrete will be sound, solid and free from honey-
combing, protuberances, air holes or exposed aggregate. No plastering,
cement wash, mortar or paint shall be applied to cover defective concrete
surfaces.

B0.3.9.7 Construction joints

The number of construction joints should be kept as low as possible con-
sistent with reasonable precautions against shrinkage. Concreting should be
carried out continuously up to construction joints.

Where it is necessary to introduce construction joints, careful consideration

should be given to their exact location, which should be indicated on the
drawings. Alternatively, the location of joints should be subject to agree-
ment between the Employer and the Contractor before any work commenc-
es.
Construction joints should be at right angles to the general direction of the
member and should take due account of shear and other stresses.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 31
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

Immediately prior to recommencement of concreting on a joint, the surface

of the concrete against which new concrete will be cast should be free from
laitance and should be roughened to the extent that the largest aggregate is
exposed but not loosened. Care should be taken that the joint surface is
clean immediately before the fresh concrete is placed against it.

Particular care should be taken in the placing of the new concrete close to
the joint. This concrete should be particularly well compacted and if possi-
ble a vibrator should be used.
A record shall be kept on site of the time and date of placing the concrete in
each section of the work.

B0.3.9.8 Expansion and contraction joints

The expansion joints, contraction joints and other permanent structure joints
shall be provided in positions as shown in the drawings.

Joints shall be straight and vertical, except where other specified, and
concrete surfaces on both sides of the joint shall be flush. Where necessary,
water stops of a type approved by the Employer / Employers Representa-
tive shall be embedded in the concrete. The water-stop should be made of
high-quality material which must obtain its resilience through the service
live of the structure for the double function of movement and sealing. To
ensure a good tightness with or without movement of the joints the water-
stop should be provided with anchor parts. The complete works of fixed and
welded connections must be carried out strictly in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.

B0.3.9.9 Concreting at night

When approval is given to carry out concreting operations (under control of
the Employer / Employers Representative ) at night or in places where
daylight is excluded, the Contractor has to provide adequate lighting at all
points of mixing, transportation and placing of concrete.

B0.3.9.10 Concreting in high ambient temperature

The temperature of the mixed concrete shall not exceed 30 C. The Contrac-
tor shall take special measures in the mixing, placing and curing of concrete.
These measures shall include the shading of aggregates, spraying of aggre-
gates with water, cooling of the mix constituents (introduction of ice to the
mixing water) and reduction of transportation time to the minimum. During
placing suitable measures shall be provided to prevent premature setting of
concrete placed in contact with hot surfaces. All concreting areas, formwork
and reinforcement shall be shielded from the direct rays of the sun and
sprayed with water when necessary.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 32
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

B0.3.9.11 Protective measures for concrete

The minimum clear concrete cover shall be as follows:

concrete parts above ground (external surface) 35 mm

concrete exposed to underground and groundwater 50 mm

Immediately after the compaction of the concrete has been finished, the
Contractor shall ensure adequate protection from the weather. The concrete
surface shall be covered with a layer of sacking, canvas, straw mats or
similar absorbent material, special protection sprays kept constantly moist
for at least 7 days.

Curing compounds or other methods of preventing evaporation my be used

if approved by the Employer / Employers Representative. Formworks may
be removed within 1 to 2 days after placing the concrete. The formwork
shall be kept shaded from the direct rays of the sun and shall be sprayed
with water if required.

Where large sections of concrete are poured, special precautions to the

approval of the Employer / Employers Representative shall be taken to
reduce and dissipate the heat generated by the setting and hardening of the
concrete (e.g. built-in cooling water pipe system).

The minimum amount of reinforcement shall be present to prevent shrinking

cracks.

No load of any kind shall be allowed on concrete which has not properly set
and the Contractor shall prevent any load to be imposed on the concrete
structures until it has been declared by the Employer / Employers Repre-
sentative to be ready to carry loads.

B0.3.9.12 Repair of damaged or defective concrete

Concrete which has completed its final setting shall be inspected by the
Employer / Employers Representative and any cracks, honeycomb areas,
segregations, etc. shall be marked. No repairs shall be carried out until
directed by the Employer / Employers Representative.

Making good areas > 1m of extend and / or affected depth > 10% of the
concerned structure thickness shall not more be patched by cement mortar
and are subject to special repair procedure (epoxy based mortar) or structure
reinforcement or partial reconstruction procedure. Cracks wider then 0.3
mm and/or deeper then 10 mm as well as air holes, surface offset or ex-
posed/segregated gravel pockets deeper than 1 cm will also be subject to
repair procedures.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 33
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

B0.3.9.13 Reinforcing steel

General
Reinforcing steel used in reinforced concrete shall comply with EC 3 or
equivalent:

Reinforcement supports
Reinforcement supports shall include all spacers, chairs, ties, slab bolster,
clips, chair bars, and other devices for properly assembling, placing, spac-
ing; supporting, and fastening the reinforcing bars.
Spacers may be cast from concrete, but shall be of the same quality as that
in which they will be embedded.

Concrete block spacers shall be cast in metal moulds with an approved

means of separating blocks and of ensuring that the blocks are of the proper
size.

Certificates
Each consignment of steel reinforcement shall be accompanied by a test
certificate from the manufacturer showing that the steel has been tested and
analyzed and the date of such tests and analyses and that such tests and
analyses comply in all respects with the standards.

Test
Reinforcing steel shall be tested as per EN 10080 in presence of the Em-
ployer/ Employers Representative. The costs for these tests are deemed to
be included in the contract price.

Rejection
The Employer / Employers Representative will reject any reinforcement
steel as the result of any failed test therefore not withstanding the manufac-
turer's certificates.
Reinforcing bars having excessive corrosion, mill-scale deposits and out of
diameter tolerance are also subject to rejection of the batch. Flash rust
however might be acceptable to a degree were no impairment of the bond-
ing property between steel surface and cement line may occur.

Reinforcing bar position

Reinforcement shall be installed and spaced as specified within the flexural
tension, compression, thermal expansion and cracking zones. Individual
reinforcing bars shall be positioned within the following allowance range:

Clear cover of reinforcing bars:

c -0,5 cm +5,0 cm at clear covers C 3 cm 4 cm

c -1,0 cm +10 cm at clear covers C > 4 cm < 8 cm

C: clear cover means the specified distance between the outer most steel
bar part (not center of stirup diameter) and the formwork or ground at
90 to the plane.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 34
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

Center spacing of reinforcing bars:

s 0.25 S at center spacing S 20 cm

S: center spacing means the specified distance between bar centre to bar
centre (ccs) of two adjacent steel bars in parallel position.

Overlapping length of reinforcing bars:

l -5 cm (+10 cm) at overlap length L > 60 bar

L: overlap length means the specified distance between the two cut-off
ends of steel bars being continued in parallel position.

Clear spacing of overlapping bars:

p 3 bar at overlap length L > 60 bar

P: clear spacing means the specified distance between the two outer most
steel bar parts facing each other (not centers) of the two overlapping steel
bars in parallel position.

B0.3.9.14 Finishing of concrete

All exterior corners (angles of 90 or less) of reinforced concrete shall be
chamfered (25 mm x 25 mm).

The top or final surface of all concrete works shall be finished monolithical-
ly and sloped by screeding, or floating, or troweling or grinding, or tooling
as approved by the Employer / Employers Representative.

Dry cement or cement and sand shall not be used to dry excess water on the
concrete surface.

Screeding: shall be executed by moving a straight edge or template by hand

or by mechanical means immediately after compaction of the concrete.

Floating: shall follow screeding, but shall not be started until some stiffen-
ing of the concrete has taken place.

Troweling: Where specified as necessary, the floating shall be followed by

finishing until a smooth surface free from defects is obtained.

Grinding and tooling: Where specified, the methods to produce the desired
surface shall be approved by the Employer / Employers Representative.
The grinding and/or tooling shall not start until the concrete has hardened
sufficiently to prevent dislodgment of the aggregate.

Chiseling: Wherever possible all chiseling works shall be carried out with
mechanical devices.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 35
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

B0.3.9.15 Formwork
Design and construction
For stability and type of formwork and support framing used, DIN 4420 or
equivalent are to be observed.

The formwork and the supporting structure are to be so dimensioned as to

be able to withstand all vertical and horizontal forces safely.

Supporting structures shall be sufficiently rigid to maintain the forms in

their correct position and to be true to shape and dimensions so that the final
concrete is within the limits of the dimensional tolerances.

Materials for formwork

Forms shall be constructed from steel or from sound timber well seasoned
and free from shakes. Plywood lining for forms shall be of timber which is
resin-bonded and water repellent.

Formwork surfaces in contact with concrete shall be free from adhering

grout, projecting nails, splits or other defects.

Joints shall be sufficiently tight to prevent the leakage of cement grout.

Connections shall be constructed to permit easy removal of the shuttering
and shall be either nailed, screwed, bolted, or otherwise secured so as to be
strong enough to retain the correct shape during consolidation of the con-
crete.

The fair faced concrete facades have to be to the satisfaction of the Employ-
er / Employers Representative. The concrete surface for facades has to be
absolutely stainless and all efforts have to be taken to achieve this.

Preparation and inspection of formwork

Before concrete is placed, all formwork shall be inspected to see if it is built
according to the approved plans and to see if it has been cleaned and is free
from sawdust, shavings, dust, mud, earth or other contamination and
properly oiled. Contact surfaces of panels shall be treated with a suitable
release agent (e.g. non staining mineral oil) where applicable. Surfaces
which are not oiled shall be wetted thoroughly to prevent warping.

Erection and placing of formwork

All formwork shall be erected and placed in accordance with the construc-
tion drawings approved by the Employer / Employers Representative.
Shuttering shall be true to line and braced and strutted to prevent defor-
mation under weight and pressure of the wet concrete, live loads, wind and
erection forces. The deflection shall not exceed 5mm and the casted struc-
ture dimensions shall be within 2 cm + 5 cm (to soil + 10 cm) observing
the minimum reinforcement cover as specified above.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 36
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

Formwork for walls and elsewhere shall be arranged for a maximum

concreting height of 2.5 m in a single pour. Where necessary panel openings
are to be provided in the forms for cleaning, inspection, access of vibrators,
etc..

All formwork will be inspected and approved by the Employer / Employers

Representative before concrete placing commences but this shall not relieve
the Contractor of any of his responsibilities under the contract.

Striking of formwork
Formwork shall not be removed until the concrete has sufficient strength to
carry its own weight plus any constructional or designed loads likely to be
applied with a normal factor of safety. It shall be removed in such a manner
that no shock or injury shall result to the concrete.

Before removal of the formwork the concrete shall be examined and remov-
al shall proceed only on the instructions and under the supervision of a
competent person.

B0.3.10 Erosion protection

General
The scope covered by this section comprises the performance of all kind of
masonry work in accordance with the static analysis and as shown on the
approved working drawings. The requirements of EUROCODE 6 shall be
observed.

Material
The material to be used for erosion protection comprises the following:

clay bricks
solid or hollow concrete blocks
natural stones of granite, basalt or lime stone
any other type of blocks and stone artificially produced
binding agents
metal accessories
stone gabions
reinforced concrete walls

Execution
Masonry work, arranging and bedding stones, etc. shall be executed in
mortar to form a homogeneous mass and to bond them in such a manner that
point or other loads and stresses are dispersed and distributed through the
mass without the structure tending to disintegrate.

Block work partitions less than 200 mm in thickness shall be solid block
and strengthen around all openings by reinforced concrete frame of
200 mm width (as a minimum) and in the same thickness of the wall

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 37
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

Block work more than 3 m in height shall be reinforced with reinforced

concrete stiffening frame work comprising of 200 x 300 mm verticals at
4.00 meter centers and 200 x 300 mm horizontals at mid-height or at
every 3.00 meters incase wall height is bigger than 6.00 meters.

Construction during hot weather and cold weather

The presence of water in mortar is necessary for the setting action to take
place. Precaution shall therefore be taken to prevent the work drying too
quickly, especially in hot weather. All bricks and blocks shall be saturated
and natural stones wet before bedding to prevent them absorbing the
moisture from the mortar, and also to remove all loose dust from the surface
in contact with the mortar.

Brickwork and/or block/stone work which has not been thoroughly wetted
can be detected by a thin crack between the brick/block/board and the
mortar joint. Such work shall be pulled down and rebuilt. All masonry work
shall be suspended during extreme weather unless adequately protected.

Block work under the ground slab, retaining walls and around foundations
shall be min. 200 mm thick.

Auxiliary work
Unless specified otherwise, all and any kind of work, materials, services,
safety measures, etc. as well as all tests and samples required for the com-
pletion of the work shall be included in the offer. Among others they also
have to include the following services:

a) provision and walling-up of al scaffolding holes and supports for

beams and girders
b) provision of slots, grooves, small drainage openings and the like
c) drainage piper and gravel packages
d) wire mesh galvanized for gabions
e) design calculations and drawings as far as required

Tests and properties

The minimum number of tests shall be as follows:

a) two compressive test of soil block for load bearing walls per 200 m2
of bearing block walls
b) three compressive tests of each type of material as mentioned above
c) three compressive tests of each kind of mortar to be used

Quality assurance
Blocks and stones shall be hard, of selected quality, reasonable in size and
shape. The strength of the blocks and stones shall be according to the static
requirements, but not less than:

reinforced concrete class C16/20 as for foundations

solid clay bricks > 10 N/mm compressive strength
natural stones > 15 N/mm compressive strength
5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 38
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

Mortar
Mortar for blockwork shall be cement mortar in the proportions 1:3 to 1:4
(Portland cement to sand). All mortar shall be mixed in a power-driven
mixer and in addition, all materials shall be screened before mixing to
remove lumps. Mortar whether with or without plasticiser shall be mixed
only in sufficient quantity for the work immediately in hand and no partly
set mortar shall be used.

Reinforcement / fixing accessories for brick and blockwork

Reinforcement
Horizontal reinforcement to brick or blockwork is called for. It shall be in
high tensile galvanized steel mesh 6 cm wide for 10 cm walls and 12 cm
wide for 20 cm walls. The reinforcement shall be laid in as long lengths as
practicable without laps. But where joints are necessary, the lengths shall be
lapped not less than 30 cm, except at corners or junctions where the lap shall
be equal to the width of the reinforcement and the reinforcement in one wall
bent over that in the other. Application: every second layer.

B0.4 Inspection and Testing

B0.4.1 General

B0.4.1.1 Introduction
This section contains general requirements for inspections and tests of
material, parts, equipment and workmanship of the plant during manufac-
ture, assembling and erection and upon completion to demonstrate compli-
ance with General Technical Requirements/Particular Technical
Requirements, codes and standards to ensure overall reliability of plant
operation and performance.

The Employer, the Employers Representative and/or authorized agents

shall, at all reasonable times, be allowed free and ready access to the
Contractor's premises and those of his suppliers for the purpose of inspect-
ing the specified equipment components, and obtaining information as to the
progress of the work. Failure on the part of the Employer / Employers
Representative , at this or any other time, to discover or reject materials or
work which do not meet specified requirements shall not be deemed an
acceptance thereof nor a waiver of defects therein.

The approval of the Employer / Employers Representative will not preju-

dice the right of the Employer to reject equipment if it does not give com-
plete satisfaction in service.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 39
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

The tests listed in the appropriate sections of these technical requirements

are the minimum requirements. The Contractor shall, at the appropriate
time, prove that his material and/or equipment comply with all the require-
ments of this section, such proof being the successful completion of tests
and inspections.

B0.4.1.2 Scope, program, documentation

All main components and equipment offered for and supplied under this
Contract shall be type tested. The Bidder shall enclose in his Bid Type Test
Certificates separately for each such main component and equipment
offered. Such Type Test Certificates shall be issued by internationally
recognized testing organizations for type tests carried out on components
and equipment which are, in the opinion of the Employer /Employers
Representative, of identical type or identical in all essential respects to the
equipment offered. If any of the Type Tests Certificates submitted is not
applicable to the component or equipment offered, the Employer / Employ-
ers Representative reserves the right to require re-testing or the inclusion of
additional tests in the routine test program.

During manufacture, erection and after completion all materials, compo-

nents and equipment supplied as well as works performed under this
Contract may be subjected to inspection by the Employer/Employers
Representative, should they so require. The works may also be subjected to
inspection and tests by any approved agencies of insurance or inspection
companies, approved by the Employer, in accordance with the requirements
of these technical requirements.

Quality assurance
The Contractor shall provide and operate a quality assurance system both in
his facilities and the facilities of his sub-Contractors and at site capable of
producing objective evidence that the material and equipment meet the
quality requirements of the technical requirements. The system shall be in
accordance with ISO 9001.

The Contractor shall include an outline inspection plan in his Bid. Before
delivery a detailed inspection plan shall be submitted to the Employ-
er/Employers Representative for approval. It shall describe the facilities
and site inspection for each major component and for the finally assembled
equipment and shall include the following:

a schedule or flow chart indicating each inspection and the stages in the
manufacturing and erection process where the Contractor proposes
inspection shall be carried out
a short written description of the method for each inspection
standards of acceptance, with references to International Standards or
Codes where applicable. Where the Contractor's acceptance standards are
proposed, copies of such standards shall be provided.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 40
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

The Contractor has primary responsibility for ensuring the quality of items
of equipment supplied under the Contract and remains accountable when
manufacture or erection is subcontracted. It is therefore a requirement of the
technical requirements that works are only subcontracted to companies with
effective Quality Assurance (QA) organization and that the Contractor
monitors the quality control by the attendance at tests of experienced
inspectors employed by the Contractor.

Adequate notice shall be given when the equipment is ready for inspection
or test and every facility shall be provided by the Contractor and his sub-
contractors to enable the Employer/Employers Representative to carry out
the necessary inspection of the plant.

A detailed record of the results of all tests and inspection shall be main-
tained by the Contractor and copies provided to the Employer/Employers
Representative within a reasonable time after the tests.

Facilities for inspections and tests

The tests shall be performed to the agreed inspection and test plan using
acceptance criteria approved by the Employer/Employers Representative.
The Contractor shall provide all the test equipment and test sets required for
carrying out the inspection and tests. Equipment provided for testing at site
shall remain the property of the Employer.

All equipment shall have current calibration certification.

The Contractor shall submit test programs for factory and site testing that is
subject to approval by the Employer/Employers Representative. Test
methods shall be based on IEC recommendations and standards. The Bidder
shall state the applied standards and test methods. A tentative test program
and a test procedure shall be supplied before each individual test. The test
procedure shall specify in detail the tests to be performed, based on the
specified requirements. Detailed documentation (e.g. circuit diagrams, flow
charts) of the tested system/equipment shall also be available to the Em-
ployer / Employers Representative at the same time. Formats of the test
report which are intended to be used shall be submitted for approval togeth-
er with test program.

The Contractor shall duly consider provisions specified in the Bidding

Document Documents as minimum requirements when preparing the
inspection and test plan with respect to type and extent of inspection and
tests, to location, orientation and number of test samples, to frequency and
amount of taking samples for statistical quality control and with respect to
acceptance criteria for all QA measures.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 41
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

The Employer / Employers Representative will return a copy of the Con-

tractor's proposed inspection program indicating those inspection stages for
which notification is required. Notification shall be by fax and shall be sent
at least 20 days prior to the intended test. If the Employer and/or the
Employers Representative intends to be present at the test he will provide
at least 24 hours notice and if his representative does not attend on the
notified date the test may proceed unless an alternative date has been
requested by the Employer / Employers Representative.

Within thirty (30) calendar days of completion of each and every test copies
of all test records, test certificates and performance curves shall be supplied
for all tests carried out in accordance with the provision of the contract,
whether or not the Employer / Employers Representative has witnessed
them. Information given on such test certificates and curves shall be suffi-
cient to identify the equipment and software to which the certificates refer
and shall also bear the Contractors reference and heading.

The test reports shall indicate the tests performed, contract references, the
results obtained, instruments used, names of test personnel, and provide for
witnesses' signatures. They shall also be numbered and dated.

B0.4.1.3 Rejection of elements

Any item of plant or component which fails to comply with the require-
ments of these technical requirements in any respect at whatever stage of
manufacture, test, erection or on completion at site may be rejected by the
Employer / Employers Representative either in whole or part as he consid-
ers necessary.

After adjustment or modification if so directed by the Employer / Employ-

ers Representative; the Contractor shall submit the item for further inspec-
tion and/or tests. Plant or components with defects of such a nature that the
requirements of the technical requirements cannot be met by adjustment or
modification shall be replaced by the Contractor at his own expense and to
the satisfaction of the Employer / Employers Representative.

B0.4.1.4 Codes and standards

All equipment shall be inspected and tested in accordance with the require-
ments of the relevant standards and codes and the present technical require-
ments.

The type and extent of inspection shall generally be in accordance with that
specified in the standard used for design and construction of the item of
equipment supplemented or amended by the requirements of this section of
the technical requirements.

Additional design tests are also to be carried out as described in the other
parts of this technical requirements.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 42
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

Reference to special codes and standards, where designated either directly

or as "relevant", is intended to provide a measure of performance, safety, in-
shop and on-site testing, and methods of construction and/or installation
which must be equaled or exceeded in order to be considered acceptable for
use under these technical requirements. If more than a single degree of
quality or accuracy is permitted within the scope of particular code or
standard, the highest quality shall be applicable and the degree of accuracy
commensurate with the intended function shall be selected but with the
understanding in either case that the decision as to degree will be made
finally along with procedures by the Employer / Employers Representative.

In all instances, the finally accepted applicable code or standard shall be the
version last published prior to the date of submission of the Bid selected as
the basis for this Contract.

Where no appropriate standard is available, tests shall be carried out in

accordance with the manufacturer's standard practice, which needs the
approval of the Employer / Employers Representative. In such cases the
Contractor shall submit to the Employer / Employers Representative
complete data and a suggested procedure for the testing to be performed
before manufacture commences. If the proposed procedure is accepted, the
Contractor shall provide the Employer / Employers Representative with
four additional copies in English before any test is performed.

The Contractor's attention is drawn to the climatic conditions in the site

area. De-rating factors are to be in accordance with the relevant IEC codes
and standards or an approved equivalent.

B0.4.1.5 Services prior to and during inspections and tests

In accordance with and in addition to agreed standards, the Contractor shall
submit procedures for material testing, manufacture, quality control and
performance testing as they apply from the procurement phase of raw
materials to the finished product.

No inspection will be made or deemed valid unless the Employer / Employ-

ers Representative's head offices, the Contractor and Sub-supplier are in
possession of all relevant approved drawings and procedures for the item to
be tested.

The Contractor on request shall supply the Employer with a copy of draw-
ings and procedures at the time of the test.

All instruments and apparatus required for the inspection or used for the
performance of tests shall be calibrated to an agreed standard at a laboratory
of national standing. The cost of making such calibrations shall be borne by
the Contractor in all cases.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 43
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

B0.4.1.6 Quality control of materials

General
Materials shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with the specified
standards and testing programs approved by the Employer / Employers
Representative. If no standards are specified the equipment shall be tested in
accordance with the relevant IEC regulations.

All materials shall be suitably identified and traceable to supporting test

certification.

Material suppliers certificates of compliance will be acceptable for minor

items only at the discretion of the Employer / Employers Representative.

Materials for earthing and lightning protection

The materials for the installation of earthing equipment and lightning
protection shall be tested in accordance with the relevant IEC regulations.

B0.4.1.7 Workshop assembly

In addition to the quality and production control tests, the following shop
assembly work and tests shall be made to check measurements, fitting and
functioning.

Equipment to be furnished shall be shop assembled to a status sufficient to

prove that the design and workmanship have been executed in accordance
with the technical requirements, that the delivery is complete, and that no
work remains to be done at site which reasonably may or should be done in
the workshop.

Where applicable, each item of the equipment shall be assembled complete-

ly prior to delivery.

Field joints shall be temporarily connected.

All parts shall be properly match marked, identified and doweled to ensure
and, where practicable, to facilitate correct and quick field assembly.

If the assembly shows defects in the design or manufacture or unforeseen

difficulties in assembling and dismantling, these must be eliminated. If
required, design alterations or corrective machining may be executed
provided that no sacrifice with respect to reliability of operation or inter-
changeability is made and provided that the agreement of the Employer /
Employers Representative has been obtained.

If the corrections cannot be carried out in accordance with the terms men-
tioned above, the components concerned would be rejected. The decision on
possible subsequent corrections is reserved exclusively to the Employer /
Employers Representative. Faulted equipment parts shall not be delivered.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 44
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

B0.4.1.8 Welding and surface coating tests

Welding
For all major structural welded items the Contractor shall submit the
following documented proposals prior to commencement of welding:

welding procedure specifications with qualification records;

post weld heat treatment procedures where applicable;
inspection schedule including quality requirements;
non-destructive testing procedures;
standard weld repair procedures.

All welders employed on items of plant for this Contract shall be qualified.
All welds shall be visually examined and shall be of smooth contour, free
from cracks, undercuts and other significant defects. Welds shall be non-
destructively tested in accordance with the construction standard applicable
to the item of plant. Where appropriate, the magnetic particle testing or the
ultrasonic examination is to be applied.

Galvanized zinc coatings

Surfaces shall be visually inspected. Bare patches, lumps blisters or inclu-
sions of foreign matter shall be cause for rejection.

Zinc coating thickness shall be determined non-destructively in accordance

with DIN EN ISO 2178 or coulometrically in accordance with DIN EN
ISO 2177 or an equivalent standard.

B0.4.2 Inspections and tests during manufacture

B0.4.2.1 General
As far as practicable, quality of materials, workmanship and performance of
all items of the equipment furnished under the present contract shall be
inspected at the places of manufacture by the Contractor's QA inspectors.

Equipment shall wherever practical be subject to tests on completion in the

Manufacturer's work to prove that the reliability, operation and performance
conform to the requirements of these technical requirements and the provi-
sions of the appropriate standards.

All facilities shall be provided by the Contractor to enable the Employer and
to carry out the necessary inspection of the equipment components and the
costs of all tests during manufacture and preparation of test records are to be
borne by the Contractor.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 45
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

The Contractor shall submit for approval procedures describing the pro-
posed test methods to be used. Type and layout of test facility, location of
instrumentation, formula for calculation of results and correction to site
conditions, etc. shall be included where appropriate.

All measuring instruments used in tests shall be regularly calibrated at the

expense of the Contractor and records shall be available for examinations by
the Employer / Employers Representative.

The passing of the inspection or test will not, however, prejudice the right of
the Employer / Employers Representative to reject the equipment compo-
nents if they do not comply with the technical requirements when erected, or
give complete satisfaction in service. Where the Contractor desires to use
stock material, not manufactured specially for the work, satisfactory evi-
dence that such material conforms to the requirements of the Contract shall
be submitted. In this case tests on these materials may be waived, but
certificates are to be submitted.

Arrangements shall be made for expediting the shop inspection by having

all shop assemblies or pieces covering a single shipment ready at one time.
Any packing work as well as transport to the site of the equipment con-
cerned shall not be started before the approval of the Employer / Employers
Representative has been obtained and all QA certificates due at this time for
the equipment concerned have been received and reviewed by the Employer
/ Employers Representative.

B0.4.2.2 Transmission line equipment

a) Conductor and ground wire tests
The conductors and ground wires shall be subjected to the sample tests at
the Sub-suppliers workshop or in authorized laboratories according to
standards IEC 61089, IEC 60888, IEC 60889, BS EN 50182:

As a minimum, the following tests shall be carried out:

1. for wires
diameter
conductivity
tensile breaking strength
wrapping
tensile stress at 1% elongation for steel wires
galvanizing for steel wires

2. for the complete conductor

appearance and finish
constancy of shape
overall diameter
stranding and lay ratio
quantity of wires

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 46
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

tensile breaking strength

weight

3. for grease
grease weight per metro
dropping point

b) Tests of dampers
Vibration dampers for conductors and earth wires shall be subjected to tests
according to IEC 61897.

The type tests of the vibration dampers refer to:

dynamic characteristic test;

fatigue test;
clamp slip test;
torque test.

Dynamic characteristic test

This test is intended to establish the dynamic characteristics of the dampers.

The damper shall be vertically mounted on a shaker table and driven with a
constant table velocity of both 0.10 m/s and 0.05 m/s. The frequency range
shall be calculated with the formula:

V
f = 0.2
D

with f = frequency (Hz)

V = wind velocity (m/s)
D = conductor diameter (m)

for a wind velocity range of 0.5 - 7 m/s. The sweep rate shall be 0.2 dec-
ades/minute.
The reaction force and the phase angle between the reaction force and the
velocity shall be measured and power and impedance shall be plotted
against the frequency over the given frequency range.

One half width value of the resonant peaks of the power curves provide
good information about damping capabilities of a damper. This value shall
be calculated for each resonant peak of the power curves. The values shall
not be smaller than 0.3.

Fatigue test
This test is intended to demonstrate that the dampers have an acceptable
fatigue limit.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 47
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

The damper shall be attached to a shaker and driven in a vertical direction

for 100 million cycles. The frequency range shall be calculated as in "Dy-
namic characteristic test".

After the fatigue test a new dynamic characteristic test shall be performed.
There shall be no significant difference in the dynamic characteristics before
and after the fatigue test.

Clamp slip test

This test is intended to verify the clamp slip force.

The damper clamp shall be installed on the conductor using the following
torque:

45 Nm for M10;
60 Nm for M12 or bigger threads.

Then a force shall be applied to the clamp along the axis of the conductor.
The minimum force required to cause the clamp to slip on the conductor
shall be recorded.

Torque test
This test is intended to demonstrate that the dampers fulfill the requirements
as per manufacturer's proposal and Employer / Employers Representative s
approval.

The clamp shall be attached to a section of the conductor. There shall be no

failure of component parts.

In addition to the type tests shown above, corona and radio interference tests
have to be carried out.

The sample tests of the vibration dampers refer to:

verification of dimensions;
check of dynamic characteristic (see type tests);
check of clamp slip (see type tests);
galvanizing.

The sample tests shall be carried out to the Employer / Employers Repre-
sentative 's requirements on an agreed basis.

No routine tests are required.

c) Tests of insulators and insulator sets

The insulator units and the insulator sets used in this Contract will be
subjected to type, sample and routine tests according to IEC 60383 and
EN 50341. In addition, the following tests shall be carried out as type tests:

radio interference tests, according to IEC 60437;

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 48
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

artificial pollution tests, if applicable, according to IEC 60507;

thermo-mechanical performance, according to IEC 60575.

For the sampling rules and acceptance criteria the IEC Publication 60591 is
also to be considered.

The type tests (group 1) refer to:

a1 - dry lightning impulse withstand voltage

b1 - wet switching impulse withstand voltage
c1 - wet power frequency withstand voltage

For the insulator units only the tests under a1 and c1 have to be applied.

In addition to the type test shown above, the overall dimensions of the
insulator sets as designed and approved by the Employer / Employers
Representative shall be verified.

The sample tests (group 2) refer to:

a2 - verification of the locking system

b2 - verification of dimensions
c2 - temperature cycle test
d2 - electro-mechanical failing load test
e2 - mechanical failing load test
f2 - thermal shock test (glass only)
g2 - puncture test
h2 - porosity test (porcelain only)
i2 - galvanizing test

For the insulator sets only the tests under a2, b2 and e2 are to be applied.

The routine tests (group 3) which refer to:

a3 - visual examination
b3 - mechanical routine test
c3 - electrical routine test
d3 - thermal shock routine test (glass only)

have to be applied only to the insulator units.

The performance requirements shall be in accordance with the relevant EN

and IEC regulations.

The tests referring to the insulator sets have to be carried out on completely
equipped sets, with all clamp and fitting parts, installed in their characteris-
tic working position and having attached also an agreed length of conductor.

The tests shall be carried out only in approved testing laboratories, accord-
ing to IEC recommendations and other regulations.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 49
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

d) Tests of clamps, fittings and accessories

The line clamps and fittings used in the insulator and earth wire attachment
to tower sets as well as for the conductor and earth wire assembling will be
subjected to type, sample and routine tests according to IEC 61284, IEC
61854, IEC 61467, or equivalent test standards, as agreed with the Employ-
er / Employers Representative .

From time to time the Employer / Employers Representative may ask for
further tests as required to ensure that the quality of the product is being
maintained throughout the Contract.

e) Tests of transmission towers

The towers and tower members will be subjected to design and routine tests.

Design tests
The tests shall be executed in accordance with IEC Publication 60652
"Loading tests on overhead towers".

The tests shall be carried out at the sub-suppliers workshop or at another

approved place.

Two test categories shall be applied:

tests to ultimate design loads

tests to destruction by applying the specified overload factors and, if
applicable, by applying even higher loads up to destruction.

The height of the towers to be tested shall be the tower with body extension
and with leg extension as approved by the Employer / Employers Repre-
sentative.

The tests shall be carried out for all specified loading assumptions (load
cases) which are decisive for rating of tower members.

Steel towers submitted for test shall be galvanized.

If the Contractor, in carrying out erection of supports on site, proposes to

assemble the supports on the ground and subsequently raise them to the
vertical position, the sample tower submitted for tests shall be so assembled
and raised to the vertical position on the test foundation in the presence of
the Employer / Employers Representative.

Each tower shall then be subject to such test loads in such order as the
Employer and/or Employers Representative may specify to prove compli-
ance with the factors of safety. Loads for 100% load step shall be main-
tained for five minutes, during which time there shall be no slacking off or
adjustments of loads.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 50
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

Should it become necessary to adjust the loading, the 5 minute period shall
start after the loading is stabilized and constant. All test loads shall be
removed completely before the loads for the next test are applied, unless
previously agreed to by the Employer. All test loads shall be applied directly
to the regular attachment details provided for these loads. The applied loads
shall be measured right in front of the tower loading points and the reading
of all measured loads shall be enabled at one central place.

Any conspicuous yielding or any failure under any of the test loading or the
use of an incorrect grade of steel shall be considered a defect. If a failure
occurs, the Contractor shall correct the defect and repeat the loading test at
his own expense, including any additional costs by the Employer and/or
Employer's Representative for witnessing of the repeated test.

Test samples shall be cut from members which fail in the destruction tests
and from those members judged to be critical from the design calculations,
and standard tensile tests shall be performed at the Contractor's expense.
Results of the tests on these samples shall be used to correct the assembled
tower test results for comparison with the design.

Any tower or part thereof which has been overloaded during destruction
tests shall not be used subsequently in the construction of the lines.

Where tower tests to nominal design loads are satisfactorily completed, the
corresponding towers shall be carefully inspected after dismantling to
ensure that no parts have been damaged and shall be marked for use in the
permanent works at positions to be indicated by the Employer / Employers
Representative. A complete set of new bolts and nuts shall be supplied in
such cases and their cost shall be deemed to be covered by the Contract
Price.

The Contractor shall furnish all test structures, complete testing facilities, as
may be required and shall perform all work herein specified, or implied. All
items not specifically mentioned shall be deemed incidental to testing.

Routine tests
Samples of the material for the towers - standard or procedure - shall be
tested in accordance with the relevant standards, recommendations and
codes of practice.

The Employer / Employers Representative will inspect also as soon as

available at the Contractor's works the first consignment of complete
foundation steelworks and stub setting templates.

To maintain fabrication standards, the Employer / Employers Representa-

tive may call for repeated erection checks of any tower type during the
manufacturing period at no extra cost.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 51
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

B0.4.3 Inspections and tests during erection and commissioning

B0.4.3.1 General
The Contractor's scope of delivery includes all site test and inspection
expenses, e.g. all labor, materials, water, electricity, consumables, chemicals
and stores as well as the instruments and apparatus as may be required to
perform such tests efficiently. The Contractor is responsible for and shall
include in his delivery all safety measures such as barriers, warning signs
etc. required for inspection and testing while erection is in progress and all
interruption of work in this connection will be at his expense.

All instruments and apparatus used for site inspection and testing shall be
calibrated to an agreed standard at a laboratory of an international standing
to be nominated by the Contractor. The cost of making such calibrations
shall be borne by the Contractor in all cases.

During the erection of all mechanical, electrical, control, monitoring and

telecommunication equipment the Contractor shall make the plant item
available at any reasonable time for inspection by the Employer /Employer's
Representative, should either so require.

To assist the Employer/Employers Representatives in their review of the

quality of the work being performed, the Contractor shall provide the
Employer / Employers Representative with a schedule of the specific areas
and items of work that will be performed during each work week. The list
shall be presented to the Employer / Employers Representative prior to the
start of work on a day agreed by the Employer / Employers Representative
.
All work that is executed prior to such notification shall be done at the
Contractors own risk and may, at the Employer / Employers Representa-
tive 's request, be subject to removal and replacement by the Contractor at
his expense.

In particular the Contractor has to mark on his implementation schedule all

stages of erection or commissioning which are subject to the Employer /
Employers Representative's acceptance and has to notify one week in
advance when such acceptance becomes due. The stages subject to ac-
ceptance shall include but not be limited to the items indicated in the
technical requirements.

Before energizing certain checks need to be carried out. For start-up the
Contractor will propose a program to be approved by the Employer /
Employers Representative. The program should give a step by step guide
for the start-up taking into account, but not limited to, the checking of each
disconnector, circuit breaker, circuit identification, current, voltage and
power indication, phase rotation and correct phasing (this start-up shall also
include all the substation auxiliary supplies and air ventilation).

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 52
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

Prior to placing each unit into commercial operation, commissioning tests

shall be performed on the plant. These tests will be coordinated by the
Employer but the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the testing
operation and safety of plant within his scope of work.

The Contractor shall cooperate with the Employer and with the other
Contractors to permit all necessary tests to be performed.

The Contractor shall provide all necessary instruments to perform the tests
on plant within his scope of work. The test instruments shall be new, of a
current model and type, and with the precision required to conduct the
specified tests. The Contractor shall follow operating procedures agreed by
the Employer.
Copies of all log sheets and test readings shall be given to the Employer as
the tests proceed.

After the conclusion of the tests, the Contractor shall compile a comprehen-
sive test report to the approval of the Employer. This report shall include
copies of all log and calculation sheets and all necessary tables and curves to
record the results of the tests.

B0.4.3.2 Transmission line equipment

The following checks and tests measurements shall be made unless other-
wise specified in these technical requirements (as appropriate) in accordance
with agreed standards and testing program:

Checks before start erection

Check of completeness of delivery
Check whether ratings are according to technical requirements

Check and tests on completion

After final erection the following checks shall be performed:

visual check on equipment damage

visual check of correct and neat installation
check of critical minimal clearance distances
check of bolt tightening
check of completeness of earthing connections
measurement of earth resistance
check of correct phasing of transformer
check of correct installation of instruction plates and safety signs

a) Tower earthing resistance

The tower earthing resistance shall be measured during initial installation
and immediately before commissioning, but at least once during the dry
season under reasonably dry soil conditions.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 53
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

The measurements are to be carried out by means of a high frequency earth

resistance measuring instrument, according to EN 50341 or equivalent
standard, in order to allow readings of the impulse resistance value of the
earthing system connected or not connected to tower and by towers having
earth wires installed or not.

The measurements have to be clearly recorded. The schedules used for the
recordings shall contain in addition to the measured ohmic values, details of
the surface soil and under ground data at the time of tests as well as the soil
resistivity values.

If, in the opinion of the Employer / Employers Representative, it is neces-

sary to reduce the tower earthing resistance by approved means such as the
installation of earth rods or counterpoise, the Contractor shall make further
tests after the additional measures have been carried out at no extra charge.

b) Conductor and earth wire joints and clamps

The electrical resistance of at least 10 (ten) completed clamps, joints and
terminal fittings of each type shall be accurately measured by the Contractor
in the presence of the Employer / Employers Representative. Should one
clamp fail the test, another lot of 5 (five) clamps shall be tested.
Where the joint consists of several parts bolted together (e.g. dead end
clamp with bolted-on jumper terminal) the resistance to be measured is that
of the complete assembly. The resistance of any such fittings shall not
exceed 75% of the resistance of an equivalent length of conductor, meas-
ured adjacent to the fittings, and the current carrying capacity shall be at
least equal to that of the conductor.

The Contractor shall provide suitable equipment (such as the Chance Digital
Micro Ohmmeter) in order to perform the above tests, and shall submit
details of the proposed instruments to the Employer / Employers Repre-
sentative for approval. Suitable clamps shall also be supplied for connecting
the current leads of the measuring instrument to the test sample to provide
adequate surface contact at the interfaces. Test probes as used for potential
contacts are unsuitable for current connections. Stringing of conductor and
earth wire shall not commence until the instruments are on site and ready for
use.

The center mark on the steel inner sleeve of joint shall be checked by the
Employer / Employers Representative before completing the outer sleeve
jointing. Details of the method shall be approved by the Employer / Em-
ployers Representative.

The contact behavior of the conductor and earth wire joints and terminals
shall be tested according to DIN VDE 0212 Part 52 A1 (type tests) or
equivalent standard.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 54
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

c) Fiber-optic cable field acceptance test

The Contractor shall perform field acceptance test and document the results
of the installed cable to verify the cable's performance as required by this
technical requirements. The Contractor shall notify the Employer and the
Employer's Representative in advance so that the Employer and the Em-
ployer's Representative can witness these tests. If the cable does not pass the
field acceptance test, the Contractor shall replace the cable at the Contrac-
tor's expense with cable that does meet these technical requirements.

Attenuation per distance / uniformity

The Contractor shall measure the attenuation-vs-distance and attenuation
uniformity of the fibers while the cable is on the reel as well as of the
installed cable using an Optical-Time-Domain-Reflectometer (OTDR).
Measurements will be made at 1550 nm. The attenuation of the fiber-optic
cable shall not exceed the requirements in these technical requirements.

Attenuation with bending

The Contractor shall perform attenuation with bending tests using a 260 mm
diameter mandrel on the cable and a 75 mm and 25 mm mandrel on selected
individual fibers. The attenuation due to bending shall not exceed the
requirements in these specifications.

Tensile strength of cable

The Contractor shall extract a sample length of cable from each reel and
subject it to a pulling tension of 550 kg force and inspect for cable damage
due to stress. The Contractor shall measure before, during, and after the test
pull. The attenuation increase due to tensile stress shall not exceed the
requirements in these specifications.

Fiber-optic equipment field acceptance test

Operational tests shall be carried out in order to demonstrate correct system
operation also in conjunction with other parts of the telecommunication
system.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the correct test procedures and
testing shall be done in the presence of the Employer / Employers Repre-
sentative.
The tests shall include but not be limited to the following:

check of optical continuity of the transmission path

measurement of bit error rate
measurement of jitter performance
measurement of laser and receiver characteristics
measurement of transmission times for protection and control signals
individual checks of each transmitted signal
check of safety measures (e.g. laser shutdown) and alarm systems
(including alarm processing in the TMS and monitoring & SCADA
system)

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 55
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

measurements of optical parameters (attenuation, chromatic dispersion)

shall be performed for each fiber on the completely installed sections of
the transmission path.

The results of these measurements shall be stored in a database for compar-

ing them with subsequent check measurements.

Documentation has not been met, the Contractor shall locate and correct all
equipment faults, which have caused this shortfall in specified availability.

d) White rust
If evidence of white rust is apparent upon receipt at site of bundled steel
sections, the Employer / Employers Representative shall order the Contrac-
tor to make such tests as he deems necessary to determine the extent of
damage, if any, and the remedial measures necessary.

e) Final erection checks

Not later than 90 days before finishing the erection of the first line section
the Contractor shall prepare and submit for approval the erection check
documentation.

The erection check documentation shall include check sheets for all trans-
mission and shieldwire components for each line section.

Immediately after finishing the erection of complete line sections final

erection checks shall be performed. The final erection checks shall be
conducted by the Contractor with the attendance of the Employers Repre-
sentative or the Employer.

The results of the final erection checks shall be recorded in the check sheets
including the deficiencies to be rectified and shall be signed by the parties
attending the checks. The deficiencies shall be rectified before energizing
and in coordination with the requirements of the Employer.

f) Tests on completion
At least 90 days prior the completion of the first line section the Contractor
shall submit a schedule of energizing. The schedule of energizing shall
contain a sequence of how the Contractor intends to energize the different
parts of the different line sections.

Prior to the energizing of a complete line sections a visual inspection of this

line section including the shieldwire system has to be performed and
deficiencies which would affect the safety of the line and personnel are to be
rectified immediately.

The following tests shall be performed before energizing of the system:

insulation measurement
line impedance

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 56
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

The line shall be energized at full working voltage before handing over and
the arrangement for this, and such other tests as the Employer or the Em-
ployers Representative shall desire to make on the complete line, shall be
assisted by the Contractor who shall provide such labor, transport and other
assistance as is required without extra charge.

B0.5 Documentation and Drawing Approval

B0.5.1 General
All information, documentation, calculations, drawings, schedules etc. have
to be submitted within such periods or at such dates which are required to
guarantee a smooth handling of the project without any delays. The Con-
tractor is responsible for submitting all documentation in accordance with a
program to be prepared by him allowing all participants sufficient time to
check, assess, comment and approve the documents. The quality of the
submitted documents must be in accordance with acceptable international
practice to allow a speedy checking procedure. Documents not fulfilling
these requirements will be returned to the Contractor without comments for
improvement and resubmission.

B0.5.2 Specification stage

The drawings issued by the Employer's representative with the Specification
forming part of the documents for tendering purposes are intended to be
descriptive of the character of the Works and used in conjunction with the
requirements of the Specification and shall in no way limit the responsibility
of the Contractor to supply all plant equipment, materials and services
necessary to provide for a complete and functional complex.

Any omission in both, drawings and the Specification, shall not relieve the
Contractor of his responsibility to include such detail or work in his supply.

The final sizes of equipment shown on the specification drawings have not
been fixed by the Employer's representative since these are dependent on
the size and shape of the tenderer's proposed equipment and materials
forming the works and the space required for installation, maintenance, lay-
down, storage, access etc. They are however to be considered as minimum
requirements. Any deviation has to be stated in the schedules "Departures
From or Qualifications To the Specification".

When measurements are affected by conditions already established, the

Contractor shall take and be responsible for field measurements notwith-
standing any information set forth on the specification drawings.

The specification drawings portray the basic layout of the Scope of Works
and the Tenderer shall incorporate these requirements in his tender draw-
ings.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 57
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

The Tenderer has to ensure that the information provided within the Specifi-
cation is sufficient to state his final Contract Price. No additional claims will
be allowed for supplies and services for the interconnecting or other works
to be performed by him.

The Tenderer has the liberty to comment on any document and drawing
issued with the Specification within the time specified in Section A0
'Instructions to Tenderer'. After the Tender has been submitted, the Tenderer
is deemed to have checked all these documents and drawings and they are
without any restriction accepted by him. No claim resulting out of omissions
or discrepancies in this respect will be accepted by the Employer's repre-
sentative/Employer.

B0.5.3 Stages after contract award

B0.5.3.1 Correspondence
All correspondence shall be addressed to the Employer and copied to the
Employer's representative in accordance with the table shown below.

In addition to the requirements of the Conditions of Contract, all meetings

and discussions with the Employer's representative shall be in English and
the Contractor shall engage English speaking supervisors only.

B0.5.3.2 Approval procedure for drawings and documents

For the purpose of this clause the term 'drawing' shall include diagrams,
schedules, performance curves, etc.

The Contractor shall distribute for approval two sets to the Employer and
two sets to the Employer's representative simultaneously within the dates
named in specifications such drawings, samples, patterns and models as
may be called for therein or as the Employer's representative may reasona-
bly require. Approval will be accorded by the Employer's representative
four (4) weeks after receipt of the two documents.

Copies of all drawings and other papers to be approved by the Employer's

representative shall be provided as shown in the table below by the Contrac-
tor. The Contractor shall supply additional copies of approved drawings in
accordance with the details set out in these conditions. The Contractor shall
make available copies of detailed manufacturing drawings or calculations.
Any such drawing or document and all other drawings or documents serving
the purpose of information only will not be stamped. Drawings which need
minor modifications only with no effect to the erection work will be limited
approved, i.e. accepted for the construction phase. Such drawings will be
checked again after completion (as-built drawings).

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 58
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

One (1) copy of the drawings and other papers submitted will be returned to
the Contractor with one of the following examination endorsements applied
by the Employer's representative:

-- NOT APPROVED --

This drawing has been spot-checked for main dimensions and compliance
with the overall layout, and is being returned for the necessary modifica-
tions. The revised documents shall be resubmitted to the Client for approval.
Related activities on field works and/or manufacturing cannot commence.

-- APPROVED ON CONDITION --

This drawing has been spot-checked and limited approved with regard to the
main dimensions and compliance with the overall arrangement. Provided
that the necessary corrections will be considered and incorporated in the
final design and project implementation, related activities on field works
and/or manufacturing can commence. The revised documents shall be
resubmitted for approval. The approval does not release the Contractor from
his full contractual obligation on design liability and facility performance of
the installed transmission system.

-- APPROVED --

This drawing has been spot-checked and approved with regard to the main
dimensions and compliance with the overall arrangement. The related
activities on field works and/or manufacturing can commence. The ap-
proved documents shall be resubmitted stamped by the Contractor For
Construction. The approval does not release the Contractor from his full
contractual obligation on design liability and facility performance of the
installed transmission system.

If the Contractor receives drawings and papers endorsed with the stamp
N O T A P P R O V E D he shall without delay make all the necessary
alterations and corrections and resubmit copies of these as shown below to
the Employer's representative for approval.

If the Contractor receives drawings and papers with the stamp APPROVED
he shall without delay send copies as per table shown below stamped "FOR
CONSTRUCTION".

Generally, approved drawings shall not be changed except as stated below.

If such a document is modified for any reason afterwards, it is understood

that the previous notification of the Employer/Employers Representative is
automatically null and void. The Contractor is hence obliged to immediately
notify the Employer/Employers Representative of the existence of such
further modification, to delete the pertinent remark Approved by the
Employer/Employers Representative on from the original and such
document shall undergo the above mentioned procedure again.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 59
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

Approved drawings and subsequent execution modification have to be

recorded and incorporated into the concerned drawings as these will form an
integral part of the As-Built Drawings.

The drawing approval of spotted tower position on the profile/plan only

does not guarantee the suitability of the pre-selected tower location with
regard to foundation placement and adjacent slope stability. Clearance of the
final tower position remains in the scope of the Contractors contract
obligation as to be checked during tower pegging.

The drawing approval is not the official building permit for the planned
transmission lines and the concerned main crossing (roads, railways, aerials,
etc.)

The drawing approval of foundation classes on the basis of sounding results

only does not guarantee the suitability of the pre-selected foundation type
with regard to the actual encountered subsoil conditions. Clearance of the
final foundation class remains in the scope of the Contractors contract
obligation as to be checked during excavation.

The Contractor shall ensure that drawings, calculations, designs etc. for
approval are forwarded to the Employer's representative in sufficient time to
allow enough time for examination of the drawings in the Employer's
representative's office. In general this time period is 4 weeks from the date
the documents were received by the Employers representative office.

The Contractor shall also ensure that drawings are submitted early enough
prior to the date required for approval to permit amendments to be made and
the drawings re-submitted for approval without delaying the program
deliveries or the guaranteed completion dates of the Works.

If the Contractor has not received any notice within 5 weeks from the date
of submission (reception date by the Employers Representative), then the
documents and/or drawings shall be deemed of being approved.

At monthly intervals the Contractor shall submit copies of the drawing

schedule showing the actual status, i.e. preliminary, completed, modified or
approved.

If during the contract period, the Contractor is required to increase the size
of any buildings, foundations etc. from that shown on his tender drawings to
accommodate the finally approved arrangement of the works provided under
the Contract (with due allowance for access, lay down, maintenance etc.),
then such increases shall be deemed to be included in the Scope of the
Contract.

All drawings shall be black lines on a white background with all revisions
clearly marked.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 60
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

Logical and graphical symbols as well as abbreviations used in the drawings

shall be identified in a legend. Abbreviations shall be described in their full
text.

All drawings shall bear the approved contract references and title block as
agreed with the Employer's representative.

At least the following information shall be included in the title block:

the Contractor's name

the Subcontractor's name, where applicable
the Employer's name
the Project name
the name of the Employer's representative, when so advised
brief description of the contents of drawings
drawing and revision number
first date and revision dates
scale and scale bar (where applicable)
location for the Employer's drawing number.

The Contractor shall be responsible for any discrepancies, errors or omis-

sions in the drawings and other particulars supplied by him, whether such
drawings and particulars have been approved by the Employer's representa-
tive or not.

Drawings and papers shall be submitted to the Employer's representative in

such a sequence that the information required by the Employer's representa-
tive for examination purposes corresponds with the progress of the Works.

All drawings and other papers which have to be submitted to the Employer's
representative in accordance to these clauses, shall be composed in English.

The design, dimensioning and the technical data in the drawings and other
papers shall be based on the metric system only.

All drawings and other documents submitted by the Contractor shall be of

one of the following sizes which conform to the German Standards Specifi-
cations DIN 476:

Size Dimension in mm:

of trimmed drawing and trimmed
blue print (finished sheet)
A0 1.189 x 841 maximum
A1 841 x 594
A2 594 x 420
A3 420 x 297
A4 297 x 210

Folded to size A 4 with margin for binding.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 61
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

The following scales shall be used:

For reproduction : 1 : 2 / 1 : 5 / 1 : 10 / 1 : 20 / 1 : 50 / 1 : 100 / 1 : 200 /
1 : 1,000 / 1 : 2,000 / 1 : 1,500 / 1 : 10,000 / 1 : 25,000
1 : 50,000 / 1 : 100,000 / 1 : 500,000 / 1 : 1,000,000

For enlargements: 2 : 1 / 5 : 1 / 10 : 1

In addition to the sizes mentioned above, horizontally extended sizes are

permissible, for example for route plans; these shall have the following
dimensions:

Height: 297 mm (A4-height)

Length: x 210 mm, that is to say a multiple of A 4 length

Continuous drawings which require several subsequent sheets for printing

shall have sufficient overlapping zones to allow proper orientation without
information losses.

The quality of original drawings, master prints, blue-prints and of all other
copies, irrespective of the method by which they have been produced, must
be such that no damage whatsoever, such as partial or complete illegibility,
can occur as a result of the tropical climate or other extreme climatic
conditions. For drawings a paper grade weighing more than 80 grams per
square meter shall be used throughout. The out-printing quality of topo-
graphical maps shall reach at least 300 dpi (dot per inch) and for satellite
photos at least 600 dpi.

The Employer reserves the right to ask for all drawings directly.

The Employer's representative and the Employer shall have the right at all
reasonable times to inspect at the factory of the Contractor all drawings of
any portion of the Works. The Contractor shall submit design calculations
and shop drawings.

The Contractor shall, within the times named in the Specification, provide
drawings showing the manner in which the Plant is to be assembled with all
information relating, unless otherwise agreed, only to the Works, required
for preparing suitable foundations, for providing suitable access for the
Plant and any necessary equipment to the point on Site where the Plant is to
be erected and for making all necessary connections to the Plant (whether
such connections are to be made by the Contractor under the Contract or
not).

Any expenses resulting from an error or omission or from delay in delivery

of the drawings and information shall be borne by the Contractor.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 62
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

B0.5.3.3 Progress of work and reports

The Contractor shall submit for the Employer's representative's approval,
the details of proposed methods of reporting on all aspects of works
throughout the duration of Project. The reporting system must meet the
requirements of the Employer's standard reporting formats, and as a mini-
mum, shall include:

Weekly Summary Report

Giving highlights of the week's activities, the actual progress planned in
quantitative terms, and areas of concern if any, and work planned for the
following week. This report is to be submitted by the second day of the
following week.

Monthly Project Progress Report

As a minimum, the monthly progress report must include text, tabulations,
charts, graphs and photographs as applicable thus providing appropriate
information, both cumulative and for the past month on:

overall, discipline wise and per section of works, status of progress on

project and in comparison with planned progress
current and future areas of concern and status of previously identified
areas of concern
remedial actions recommended to correct or reduce existing or potential
problems and delays. Effectiveness of remedial action taken for earlier
problems
cost report and prospective cash flow
schedule status, highlighting the status of milestones, status of critical
activities, along with schedule trend analysis indicating the actions pro-
posed to be taken to ensure timely completion of project
progress, productivity and man-hour data to include budget, actual and
forecast together with trend identification and analysis
procurement progress, delivery details and forecasts including specific
information on late deliveries likely to affect progress.

The Contractor shall submit detailed progress reports. The reports shall
show clearly and accurately the position of all activities associated with
design, material procurement, manufacture, QA activities, works tests,
shipping, mobilization, site erection, testing and commissioning with regard
to the agreed contract program.

The position on material procurement shall give the date and details of
orders placed and indicate the delivery quoted by the manufacturer. If any
delivery has an adverse effect on the contract program the contractor shall
state the remedial action taken to ensure that delays do not occur.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 63
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

The portion on manufacture shall indicate the arrival of material, the

progress of manufacture and date at which the equipment will be ready for
transport. The information recorded shall also indicate all special occurrenc-
es (such as accidents, defects etc.), which will affect the date of completion
in the manufacturer's Works.

The site erection portion of the progress report shall be segregated into the
main and ancillary items of civil, mechanical and electrical work and each
item of work shall be monitored giving the percentage completion and the
projected completion date of the Work in accordance with the agreed
contract program.

Any delay which will affect the completion, testing and commissioning
dates of any item of Plant shall be detailed by the Contractor who shall state
the action he is taking to effect completion to the contract program.

The Contractor shall report in respect of the various groups of the Works the
erection equipment in use or held in readiness, a return of labor and supervi-
sory staff, and details of any matters arising which may generally affect the
progress of site Work.

The commencement of testing and commissioning, its duration details of

any matters occurring during that period and the remedial action taken, the
completion dates etc. shall be noted and segregated for each group of the
Works.

The progress reports shall be set out in a format to the approval of the
Employer's representative.

The progress report shall be forwarded within the first week of the follow-
ing month so that on receipt the information contained therein is not out of
date.

Sufficient copies in English have to be submitted to the Employer's repre-

sentative's offices and the Employer as may be requested by the Employer's
representative during execution.

Progress Review Meetings

Progress review meetings shall be held at weekly and monthly intervals.
Contractor's progress reports shall be reviewed in detail at these meetings.
The dates shall be fixed well in advance on project calendar.

Progress Review Meetings Records

The Contractor shall record minutes of all progress review meetings with
particular attention to actions agreed upon and the dates by which actions
are required to be taken and the party responsible to carry them out.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 64
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

Close Out Report

The Contractor shall prepare a Final Report on the Project which shall be
submitted to the Employer's representative not later than one month after the
Certificate of Operational Acceptance for the entire installations has been
issued. Format and content of the Close Out Report shall be agreed between
the Contractor and the Employer's representative but shall, as a minimum,
cover the following:

project definition
Contractor's Scope of Works (contract value)
original and final overall Contract Value with major reasons for deviation
original and final schedule with major reasons for deviations
Contractor's organization charts
commissioning report
performance test calculations and results
test certificates
inspection certificates
acceptance certificates
all final engineering calculations bound in separate volumes.

B0.5.3.4 Documents, goods and materials to be handed over to the

Employer
In addition to the requirements of the corresponding clauses of the Condi-
tions of Contract on Completion, Commissioning and Operational Ac-
ceptance, the Contractor shall obtain a Operational Acceptance Certificate
for each of the documents, goods, materials, maintenance equipment, spare
parts, instruments etc., required by this specification to be handed over to
the Employer. The Operational Acceptance Certificate shall state clearly
that all items have been received in a satisfactory condition as required
under the Contract. The Contractor shall as required be responsible for
demonstrating the satisfactory condition of all items delivered to the Em-
ployer including the repacking for storage on site.

B0.5.3.5 Sub-contractors and sub-orders

As soon as practicable after entering into the Contract, the Contractor shall,
having obtained the Employer's representative's consent in accordance with
the Conditions of Contract, enter into the Sub-Contracts he considers
necessary for the satisfactory completion of the Works.

It is the responsibility of the Contractor that all information requested for

the approval by the Employer's representative will be submitted in sufficient
time to allow time enough for examination and approval.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 65
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

B0.5.4 Design and manufacturing stage

The Contractor has to submit drawings, diagrams, graphs, curves and all
such information which are necessary to verify that the goods he intends to
manufacture comply in every respect fully with the requirements of the
Contract.

All documents and information the Employer's representative/Employer

deem necessary are to be submitted by the Contractor in a reasonable time.

B0.5.5 Erection stage

a) Operation and Maintenance Manuals
The Contractor shall furnish to the Employer complete Operation and
Maintenance Instructions and separately Operating Instructions in the
following sequence:

preliminary draft 4 (four) weeks prior to the commencement of pre-

commissioning
complete final issue accepted by the Employer's representative prior to
the issue of Operational Acceptance Certificate.

The Operation and Maintenance Instructions shall contain a detailed de-

scription of the equipment and components written in such a way as to
enable the Employer to operate, maintain, dismantle, reassemble and adjust
all parts.

The instructions shall be accurate and easy to understand and shall be

presented in such a manner that the contents can be used for instructing also
untrained personnel in the operation, service, maintenance and repair of the
installations and each individual equipment. Tables, lists, graphic presenta-
tions and explanatory diagrams should be used as far as possible for easy
understanding.

The instructions shall mention the inspection and maintenance intervals laid
down separately for each individual equipment or part, the exact description
of the operations to be carried out as well as the necessary spare parts and
materials.

The Contractor shall mention how and where additional spare parts can be
ordered specifying for each part the ordering number.

The Operating Instructions to be provided by the Contractor shall contain a

detailed description of each individual plant written in such a way as to
enable the Employer to operate all installations of the respective plant.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 66
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

The instructions must be accurate and easy to understand and shall be

presented in such a manner that the contents can be used for instructing also
untrained personnel in the operation of each individual plant. Tables, lists of
operation sequence, graphic presentations should be used as far as possible
for easy understanding.

The instruction shall contain the detailed description of the operating

principles for each system of the plant and how to operate them.

The instruction shall contain indications how to use the earthing devices and
other service and protective equipment the safety measures required, clearly
presented and commented in detail.

The Employer's representative reserves the right to specify a uniform cover

(lose leaf folder) for all Operation and Maintenance Manuals (operation and
Maintenance Instructions). The Contractor shall not be entitled to claim
extra payment because of this requirement.

The Contractor shall submit to the Employer/Employer's representative

drafts of the Operation and Maintenance Instructions and Operating Instruc-
tions for approval. After having received approval and after all the neces-
sary amendments and additions have been made, the Contractor shall send 7
(seven) filled copies of the Operation and Maintenance Manuals to the
Employer's Representative in Tanzania who will transmit six (6) copies to
the Employer, one (1) copy shall remain with him. One (1) filled copy shall
be sent directly to the Employer's representative's home office.

If it shall emerge during the erection, commissioning trial run or warranty

period of the equipment that the Operation and Maintenance Instructions or
Operating Instructions are inadequate or faulty and after obtaining such data
only available after commissioning and proper setting the Contractor shall
carry out and supply the necessary corrections and supplements.
All amendments to documents shall be made by the Contractor free of
charge. Drawings which have been modified shall be resubmitted.

B0.5.5.1 Record and as-built drawings

At a time to be agreed between the Employer's representative and the
Contractor, but before handing over the spare parts and wear and tear parts
and not later than the date on which the works are taken over by the Em-
ployer, the Contractor shall provide, free of charge in a quantity and to a
destination as requested by the Employer's representative's office records,
as-built drawings for all installations and constructions carried out by him.

The Contractor shall prepare a Drafting and Numbering Procedure for

approval of the Employer's representative/Employer.

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 67
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

For extensions and/or modifications in substation as-built drawings shall

include also the originally existing electrical equipment and originally
existing building parts which were subject to extension and/or modification
by the Contractor.

The Contractor shall submit as-built drawings as fixed in distribution

schedule.

In addition, the Contractor shall submit all as-built drawings on floppy-disk

in AutoCAD or compatible format, one copy to the Employer's representa-
tive and two copies to the Employer.

B0.5.5.2 Breakdown reports

From start of commissioning until the end of the guarantee period the
Contractor is to prepare a special report as instructed by the Employer's
representative/Employer for any failure of equipment or extraordinary case
of disturbance indicating in detail the failure occurred, the reason for its
occurrence and the operational consequences. The Contractor shall further
describe the special activities carried out and his preventive measures to
allow an undisturbed future operation.

Additional investigations shall be carried out by the Contractor as instructed

by the Employer's representative if necessary to define the reason for
damage or reconcile contradictions.

This report shall be subject to the Employer's representative's/Employer's

approval.

B0.5.6 Registration of drawings and lists

The Contractor must maintain a register in which all drawings and lists
prepared or used for the execution of the plant are to be enlisted. The
register must be reproducible. The entries are to be typewritten or clearly
hand-printed in English. Copies have to be submitted to the Employer's
representative's head and site offices as well as to the Employer.

Revision and Distribution: Here the last revision date, the revision index and
the recipient of the drawings are to be entered. The recipients noted in the
lists shall not include any internal work departments of the Contractor, with
the exception of their local representatives or site managements in Mozam-
bique. The recipients are already entered in the sample.

Further recipients are to be entered in accordance with requirements. Letters

are to be entered in the box separated by the vertical column with the
Revision Date and Revision Index indicating whether the recipient has
received prints or reproducible copies:

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 68
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

O = print
C = reproducible copy

Example:

Revision and Distribution

Date of Index EDM EDM Contractor Contractor Fichtner / Fichtner /

Distribution Head Site Head Office Site Office SwedPower SwedPower
Office Office Head Office Site Office
O C O C O/C C
a O C O C O/C C
b O C O C O/C C

B0.5.6.1 Documentation after letter of acceptance

Documentation after Letter of Acceptance Prelim. Final

Following documentation and information shall be provided (weeks) (weeks)

to the Employer's representative/Employer within the
specified time scale calculated in weeks after Letter of
Acceptance:

General:
Detailed time schedule for the design, manufacture, deliv- 3 updated every
ery, erection and commissioning period with important month
intermediate dates

Payment schedule - 3

Completed data sheets for the technical particulars of the - 4

scope of supply

List of all drawings intended to be subject for approval 4 6

List of all standards - 2

Monthly Progress Reports every month

List of all valid drawings every month

Operation and maintenance instructions and operating 8 before 4 before start of

factory
instructions Operational
acceptance
Acceptance
test

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 69
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B0)

Documentation after Letter of Acceptance Prelim. Final

As built drawings before Opera-

tional Ac-
ceptance

Close out report not later than one

month after
Operational
Acceptance as
instructed by the
Employer's
representative

B0.5.6.2 Documents distribution

In addition to the number, type and distribution of documents called for
under various clauses of this Specification the following document distribu-
tion shall be followed by the Contractor.

For the For the Total

Employer Employer's
representative
H. O. Job H. O. Job
Site Site

Correspondence 2 1 1 1 5
Drawings
for approval (and 2 - 2 - 4
resubmission)
for construction 3* 2 1 2 8
as built 8** - 1* - 9
Insurance Certifi- 2 - 1 1 4
cates
Progress report (incl. 5 1 2 1 9
photos)
Damage reports 5 1 1 1 8
O + M manuals
draft 1 1 1 1 4
final 6 - 1 1 8
List of spare parts 2 - 1 1 4
Close out report 2 1 1 1 5
Test Certificates 2 1 1 1 5

* including one reproducible (for blue-printing)

** including two reproducible (for blue-printing)

5413A08/FICHT-7269866-v5 70
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

B1
Employers Requirements
Particular Technical Requirements
for 400kV Overhead Line

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Table of Contents

B1. Particular Technical Requirements 1

B1.1 General 1
B1.2 Plant Description 3
B1.2.1 Geography 3
B1.2.2 Topography 4
B1.2.3 Hydrology 5
B1.2.4 Geology 5
B1.2.5 Geomorphology 5
B1.2.6 Vegetation 6
B1.2.7 Wind 6
B1.2.8 Earthquake 6
B1.2.9 Summary 6
B1.3 Scope of Supply and Services 7
B1.4 Technical Detail Requirements 9
B1.4.1 Line Design 9
B1.4.1.1 General 9
B1.4.1.2 Codes and Standards 10
B1.4.1.3 Basic Design Data 13
B1.4.2 Line Routing, Survey, Profile Plans 14
B1.4.2.1 Preliminary line route 14
B1.4.2.2 Line routing and survey 14
B1.4.2.3 Profile plans 15
B1.4.2.4 Line route approval 17
B1.4.3 Environmental Protection 18
B1.4.3.1 General 18
B1.4.3.2 Protection of vegetation 18
B1.4.3.3 Protection of livestock 19
B1.4.3.4 Bird protection 20
B1.4.3.5 Monitoring of environmental impact 20
B1.4.4 Towers 21
B1.4.4.1 General instructions 21
B1.4.4.2 Materials 21
B1.4.4.3 Design 22

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 I
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

B1.4.4.3.1 Design method 22

B1.4.4.3.2 Tower types / tower outlines 23
B1.4.4.3.3 Design spans 25
B1.4.4.3.4 Spacing and clearances 25
B1.4.4.3.5 Loads and load cases 28
B1.4.4.3.6 Partial Safety Factors 32
B1.4.4.3.7 Structural analysis 32
B1.4.4.3.8 Detailing 36
B1.4.4.4 Fabrication 40
B1.4.4.4.1 Workmanship 40
B1.4.4.4.2 Shearing and cutting 41
B1.4.4.4.3 Punching and drilling 41
B1.4.4.4.4 Bending 42
B1.4.4.4.5 Welding 42
B1.4.4.4.6 Tolerances of members 43
B1.4.4.4.7 Marking 43
B1.4.4.4.8 Corrosion protection 43
B1.4.4.5 Tower load test 46
B1.4.4.6 Packing 48
B1.4.4.7 Quality assurance 50
B1.4.4.7.1 General 50
B1.4.4.7.2 Sample testing 51
B1.4.4.7.3 Shop assembly 51
B1.4.4.7.4 Routine tests 52
B1.4.5 Foundations 52
B1.4.5.1 General 52
B1.4.5.2 Soil investigations 53
B1.4.5.2.1 General 53
B1.4.5.2.2 Standards 53
B1.4.5.2.3 Investigations 54
B1.4.5.2.4 Procedures 56
B1.4.5.2.5 Report 57
B1.4.5.3 Foundation design 58
B1.4.5.3.1 General 58
B1.4.5.3.2 Soil classification 59

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 II
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

B1.4.5.3.3 Foundation types 61

B1.4.5.3.4 Design principles 65
B1.4.5.4 Foundation tests 67
B1.4.6 Conductor, Earthwire and ISWER 69
B1.4.6.1 Phase conductor 69
B1.4.6.1.1 Design 69
B1.4.6.1.2 Sag and tension requirements 70
B1.4.6.2 Earthwire or ISWER (ACSR) 72
B1.4.6.2.1 Design 72
B1.4.6.2.2 Sag and tension requirements 73
B1.4.6.3 OPGW or ISWER (OPPC) 74
B1.4.6.3.1 Design of conductor 74
B1.4.6.3.2 Design of optical fiber unit 78
B1.4.6.3.3 Sag and tension requirements 82
B1.4.6.3.4 Splicing and joint boxes of OPGW 83
B1.4.6.3.5 OPPC straight joint box 85
B1.4.6.3.6 OPPC termination box 85
B1.4.6.4 OPUG 86
B1.4.6.5 Tests 89
B1.4.6.5.1 General 89
B1.4.6.5.2 Conductors 89
B1.4.6.5.3 Optical fiber unit 91
B1.4.6.6 Spare parts 93
B1.4.6.7 Packing, shipping, transport 94
B1.4.7 Insulators and Fittings 95
B1.4.7.1 General 95
B1.4.7.2 Insulators and insulator sets 96
B1.4.7.3 Composite insulators 98
B1.4.7.4 Clamps and fittings for phase conductors 101
B1.4.7.4.1 General 101
B1.4.7.4.2 Suspension clamps 102
B1.4.7.4.3 Tension clamps, joints and repair sleeves 103
B1.4.7.4.4 Armor rods 105
B1.4.7.4.5 Guard rings 105
B1.4.7.5 Clamps and fittings for ISWER system 106

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 III
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

B1.4.7.5.1 General 106

B1.4.7.5.2 Suspension assemblies 107
B1.4.7.5.3 Tension assemblies 108
B1.4.7.5.4 Mid span joints 108
B1.4.7.5.5 Arcing horns 108
B1.4.7.6 Clamps and fittings for Earthwire and OPGW 109
B1.4.7.6.1 General 109
B1.4.7.6.2 Suspension assemblies 110
B1.4.7.6.3 Tension assemblies 111
B1.4.7.6.4 Mid span joints 111
B1.4.7.7 Tests 111
B1.4.7.7.1 General 111
B1.4.7.7.2 Insulators and insulator sets 112
B1.4.7.7.3 Clamps and fittings for conductors and earthwires 113
B1.4.7.7.4 Clamps and fittings for OPGW and OPPC 113
B1.4.7.7.5 Particular tests 114
B1.4.7.7.6 Tests during erection 116
B1.4.7.8 Packing 117
B1.4.8 Dampers 117
B1.4.8.1 Spacer dampers 117
B1.4.8.1.1 Requirements 117
B1.4.8.1.2 Tests 119
B1.4.8.2 Stockbridge dampers 120
B1.4.8.2.1 Requirements 120
B1.4.8.2.2 Tests 121
B1.4.9 Aircraft Navigation 122
B1.4.9.1 Warning System 122
B1.4.9.2 Warning spheres 122
B1.4.9.3 Tower painting 122
B1.4.9.4 Warning lights 124
B1.4.10 Earthing 125
B1.4.10.1 General 125
B1.4.10.2 Type of earthing systems 126
B1.4.10.3 Material 127
B1.4.10.4 Final acceptance of tower earthing resistance 128

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 IV
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

B1.4.11 Construction, Stringing, Commissioning 128

B1.4.11.1 General 128
B1.4.11.2 Safety, infrastructure and supervision 129
B1.4.11.3 Route clearing 132
B1.4.11.4 Access roads 132
B1.4.11.5 Tower pegging 133
B1.4.11.6 Route modifications 134
B1.4.11.7 Site preparation and erosion protection 135
B1.4.11.8 Foundation works 135
B1.4.11.8.1 General 135
B1.4.11.8.2 Earthworks 136
B1.4.11.8.3 Leg/ Stub setting 138
B1.4.11.8.4 Concrete works 139
B1.4.11.9 Tower erection 140
B1.4.11.10 Earthing 143
B1.4.11.11 Conductor and earthwire stringing 144
B1.4.11.12 Line hardware and insulator string set installation 149
B1.4.11.13 Pre-Commissioning and Commissioning 149
B1.4.11.13.1 Final checking 149
B1.4.11.13.2 Commissioning 150
B1.4.11.13.3 Operational Acceptance 151
B1.5 Technical Schedules 152

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 V
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

B1. Particular Technical Requirements

The present clauses refer to the particular technical requirements for EPC
(Engineering - Procurement - Construction) contracts for electrical overhead
lines.

The following directions, information and technical requirements for design,

engineering, layout, manufacturing, transport, customs clearance, delivery,
unloading, temporary storage, erection, installation and testing shall be
observed as far as they are applicable for the individual material compo-
nents and plant equipment to be delivered. The requirements stated in this
section of Particular Technical Requirements are binding technical require-
ments and shall be interpreted and applied in conjunction with the General
Technical Requirements. In case the contract specification and relevant
standards show different requirements, the more stringent one shall be
applied.

The transmission system shall be brand new and designed, manufactured

and arranged so that it will have a functional design and a pleasant appear-
ance. The plant and its components shall meet the specified performance
and required life time under safe operation conditions.

B1.1 General

Background
The proposed new HV transmission line project is part of TANESCOs
short-term strategy for National Grid transmission line reinforcement. This
new 670 km long power line from Iringa to Shinyanga will link existing and
future generating sources in the south and southwest of Tanzania to the load
centers in the Mwanza and Arusha regions in the North.

The power now being generated at Lower Kihansi, Kidatu and Mtera, and in
future at Kiwira, Mpanga, Ruhuji, Mchuchuma and Rumakali, shall be
transmitted to the load centers in the north and northwest of Tanzania by
reinforcing the existing transmission grid.

The planned energy expansion project shall boost the countrys central
south-north power transmission capacity from Iringa to Shinyanga for
improving electricity supply to the economically fast-growing north-western
part of the country. Forming a part of TANESCOs national grid, the new
high-voltage transmission line will also be a link of the future interconnect-
ed East-African High-Voltage Power Grid.

In anticipation of future interconnections with neighboring countries of

Kenya in the North and Zambia in the South, this strengthening of the grid
is a key component of regional economic cooperation and development.

It has to be pointed out that this proposed project is one of the high priority
items in TANESCOs Capital Investment Plan (CIP). The project shall be
implemented forming three lots and working in parallel.
5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 1
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Design and operation voltage level

In a first stage, the new line will be operated with 220 kV in order to use the
existing substations along the line and to facilitate the integration of the
supplied power into the existing countrys electrical grid. However, the new
transmission line shall be designed and equipped for the 400kV level
completely.

ISWER system
The new 400kV transmission line shall be equipped with an ISWER system
in Lot 3. The issue deals with the power supply to the villages located along
the line route up to 126km distance from the high voltage transformer
substation. It is planned to use the rated voltage of 36kV for sub-
transmission and distribution to the following fourteen villages with low
load density:

DISTRICT VILLAGE
1. Kizonzo
Iramba
2. Mseko
3. Mgongoro
4. Makomero
5. Mbutu
Igunga 6. Bukama
7. Imalanguzi
8. Mwanakoma
9. Igurubi
10. Kalitu
11. Kiloleli
Kishapu 12. Mwajiginya
13. Mwaweja
14. Ngunga

The 36kV system is operated with the neutral solidly grounded transformer.
The configuration is solely radial. The system consists of the insulation of
the two shield wires of the 400kV transmission line (one normal earthwire
and one OPGW), energizing the two shield wires in the nearest high voltage
transformer substation as two phases of the 36kV system and establishing
the third phase via a series resister reactor (R-L-block) and earth-return.

At each point-off point, the current flows from the line through the primary
coil of a step-down transformer to earth through an earth rod. From the earth
stake, the current goes its way back to the main step-down transformer at
the head feed of the line. The secondary winding of the local transformer
will supply the customer with three phase (P-N-P, 2 x 240 V) power, with
the N-Volt conductor connected to a safety earth point.

The T-off points (normal design) consist of

a special V-suspension string for the insulated shield wires in order
to fix the conductor (or the jumper)
5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 2
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

36kV post insulators for leading one conductor to the other tower
side of the T-off direction
two 36kV tension strings to be fixed at the crossarm peak for the T-
off down-lead of the two phases
or alternatively cable up-lead to the earthwire crossarm level and
installation of cable end connector and surge arrester with jumper
link to the earthwire on an auxiliary platform

and the termination points (normal design) consist of

a tension insulator set for the OPPC/ earthwire
surge arresters
separation unit for optical fibers of OPPC
joint box to connect optical fibers of OPPC and OPGW

but the equipment is not in the scope of this Contract (except insulator
strings). The exact locations of these points are not known at the moment.
However, all construction detail preparations shall be done to install the T-
off or termination equipment at any tower.

The ISWER components to be supplied within this Contract (conductors,

insulator strings including fittings with arcing horns) are specified in the
paragraphs below. Earthing of the towers equipped with ISWER is
considered to be critical and needs special instructions.

B1.2 Plant Description

B1.2.1 Geography
The line route and associated substations are located in the central highlands
of Tanzania between 35 and 36 east and extending in the latitudes from 4
to 8 south of equator as shown in the General Map of Project Area.
The planned line of approximately 670 km will interconnect four substa-
tions at the cities of Shinyanga, Singida, Dodoma and Iringa. Accordingly,
three line sections (lots) are resulting as shown below:

Line section Lot Angle points Line length

Iringa Dodoma 1 38 pt. 225 km
Dodoma Singida 2 30 pt. 217 km
Singida Shinyanga 3 36 pt. 228 km
Total 104 pt. 670 km

The following transport facilities are present in the project area:

main harbour: Dar Es Salam for heavy duty goods

international airport: Dar es Salam for large planes
national airport: Dodoma for medium size planes
primary road: Dar Es Salam to Dodoma asphalted

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 3
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

secondary road: Iringa to Shinyanga gravel and asphalt

railway: Singida Dodoma Dar Es Salam

NOTE for Lot 1, Iringa Dodoma, only:

Lot 1 of the proposed Transmission line runs from Iringa to Dodoma, of
which the government of Tanzania, through TANROADS, is upgrading the
road structure adjoining the towns Iringa and Dodoma in the same stretch to
a bituminous level. The road being upgraded (260km in length), has been
sub divided into 3 lots as follows:-

Lot 1 of the road starts from Iringa to Migoli (95.2km),

Lot 2 is from Migoli to Fufu (93.8km),
Lot 3 is from Fufu to Dodoma (70.9km).

Each lot is independent of one another, i.e, have different consultants and
Contractors. Lot 2 from Migoli to Fufu, runs on both sides of the two
regions of Iringa and Dodoma.
The upgrading works of the road are already in progress for a duration of 36
months (3yrs) as from 16th March 2011. During that period of road con-
struction, the EPC Contractor will be encountering diversions as well as
restrictions to places whereby bridges and culverts are at construction stage,
such that much corporation is required so that disruption of either side of the
works is avoided or minimized during implementation of the construction of
the transmission line of which will be using the road or its diversions as per
time to time directives.

B1.2.2 Topography
Commencing from the south, the line passes from the Iringa Highlands to
the north over the Kidunda Ranges at 1,650 m a.s.l. From the rocky, steep
slopes, the highlands drop sharply within ~ 50 km nearly 1,000 m over a
dissected scarp towards the Mtera Reservoir. The line bypasses the power
plant Mtera in rolling hills over the Fufu Escarpments to Dodoma. Continu-
ing to north-west along the Great North Road, the terrain is in general rather
flat to gentle sloped. After Singida the line traverses moderately rising
countryside with another sharp drop into the partly swampy Wembere
Plains. Towards Shinyanga the terrain rises steadily from lightly hilly to
undulating landscape.

Location Altitude above Remarks

sea level
Kidunda 1,650 m highest elevation T/L
Mtera 750 m lowest elevation T/L
Iringa 1,550 m highest elevation S/S
Dodoma 1,120 m lowest elevation S/S
Singida 1,510 m -
Shinyanga 1,170 m -

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 4
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

B1.2.3 Hydrology
The predominantly tropical climate in these latitudes is characterized by
frequent and intensive thunder showers during rainy season. The mountain
ranges around Iringa and Dodoma are like cloud-bursting obstacles in the
weather atmosphere. The annual rainfall of around 1m in the highlands to
less than half a meter in the plains is concentrated on the wet months only
from November to May, peaking in March and April.
This pattern of rainfall in combination with sandy ground let rivers and
marshy terrain dry up after rainy season. Only two rivers in the project area,
the Great Ruaha and its largest tributary, the Little Ruaha, which feed the
Mtera Reservoir, are perennial. The phenomenon of seasonal river and
seasonal swamp allow great mobility across the countryside during dry
season from June to October.

Location Annual average rainfall

Iringa, Dodoma approximately 1.0 m
Singida, Shinyanga approximately 0.5 m

B1.2.4 Geology
Some parts of the line route are located in areas of outcropping meta-
igneous weather-rock basement. Differential continental plate drifts during
the late tectonic phase of the Precambrium period pushed the rock partially
to the surface. The fractured earth-crust underwent a medium-grade meta-
morphic transformation forming a rock basement in various hardness
predominantly of granite accompanied by gneiss and sequences of interca-
lated metacalcerous crystalline rocks, quartzite and schist. Two major
parallel faults of a highly sheared and down-thrown area between Fufu and
Isimani are forming the plains of the Great Ruaha River.

Composition of soil
predominantly metamorphosed outcrop rock of weathering granites
and gneiss on hills and alluvium in plains and residual soils in
depressions

B1.2.5 Geomorphology
The low-grade metamorphosed outcropping sedimentary rock and granites
are gradually weathering to partly gravelly sand with fines. The weathering
product of predominantly coarse crystalline sand forms the slopes of the
hilly terrain, whereas the large plains are of alluvial deposits and residual
soils of clayey fine sand with some silt. Although the soil is in general of
firm to dense compactness having good bearing properties, the low percent-
age of cohesive fine components makes the soil in exposed areas prone to
erosion.

Particular effort shall be made during the field investigation in locating and
recording these areas for tower spotting and erosion protection measures.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 5
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

In some isolated parts and marshy terrain localized lateritic and black cotton
soil have developed and is extending up to several meters depth.

Property of soil
predominantly red to yellow-brown and brown sandy earth of firm to
dense compactness of fairly good bearing capacity

B1.2.6 Vegetation
The vegetation is depending on climate pattern, rainfall quantity, irrigation
systems and soil fertility. The vicinity of the all-year well-watered banks
from the Little and Great Ruaha is an important maize-growing area with
some paddy fields and fruit plantations whereas the dryer zones cattle, crops
and bushes are prevailing.

Line section Prevailing vegetation

Iringa Dodoma cultivation, trees
Dodoma Singida scrub, bush
Singida - Shinyanga cultivation, grass land

B1.2.7 Wind
Winds in the plains around Singida and Shinyanga are light to moderate
throughout the year. Wind speeds are somewhat higher towards the end of
dry season. Thunderstorms during the wet season can generate strong
surface winds of mainly short duration.

B1.2.8 Earthquake
The East-African continental riff, an active fault line caused by differential
plate movements is associated with earthquakes in the range of a local
magnitude ML 6 to 7. This earthquake belt is located approx. 500 km to the
west of the planned transmission line in the neighboring country Rwanda.

Tanzania itself is situated in a stable area. In the event of an earthquake in

Rwanda of say ML 6 to 7 and taking into account a perceptibility radius
around the epicenter of between 400 to 700 km, the intensity 500 km away
from the fault rupture would be reduced to under magnitude ML 5 or 0.1 g
ground acceleration and subsequent impact on the line structure would be
minor.

B1.2.9 Summary
The climatic conditions for the new 400kV line are summarized as follow-
ing:

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 6
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Altitude above sea level 750-1700 m

Relative average humidity 80%
Annual average rainfall 1000 mm
Isokeronic level 100 days/year
Maximum solar radiation 1035 W/m2
Minimum ambient air temperature 15 C
Maximum ambient air temperature 40 C
Design temperatures:
Minimum conductor temperature 10 C
Maximum conductor temperature 85 C
Maximum earthwire temperature for 1s 160 C
Everyday temperature 25 C
Temperature with maximum wind 10 C

Design wind speed in 10m height VR 31 m/s

(10 min mean value)
Seismic acceleration coefficient 0.1 g

B1.3 Scope of Supply and Services

The project will be contracted and implemented as a turn-key contract. This
section sets out the scope of design, supply and installation as well as
requested services including all necessary components and services not
mentioned, but deemed to be included in a turn-key type contract. Works
shown in the approved drawings, but not explicitly mentioned in the specifi-
cation and works described in the specification, but not shown in the
approved drawings will nevertheless be considered as to be included in the
signed turn-key contract.

The Contractor is deemed to have obtained all necessary information on

scope of work and site conditions, which may influence the agreed contract
price. The Contractor is deemed to have satisfied himself as to the means of
worksite access, the nature and extent of work and materials necessary for
the entire completion of work in every respect as for a satisfactory operation
of the transmission system being implemented.

The Contractor shall assume at least the following works, duties and ser-
vices as the contract scope:

Lot 1, overhead line from Iringa S/S to Dodoma S/S, line length 225km
including temporary outgoing for 220kV operation at Iringa S/S
Lot 2, overhead line from Dodoma S/S to Singida S/S, line length 217km
including temporary incoming/ outgoing for 220kV operation at Dodoma
S/S
Lot 3, overhead line from Singida S/S to Shinyanga S/S, line length
228km including temporary incoming/ outgoing for the 220kV operation
at Singida S/S and temporary incoming for Shinyanga S/S
Temporary incoming and outgoing for the 220kV operation mean
surrounding of the future 400kV substation extension area with the help

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 7
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

of a 400kV overhead line (see plans in the Annex). The new 400kV line
shall end at the dead end towers in front of the future 400kV T/L bays of
the S/S. The temporary line shall run from this dead end tower to the
220kV T/L bays of the S/S.
400 kV overhead line, double circuit, twin bundle ASCR Bluejay con-
ductor, insulator strings, steel latticed towers, reinforced concrete foun-
dations
two earthwires, one as normal ACSR conductor plus one as OPGW
in specified sections of Lot 3 ISWER system (one ACSR conductor plus
one OPPC both insulated for 36kV) instead of normal earthwire/ OPGW
all preparations for T-offs of the ISWER system
termination of ISWER system after 126km distance from the substation
and separation of the optical fibres for the OPPC/ OPGW
special 400kV towers with horizontal phase conductor configuration for
bird protection in Lot 3
The scope of line contract ends at the substation gantries, i.e. slack span
of conductors, insulator strings and their attachment at the gantry and
jumpers for the link to the substation conductors shall be included under
this scope.
The ISWER system ends at the gantry top including jumper link to the
substation and separation of the optical fibre part of the OPCC. The opti-
cal fibre termination box shall be installed at the gantry base.
The OPGW system ends at the gantry top including jumper link to the
substation. The OPGW termination box shall be installed at the gantry
base.
engineering services for the planned transmission system to the necessary
extent of a turn-key project
detail design of the transmission line components to the necessary extent
for manufacturing and construction
mobilization, store yards, access roads, bush clearing
survey of ground features, plotting of situation plan and longitudinal
profiles with tower spotting
soil investigation, penetration sounding, test pits, sampling and evalua-
tion of the engineering properties
procurement, manufacturing, testing, supply, insurance, shipping,
customs clearance, unloading, transport, storage of line material and
components
testing of tower and foundation
testing of conductors and insulator strings including their components
installation and erection of foundations, earthing system, erosion protec-
tion, towers, insulators, conductors, ground wire, OPGW
aircraft warning near airports by red/white structure painting and installa-
tion of orange cable spheres
installation of step bolts, anti-climbing device, tower number and danger
plates, landmarks for right of way
tidy-up maintenance roads
commissioning with final check and live test of transmission system
as-built documentation and operation & maintenance manual
supply of spare parts and maintenance tools
5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 8
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

site office building with furnished rooms to accommodate the Employer

vehicles as specified for the Employer
factory Acceptance Tests
training abroad for Employers staff
on the training for Employers Staff conducted on site over the full project
period
Tower Spotting and Electromechanical Design Software preinstalled on
laptop computers for Lot 2.

Line route maps, typical foundation types, tower outline drawings, insulator
and conductor configuration as well as earthing principles are annexed to
this specification.

All materials, designs, details, fabrication and tests shall be in compliance

with the requirements described hereafter and the details on the drawings.
However, these technical requirements do not limit the responsibility of the
Contractor to perform all design and works and to supply all accessories
within the scope, in order to render the Works complete and ready for
operation. No omission or ambiguity on the drawings or in these technical
requirements will relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for furnish-
ing first class materials and workmanship.

All designs and details shall be subject to approval by the Employer /

Employers Representative. The Employer / Employers Representative
reserves the right to ask the Contractor, without additional cost, for any
changes in design and details, necessary to make the construction conform
to the Contract requirements.
The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the adequacy and accu-
racy of the Work, which is required to be provided. He remains responsible
for providing all necessary interface data.

The Bidder shall offer quantities according to the price schedules. These
quantities were estimated for bidding purpose, based on the preliminary line
design. They are not valid for the Contractors material ordering. A verifica-
tion and possible adjustment of the quantities will be done during the
engineering stage and detail design and shall be subject to approval of the
Employer / Employers Representative. The Contractor has to establish the
necessary quantities based on his final, approved design.

B1.4 Technical Detail Requirements

B1.4.1 Line Design

B1.4.1.1 General
The new European Standard EN 50341 Overhead electrical lines exceeding
AC 45kV, is in force since 2001 and was introduced officially in all
5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 9
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

CENELEC member countries on January 01, 2004. The approach of Part

1 General requirements Common specifications shall be applied for the
design of all main components of the 400 kV overhead line taking into
consideration the local conditions in Tanzania (ambient conditions like
temperatures and wind velocities).

The design method to be applied for dimensioning of the towers, founda-

tions and line equipment is based on the limit state concept applied in
conjunction with the partial safety factor approach as per EN 50341. This
philosophy allows taking into consideration uncertainties regarding the
external loads as well as dispersion of the resistances of the different line
components and materials. However, within the method, due to lack of
enough statistical data, the deterministic / empirical way of determination of
loads shall be considered. Corresponding partial safety factors to be applied
are specified in the following chapters.

Based on the preliminary line route and the General and Particular Tech-
nical Requirements, the Contractor shall perform his own investigation,
calculations and studies to check and optimize the line design. The Contrac-
tor shall be responsible for the complete and comprehensive design adapted
to the actual project conditions.

B1.4.1.2 Codes and Standards

The transmission line design shall follow the recommendations of EN
50341-1.

The following listed standards for the specification of the components

(conductors, insulators, fittings, steel, steel structures, etc.), are preferably
European, IEC and ISO standards, but equivalent standards such as ASTM,
ASCE, JIS, etc. will be accepted provided that the requirements are equiva-
lent:

General
EN 50341-1 (2010): Overhead electrical lines exceeding AC 45kV,
Part 1 - General requirements - Common specifications
IEC 60038 (1983): IEC standard voltages
IEC 60060 (1989): High voltage test techniques
IEC 60270 (2000): High voltage test techniques Partial discharge
measurements

Conductors
EN 50182: Conductors for overhead lines - round wire concentric
lay stranded conductors
ASTM B 232/ B 232M: Specification for concentric-lay-stranded
aluminum conductors, coated-steel reinforced (ACSR)
EN 60889: Hard-drawn aluminum wires for overhead line conduc-
tors
EN 50189: Conductors for overhead lines - Zinc-coated steel wires

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 10
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

EN 50326: Conductors for overhead lines - Characteristics of

greases
EN 10244: Steel wire and wire products - Non-ferrous metallic
coatings on steel wire - Part 2: Zinc of zinc alloy coatings
IEC TR 61597 (1995): Overhead electrical conductors - Calculation
methods for stranded bare conductors
IEC 60468: Method of measurement of resistivity of metallic mate-
rials
ISO 7802: Metallic material - Wire - Wrapping test

OPGW
IEC 60793: Optical fibers - Part 1: Measurement methods and test
procedures
IEC 60794-1-1: Optical Fiber Cables - Generic Specification -
General (Materials, Construction, Measuring Methods)
IEC 60794-1-2: Optical Fiber Cables - Generic Specification -
Basic Optical Cable Test Procedures
ITU-T G.652: Transmission media characteristics Optical fiber
cables - Characteristics of a single-mode optical fiber cable
ITU-T G.655: Transmission media characteristics Optical fiber
cables - Characteristics of a non-zero dispersion shifted single mode
optical fiber cable

Insulators/ Insulator Strings

IEC 60071-1 (1993): Insulation co-ordination - Part 1: Definitions,
principles and rules
IEC 60071-2 (1996) : Insulation co-ordination - Part 2: Application
guide
IEC 60815 (1986): Guide for the selection of insulators in respect
of polluted conditions
IEC 61109 (1992): Composite insulators for AC overhead lines
with nominal voltage greater than 1000 V definitions, test methods
and acceptance criteria
IEC 61466-1 (1997): Composite string insulator units for overhead
lines with nominal voltage greater than 1000 V Part 1: Standard
strength classes and end fittings
IEC 61466-2 (1998): Composite string insulator units for overhead
lines with nominal voltage greater than 1000 V Part 2: Dimensions
and electrical characteristics
IEC 60120 (1984): Dimensions of ball and socket couplings of
string insulator units
IEC 60372 (1984): Locking devices for ball and socket couplings of
string insulator units: Dimensions and tests
IEC 60437: Radio interference test on high-voltage insulators
IEC 60507: Artificial pollution tests on high-voltage insulators to
be used on A.C. systems
IEC 61 467: Insulators for OHL >1kV - Power Arc Tests for Insula-
tor Sets

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 11
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Fittings
IEC 61284 (1997): Overhead Lines - Requirements and tests for
fittings
IEC 61854: Overhead Lines - Requirements and Tests for Spacers
IEC 61897: Overhead Lines - Requirements and Tests Stockbrigde
Type Aeolian Vibration Dampers

Towers
EN 1993-1-1: Design of steel structures - Part 1-1: General rules
and rules for buildings
EN 1993-1-8: Design of steel structures - Part 1-8: Design of
joints
EN 10025 (2004): Hot rolled products of structural steels
EN 10029: Hot rolled steel plates 3mm thick and above
EN 10056: Structural steel equal and unequal leg angles - Part 1:
Dimensions, Part 2: Tolerances
ISO 898 (1999): Mechanical properties of fasteners
ISO 1461 (1999): Hot dip galvanized coatings on fabricated iron
and steel articles
IEC 60652 (2002): Loading tests on overhead line structures
Paper 3B from IEE Effects of Interacting Construction Deviations
on 500 kV Power Line Structures by F. Villa, Kuala Lumpur, Ma-
laysia 1993

Foundations
EN 1997-1-1: Geotechnical design - Part 1: General rules
EN 197-1 (2000): Cement Composition, specification and con-
formity criteria
BS EN 12620: Specification for aggregates from natural sources of
concrete
EN 206-1 (2000): Concrete Specification, performance, produc-
tion and conformity
EN 10080: Steel for the reinforcement of concrete - Weldable rein-
forcing steel - General
EN 1992-1: Design of concrete structures - Part 1-1: General rules
and rules for buildings
EN 12350-1: Testing fresh concrete
EN 12390-3: Testing hardened concrete
IEC 61773: Overhead lines Testing of foundations for structures.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 12
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

B1.4.1.3 Basic Design Data

The following table shows the minimum design requirements from the
point of view of the electrical system.

Nominal voltage Un 400 kV

Maximum operating voltage Us 420 kV
Nominal voltage for ISWER 36 kV
Power frequency 50 Hz
Basic Insulation Level Design BIL (lightning impulse) 1425 kVpeak
Switching impulse withstand voltage phase - earth 1050 kVpeak
Ratio of switching overvoltage phase-to-phase and phase 1.5
to ground
System highest 3-phase short-circuit current level (1s) 40 kA
Short circuit current (1s) for thermal stability check of 10 kA
the earthwires and ISWER
Design creepage distance for medium pollution as per 25 mm/kV (Us)
IEC 60815

In addition to the climatic and electrical design data, the following data shall
be taken into consideration for the design.

Number of 400kV circuits 2

Conductor type ACSR Bluejay
Number of conductors per phase 2
Transmission capacity of the line/ per circuit 550 MVA for 220 kV
1000 MVA for 400 kV
Number of earthwires or ISWER 2
Earthwires consisting of 1 ACSR 95/55 and
1 OPGW similar to
ACSR 95/55
Insulated shield wire earth return (ISWER) for rural 1 ACSR 185/30 and
electrification, consisting of 1 OPPC similar to
ACSR 185/30
Lightning protection angle for towers 15
Type of towers Steel lattice structures
Type of foundations In-situ casted rein-
forced concrete

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 13
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

B1.4.2 Line Routing, Survey, Profile Plans

B1.4.2.1 Preliminary line route

It has to be pointed out that the proposed line route shown in the preliminary
line routing drawings is based on the preliminary line survey by means of
GPS. The route is presented in the Annex and is based on maps 1:50,000,
which have been digitized and geo-referenced for easier handling with
positioning instruments and design software.

Final detail drawings of the final line route shall be submitted to the Em-
ployer for approval. The drawings form the basis for obtaining the building
permit by the Employer. The Contract Price shall include provision for
additional detail drawings as may be required by the Building Authority.

On these maps, so called WGS 84 co-ordinates (World Geodetic System

1984) are used for the horizontal datum (X and Y) and Mean Sea Level of
the Adriatic sea for the elevations (vertical datum Z) while the projection is
Universal Transversal Mercator (UTM).

The list of angle point co-ordinates expressed in the UTM/WGS84 system

together with line length and tower deflection angles is presented in the
Annex. The accuracy of the measurements and the precision of representa-
tion can be estimated at 10m. This is enough to locate every point on the
map as it corresponds to 0.2 mm only at the scale 1:50,000. On the ground,
the precision is sufficient to locate the proposed angle points as the angle
point was pegged out by concrete pegs.

B1.4.2.2 Line routing and survey

The Contractor shall carry out his own final line survey based on the
proposed line route under consideration of route modifications as requested
by the Employer and on the Contractors own route optimization proposals
approved by the Employer / Employers Representative. Within final
precision survey and profile measurements, angle points may be shifted
from the present preliminary route due to site constraints.
All these works are deemed as within the scope of work and no extra cost
for survey and preparation of all drawings as well as for changes of route
will be paid to the Contractor.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 14
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

The line survey shall be performed by qualified and experienced surveyors.

Not less than 15 days prior to the commencement of the work, the Contractor
shall submit qualification records of the proposed personnel, the work program
and a list of survey equipment for approval by the Employer / Employers
Representative. The Contractor's Chief Surveyor of the individual line
surveying crews shall in all cases announce himself to the occupi-
er/landowner immediately before entering any private property for the
purpose of survey.

During the survey, the Contractor shall also check the presence of existing
water or gas pipe lines, electrical signal lines within the vicinity of the line
or telecommunication antennas and to ensure that there will be no hazard-
ous, induced voltages or any other interference. In the event of complica-
tions within the proposed line route corridor of right of way the Contractor
shall prepare a technical solution and submit it for approval by the Employ-
er. Such services are deemed to be included in the Contract Price. Profiles
shall be produced as a result of a precision ground or aerial survey

The thedolites used and measuring techniques applied shall be state of the
art, employing digital recording technique. The vertical tolerance of levels
forming the profile and actual ground level shall not exceed 20 cm. The
horizontal distances shall have an accuracy of 1 in 2000 and angle meas-
urements of 1 minute accurate.

B1.4.2.3 Profile plans

The Contractor shall prepare profile plans with tower positions plotted
thereon. All drawings are subject to approval by the Employer. Tower
spotting shall be based on the ground profile drawings prepared by himself
and design data specified. The following principles and conditions have to
be taken into consideration:

Where the slope of ground 90 to the line axis exceeds hillside + 5 %, a

parallel profile in a distance of 15 m has to be surveyed. These levels shall
be indicated on the profile as broken and/or chain lines and the distances
stated. If the slope of ground at the pegged out tower locations 45 to the
line axis exceed 5 % sloping, the diagonal profile has to be surveyed
extending 15 m to each side from the center peg.

Those separate drawings are the planning base for tower legs extension and
check on foundations imbalanced inverted soil cone under uplift load.

Within the right of way corridor of 90 m width all features such as hedges,
fences, graves, ditches, roads, railways, rivers, buildings, canals, telecom-
munication and all power lines shall be shown.
Road numbers or name of roads shall be stated or, if unclassified, the
destination. Railways are to be given the destination, number of tracks,
whether or not electrified and the level at the top of rail stated. The voltage
level for power lines shall be indicated.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 15
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

All buildings or high obstructions within 45 m to each side of the center line
shall be shown dotted at their measured height with the distance left or right
of line indicated.
Along the bottom of the profile sheet a route map shall be drawn, to the
same scale as the horizontal scale of the profile showing all relevant details,
within a distance of 45 m to each side of the route center line.

The tower spotting shall be performed with a computer-plotting program

where the conductor sagging data (tensions or parameters) are fed as input
data.

The checking shall be performed by conventional methods using sag

templates or with the computer program, both to be provided by the Con-
tractor.

The sag template used shall be suitable for the respective climatic zone and
for the ruling span of the section where the plotting is performed.

Tower numbers, tower types, elevations, level differences, UTM (Universal

Transverse Mercator) coordinates, horizontal and vertical coordinates of all
features affecting the line construction shall be indicated on the profile plan.
For all tower positions the specified maximum wind spans and the specified
maximum and minimum weight spans shall be observed; the individual
spans shall be less than the specified maximum spans.

By adequate tower spotting the lengths of successive spans in one section

shall be as close as possible.

For suspension towers the minimum ratio of the weight span to wind span
shall be such as to guarantee that the maximum insulator set deflection
angles of I-type suspension sets is not exceeded and that both sub-strings
of V-type suspension sets remain tensioned.

The tower spotting shall take into consideration the specified minimum
ground clearances as well as the minimum distances of the conductors to
obstacles to be crossed such as power transmission lines, main roads,
houses, etc. as specified in the Technical Schedules. The profile plans shall
display the bottom conductor catenary, at 85oC, together with the ground or
special clearance curves, as well as the minimum temperature catenary. The
Contractor has to provide a clearance calculation for all crossings of all
classifications of roads, railways, rivers and all power and telecommunica-
tion lines in order to proof that the required clearance is met under the worst
conditions. Railways and main roads shall be crossed at an angle of 90
30 at maximum unless otherwise approved.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 16
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Special attention shall be observed near populated areas or close to the roads
where the OHL is to be parallel with existing OHTLs. The towers shall be
placed as aligned as possible to the existing ones and their positions shall be
subject to the Employers / Employers Representatives approval.

In this respect, the location of the existing OHTL towers shall be clearly
marked on the drawings.

The number of suspension towers in a straight line section (between two

successive tension towers) shall be limited by the section length which
should not exceed 5 km or approx. every 10th tower, subject to approval.

Unless instructed otherwise, the longitudinal profile drawings shall be

plotted in the following scale.

1:2000 horizontally and

1:500 vertically

The profile shall be plotted with the direction of the line route left to right
on the profile sheet. In general, individual profile sheets shall commence
and finish at tension supports but where this is not practicable and continua-
tion sheets are found to be necessary the ground line is to be drawn so that
there is an overlap of at least 300 mm between adjacent sheets. Each section
shall normally be started on a new sheet. The date of survey of each section
shall be added.

B1.4.2.4 Line route approval

The Contractor has to submit the profile plans to the Employer for approval
including calculations to proof that for all crossings the requirements are
met. The detailed tower spotting shall indicate the tower locations exactly in
order to identify the concerned landowners easily. Additionally, a map
showing all access roads necessary for the construction works (existing ones
and ones to be constructed) has to be submitted together with the profile
plans to the Employer for approval.

The negotiations with the landowners and authorities about the tower
locations, the right of way, the access to the line for the construction works
and the compensation for land acquisition, for crops, temporarily damages
etc. shall be in the responsibility of the Employer.

During approval procedure by the authorities and negotiations with land-

owners, tower locations may be shifted again or the line route may be
relocated. The Contractor shall consider such changes after surveying the
modified line route. No extra cost for survey and preparation of all drawings
of such route changes will be paid to the Contractor.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 17
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

B1.4.3 Environmental Protection

B1.4.3.1 General
The Contractor is urged to observance of the requirements of the national
environment protection legislation. The Contractor shall take all precautions
to avoid damage to public, land, property, crops, etc. and shall ensure that
the work is adequately supervised so that damage is avoided. The Contrac-
tor shall adhere to the recommendation of the Environmental and Social
Impact Assessment (ESIA) and Environmental and Social Mitigation Plan
(ESMP), a copy of which can be obtained from the Employer.

Where the Contractor considers that damage cannot be avoided, if the work
is to proceed normally, he shall notify the Employer/ Employers Repre-
sentative accordingly. If the Employer/ Employers Representative confirms
that such unavoidable damage will occur, the Employer will be responsible
for compensation in respect of the damage and the Contractor shall proceed
with the works within the limits indicated by the Employer.

All surplus material shall be removed after erection and the site shall be left
in a clean and tidy condition. The following rules and procedures shall be
adhered to by the Contractor with regard to protection of the environment:

The Contractor pledged himself to treat the waste in accordance with the
law of the United Republic of Tanzania
The Contractor pledged himself the treatment of all hazardous waste,
generated by his activities on site in accordance with the current law of
environmental regulations of the local Authorities.
The Contractor pledged himself to deposit all dismantled equipment
containing hazardous substances to the Employers places, which are
leak proof.
In case, that hazardous substances leak into the surface water or ground
water because of the Contractors activities, he is responsible and under-
takes improvement action. He will ensure on his own costs liquidation of
the incurred damages.

B1.4.3.2 Protection of vegetation

The Contractor shall limit the movement of his crews and equipment to the
right-of-way and on approved access routes, so as to minimize damage to
crops, orchards or property. No movement of machine and vehicles allowed
outside approved access roads and construction platforms.

Route clearing shall be executed in accordance with the requirements

specified below. No tree may be felled without the express permission of the
Employer. Selected route clearing staggered to the height of danger trees
may become necessary. Roots and other plants shall not be removed to
prevent excessive surface erosion. Wood has to be transported to location as

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 18
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

indicated by Employer. Burning on site is strictly prohibited.

Access roads shall be kept as short as possible and preferably commencing

from existing roads instead of continuous access roads along the line axis.
Access roads shall always run below the platforms to reduce erosion impact
and be constructed as specified below.

Due to loose sands and silts in some parts of the line surface protection and
erosion mitigation measures (drainage, small platforms, stone pitching,
gabions, vertiver grass for hedges, etc.) may become necessary as specified
below.

Ruts and scars shall be obliterated, damage to ditches, terraces, roads and
other features of the land shall be corrected, and the land shall be restored to
its original condition.

The Contractor shall be responsible to the occupants of the land which are
crossed by the transmission line for any damage to personal property
resulting from his fault or negligence, including damage caused by straying
livestock, and he shall make prompt settlement of damages to personal
property resulting from his negligence. The Contractor shall be responsible
for notifying the Employer in writing of all instances of damage to crops
plantation, livestock, etc.

Where the Contractor causes damage beyond the indicated limits or to a

degree, which the Employer/ Employers Representative considers exces-
sive, the Contractor shall be responsible for reinstatement and/or compensa-
tion. If, in such circumstances, the Contractor fails to settle compensation to
the extent that, in the Employers/ Employers Representatives opinion, the
progress of the works is likely to suffer, the Employer shall negotiate and
settle the matter and the cost shall be deducted from moneys due to the
Contractor.

The Contractor shall use all means necessary to control dust on roads,
construction areas and borrow pits. Surfaces shall be regularly watered to
prevent dust becoming a nuisance for the public and interfering with the
proper execution of the works.

B1.4.3.3 Protection of livestock

Adequate provision shall be made by the Contractor to prevent the straying
of or injury to livestock during the execution of the works and until the
permanent reinstatement of fences, walls, hedges, gates and the like is
completed.

The Contractor shall not bring any dog on or near the site or suffer or permit
any of his employees, representatives or agents or any Subcontractor to
bring any dog on or near the site and shall cause the immediate removal of
any dog which may be on or near the Site in breach of this provision.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 19
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

The Contractor shall be liable for any injury to or loss of livestock due in the
opinion of the Employer/ Employers Representative to failure to comply
with the above requirements.
Means shall be provided on all lattice steel towers and tower extensions
were required to avoid the risk of livestock being caught between tower
members and being injured.

B1.4.3.4 Bird protection

The line crosses areas in Lot 3 over a total length of 35km (Wembere Plain
and Lake Singida) where a special race of bird lives. In order to minimize
the risk of collisions with the conductors, the bundle conductors shall be
placed in one level. A special tower family has to be designed for the
concerned line sections having one long horizontal crossarm for one line
circuit (three phase conductors) on each side (see Annex 2.2).

The top conductors (earthwires or ISWER system) shall be marked by

accepted bird warning systems. An accepted system is e.g. a black and white
warning flag system (see Annex 7) installed in a distance of 25m on each
earthwire or ISWER.

In case of earthwire peaks above the horizontal crossarms at anchor towers,

the steel structures of the peaks shall be painted in black and white (see
chapter for tower painting below).

On the other hand, insulator strings shall be protected against pollution

caused by birds. Tower members above insulator strings shall have bird
guards. In all sections equipped with ISWER, the 36kV insulators shall have
bird guards too which prevent resting of birds. The 36kV tension insulator
strings are to be equipped with bird guards above the arcing horns.

B1.4.3.5 Monitoring of environmental impact

The Contractor shall monitor the implementation of the measures agreed in
the Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Report for each
lot of the line. One chapter in each monthly progress report is to be reserved
for this subject.

The monthly progress reports shall also focus on impacts during the con-
struction on site. Problems like

oil pollution of the ground

air pollution caused by vehicles and mechanisms
dust pollution during transportation especially close to populated areas
noise pollution during construction and transportation especially close to
populated areas
excavation disposal of material which cannot be used for re-filling
waste disposal

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 20
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

shall be investigated and measures (e.g. speed limits, maintenance of

mechanism) proposed for an action list to be applied during construction.

B1.4.4 Towers

B1.4.4.1 General instructions

This technical requirements covers the design, shop detailing, manufacture,
pre-assembly, fabrication, inspection and packing of self-supporting steel
lattice towers.

All materials, design, details, fabrication and tests shall be in compliance

with the requirements described hereafter, with details shown on the draw-
ings, with the minimum design data specified in the Technical Schedules
and as approved during project implementation.

The electrical and mechanical design and details shall conform to the
requirements of EN 50341-1.

The suspension insulator swing angles may also be calculated in accordance

with EPRI publication Transmission Line Reference Book 345 kV and
above, second edition 1987 and recommended by CIGRE SC22, WG 06
Appendix 11.1 Computation of swing angle distribution.

Technical documentation (designs, detail drawings, calculations, etc.) and

other documentation (instructions, testing programs, technical data, etc.)
shall be subject to approval by the Employer/ Employers Representative.
All necessary modifications in details for making the project conform to the
Technical requirements, shall be carried out by the Contractor without
additional cost to the Employer. Should any inaccuracy be found, all further
work to be done in order to correct these discrepancies will be at the Con-
tractor's expense.

In case of existing tower designs are proposed, it has to be proven that the
structures fulfill the minimum electrical and mechanical requirements as per
Technical Schedules, or that suitable design adjustments are offered. Such
design proving and shop detailing will be the responsibility of the Contrac-
tor but suitable design calculation shall be included in the offer to allow
technical evaluation of the bid.

B1.4.4.2 Materials
All materials shall be brand-new and of the best quality for use in the
conditions and the variations in temperature and pressure that will be
encountered in service without undue distortion or deterioration or the
setting up of undue strains in any part that might affect the efficiency and
reliability of the plant. Any steel member with traces of hole filling shall not
be used. Special attention shall be paid to eliminating the possibility of

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 21
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

corrosion resulting from galvanic electrochemical effects. Design, selection

of materials and all methods of erection shall be such as to keep these
effects to a minimum.

Materials used for the design and construction of the steelwork shall comply
with the codes and standards listed below.

Unless the materials meet these codes and standards, they shall be subject to
the Employer/ Employers Representative approval.

The materials for steel tower construction shall be as follows:

a) Rolled shapes and plates

All materials shall be hot-rolled of mild steel and /or high-tensile
steel and shall conform to the steel qualities S235JO and
S235J2G3/G4 and S355JO and S355J2G3/G4 respectively according
to EN 10025 or equivalent standards.
The chemical composition and mechanical properties of the grades
of steel used shall correspond to the EN 10025 and be suitable for
working in the project area.

b) Connection bolts, nuts and washers

All tower steel connection bolts, nuts and washers shall conform to
ISO 898-1 and 2 or equivalent. Only the bolt classes 5.6 and/or 8.8
shall be used.

c) Locking devices
All tower bolt connections shall be provided with one flat washer
and one spring washer.

d) Tower signs
Signs, consisting of aerial patrol signs, phasing signs, circuit name
signs, danger signs and number signs shall be made of mild steel
covered with enamel on both sides, or of aluminum. The thickness
shall not be less than 2 mm. Writings on signs shall be in the lan-
guage of the Country

B1.4.4.3 Design

B1.4.4.3.1 Design method

The design philosophy shall be based on the limit state concept applied in
conjunction with the partial factor method. The deterministic (empirical)
approach to tower design loads and the concept of differentiated partial
material factors, shall be applied as recommended by EN 50341.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 22
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

According to this concept the weighted resistances of the components

concerned shall be checked against the ultimate (factored) actions applied to
the OHL components:

Ed Rd
Ed ( F FK) Rd = RK / M

The directly calculated physical loads are increased by partial safety factors
whereas the resistances are divided by material factors in order to consider
uncertainties (see also Paragraph 4.4.3.6 below).

B1.4.4.3.2 Tower types / tower outlines

General
The project comprises of two tower series (families) for the 400 kV double
circuit overhead line: The tower family with vertical phase conductor
arrangement shall be used in general, the tower family with horizontal phase
conductor arrangement is to be applied in two sections in Lot 3 for bird
protection only. Depending on the line route necessities in these special
sections, a reduced tower family (i.e. NSh and LAh type) may be designed.

Type of Towers
The functional tower types of the tower families are selected based on the
line angles of the line route. For fabrication, tower testing and erection but
also for facilitate line maintenance and spare parts keeping, the following
tower types are specified:

NS, normal suspension tower, capable to be utilized for very small line
angles of up to 2
HS, heavy suspension tower, capable to be utilized for increased wind
spans, long spans, increased weight spans, small line angles up to 2 or
for a combination of such conditions. An unfavorable weight to wind
span ratio is assumed.
LA, light angle tower for line angles of up to 30
HA/ DE, heavy angle tower for line angles of 30 to 70 and dead-end
tower for 0 to 45 angle in line direction and 0 to 90 angle of the slack
span to the gantry.
TP, transposition tower at straight line 2.

For the DE tower the indicated angles refer to one side of the tower while
for angle towers the angles given are actual line angles (i.e. line deviation
angle at both sides).

The HA/DE tower will have to be designed for its utilization as angle tower
as well as dead-end tower. Therefore it will have to be provided with two
separate sets of crossarms. In addition, for the particular requirements of the
dead-end tower having a line angle of 90 degrees to the substation gantry,
detailed clearance and structural checks with consideration of necessary
jumper suspension sets and additional crossarms have to be performed.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 23
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

The TP tower will have to be designed with auxiliary crossarms for transpo-
sition of the phases. For complete transposition cycle, three TP towers shall
be installed in each of the 3 line sections over the 670 km long 400 kV line.
Jumper and in-loop insulators shall be of composite type material to avoid
excessive sagging of insulator string.

Denomination of Tower Types

The proposed tower denomination system comprises:

the symbol for the tower functional type NS, HS, LA, HA/DE , TP which
stand for light normal suspension, heavy suspension, light angle, heavy
angle, dead-end and transposition respectively
an index h added to the symbols for the tower family with horizontal
phase conductor configuration in Lot 3
the respective tower height variant, i.e. the body extension used, if any.

For example LA+3 is the light angle tower having 3 m body extension. Leg
extensions are not included in the tower denomination.

Tower Outlines
The outlines of the suspension and angle towers shall comply with the
general requirements as specified and shown in the Annex and shall be such
as to provide the required minimum clearances between conductors, from
live parts and tower steelwork, and to ground as specified hereafter.

Tower body and leg extensions / reductions

Each tower type shall consist of a common portion (Basic Body) to which
typical trunks (body extensions, four tower legs and four stubs) shall be
added for obtaining a complete tower structure.

The basic tower height (standard tower height with body extension 0) shall
be determined taking into account the maximum conductor sag for the
nominal span (see the table below), the suspension insulator string length
and the minimum ground clearance.

In order to adapt the tower height to the terrain, to allow the crossing of
obstacles and to use the towers as economical as possible towers shall be
provided with body extensions and reductions.

The towers shall be provided with the following tower body extensions/
reductions:
Tower type Body extensions
NS, NSh -4, 0, +4, +8, +12
HS, HSh -4, 0, +4, +8, +12, +16
LA, LAh -4, 0, +4, +8, +12
HA/DE, HAh 0, +4, +8
TP 0, +4, +8

The hilly terrain over a part of the line requires leg extensions for the 400
kV towers. The leg extensions set to be designed for each tower type shall

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 24
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

be suitable for all body extensions of the respective tower type and shall be
interchangeable. All structures have to allow a combination of different leg
extensions as follows:
Structure type Leg extensions
All tower types with any possible body -3, -2, -1, 0, +1, +2, +3
extensions / reduction

B1.4.4.3.3 Design spans

The tables below show the specified span parameters for the defined double
circuit tower families of 400 kV to be used for tower design analysis and
tower spotting on the longitudinal profile. They are intended to enable the
necessary degree of flexibility allowing an economic line design.

Tower Line angle Conductor Nomi- Wind Weight Phase span

type suspen- nal span span
sion span
NS, NSh 0 - 2 Suspension 400 m 440 m max 700 m 650 m 2)
Normal Suspension I-string reduced min. 200 m
1)
HS, HSh 0 - 2 long Suspension 400 m 800 m max. 1100 m 950 m 2)
Heavy Suspension span I-string reduced min. 300 m
1)
LA, LAh 0 - 30 Tension 400 m 440 m max. 700m 650 m 2)
Light Angle string min. -350m

HA/DE, HAh 0 - 70 Tension 400 m 440 m max 700 m 650 m 2)

Heavy Angle/ string min. -350 m
Terminal 0 - 90 3)

TP 0 - 2 Tension 400 m 440 m max. 700 m 650 m

Transposition string min. -350 m

1) wind span values for the line angle of 0; for line angles >0 the wind
span has to be decreased accordingly
2) these are minimum values for the mid-span criterion; actual maximum
spans may be higher in case mid-span phase-to-phase spacing will be
determined by phase-to-tower steelwork clearances.
3) considering the slack span between terminal tower and S/S gantry

B1.4.4.3.4 Spacing and clearances

The positioning of the conductors and earthwires respectively ISWER
system on the tower shall be determined considering the following mini-
mum clearance conditions:
a) the clearances between live parts and the earthed tower steelwork
b) the clearances between phase conductors in mid-span, in still air
c) the earthwire protection angle
d) clearance to ground and obstacles

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 25
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

In detail:

a) Clearance between live parts and earthed tower steelwork

The basic data for the calculation of the inner clearances are to be used as
per
EN 50341-1, Table 5.2, 5.3 and 5.4. The correction for the altitude of
1700m above sea level is to be considered as per Annex E, Table E.4 as
follows:

Dpp Del D50Hz_p_e

400 kV, Lightning 1450 kV 3.20 2.86

400 kV, Switching 1050 kV 4.05 3.30
400 kV, Maximum operation voltage 0.73
36kV, Lightning 200 kV 0.50 0.50

The clearances between live and earthed parts have to be considered in a

different way for different clearance cases and swing angles corresponding
to the three voltage stress types (lightning, switching and power frequency),
as per the table above.

The electrical clearances specified are to be considered as minimum dimen-

sions to be provided between the outermost tower steel parts (outstanding
web angles, step bolts) to the nearest point of the line conductor, insulator
set live hardware or conductor accessory.
Formula Value Value
400kV 36kV
Clearance in still air Del 3.30 m 0.50 m
Clearance for 0.75 x Del 2.50 m 0.40 m
swung insulator I string due to 58% of
maximum wind on conductor
I jumper suspension sets under 15 swing
jumper loops under 15swing
Clearance for D50Hz_pe 0.75 m 0.20 m
swung insulator I string due to maximum
wind on conductor
I jumper suspension sets under 35 swing
jumper loops under 35 swing

The swing out angle determination for suspension insulator strings as per
EN 50341-1, Chapter 5.4.2.2.3, uses a three years wind (wind pressure 58%
of maximum pressure - QWc, QWi) for clearance calculations. The swing out
angle of the insulator string shall be calculated with
Q 0.5 QWi
arctan Wc
r QGc 0.5 QGi
where:

QWc - wind on conductor (according EN 50341-1, chapter 5.4.2.2.3)

QWi - wind on insulator string (according EN 50341-1, chapter 5.4.2.2.3)
r - ratio weight to wind span

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 26
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

QGc - weight of conductor

QGi - weight of insulator string

The ratio of weight span to wind span r is to be considered as shown in

the Technical Schedules:

0.80 for the normal suspension towers

0.60 for the heavy suspension towers.

The insulator set swing angle may be also determined according to EPRI
Publication Transmission Line Reference Book 345 kV and above, second
edition 1987 and recommended by CIGRE SC22, WG 06 Appendix 11.1
Computation of swing angle distribution, Diagram A11.1.3.

b) Still air mid-span clearance between phase conductors

The phase to phase distance for horizontal phase disposition is in [m]
c k f max li 0.75 D pp 0.45

and for vertical phase disposition

c k f max l i 0.75 D pp .

The maximum sag for shall be used for the defined phase span (maximum
span). Li is the insulator string length of the I string. The factors k are
defined in EN 50341-3-4
for horizontal clearance 0.62
for vertical clearance 0.75 .

The dimensions of the crossarms of the angle-tension towers shall be as to

ensure that the horizontal spacing between conductors under normal condi-
tions is not less than that at normal suspension towers. The ISWER support
positions have to ensure the corresponding spacing as well as the assumed
shielding angle.

c) Earthwire protection angle

The shielding angle of the earthwires or ISWER shall be 15 to the outer
most phase conductor of the top conductor bundle.

The sag of the earthwires or ISWER under every day temperature (25C)
shall be 5 % less than the sag of conductor for the nominal span.

d) Clearance to ground and obstacles

The minimum vertical clearances to ground and within line crossings over
different obstacles are specified in the Technical Schedules.

The maximum and minimum conductor sags shall be calculated under still
air condition, for the conductor maximum and minimum temperatures, as
indicated in Technical Schedules.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 27
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

The Contractor shall indicate in his bid the total creep which he will consid-
er after ten years operation and shall base his bid on the assumption that this
creep will be compensated by increasing the initial conductor tension
accordingly.

B1.4.4.3.5 Loads and load cases

Dead Loads
The deadweight of soil, foundations (both under submerged conditions, if
necessary), towers, conductors, insulator strings and all other equipment
shall be considered in general.
Regarding the conductors weight, the values of the specified weight spans,
either maximum or minimum, whichever is most critical, are to be taken
into account.

Wind Loads
The wind loads on the line equipment and tower shall be calculated based
on the reference wind speed factored for the respective height above ground
in accordance to EN 50341-1, chapter 4.2.2.1.6:

Reference wind speed VR for Tanzania VR = 31 m/s

Design wind speed Vh for height h 10 m Vh = VR
Design wind speed Vh for height h > 10 m Vh = 0,19 ln (h/0,05)
VR
Terrain category II
Actual height above ground
for conductors h average altitude of attachment points
for insulator strings h maximum altitude of attachment point
for tower sections h altitude of the midpoint of each section

Wind pressure as per EN 50341-1, chapter 4.2.2.2:

qh = 0.5 1.225 Vh2

Wind on conductor as per EN 50341-1, chapter 4.2.2.4.1:

QWc = qh Gq GL Cc d (L1 + L2)/2 cos2

Gq - gust factor (Chapter 4.2.2.3)

Gq = (1 + 2.28 / ln (h / 0.05))2
GL - span factor (Chapter 4.2.2.4.1)
GL = 1.3 0.082 ln (L)
CC - force coefficient (Chapter 4.2.2.4.1)
CC = 1.0
d - conductor diameter
L - wind span
L1,2 - length of the adjacent spans
= angle of incidence for wind direction
but unequal 0.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 28
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Wind on insulator string as per EN 50341-1, chapter 4.2.2.4.2:

QWins = qh Gq Gins Cins Ains

Gins - reaction factor (Chapter 4.2.2.4.2)

Gins = 1.05
Cins - force coefficient (Chapter 4.2.2.4.2)
Cins = 1.2
Ains = projected area of insulator string.

Wind on tower as per EN 50341-1, chapter 4.2.2.4.3:

QWt = qh Gq Gt (1+0.2 sin2 2 ) (Ct1 At1 cos2 + Ct2 At2 sin2
)

Gt - reaction factor (Chapter 4.2.2.4.3)

Gt = 1.05
Ct1,2 - drag factor for tower faces depending on solidity ratio
(see EN 50341-1, figure 4.2.2 and 4.2.3)
At1 - effective area of the elements of face 1
At2 - effective area of the elements of face 2
- angle of incidence for wind direction.

Conductor Tension Loads

The conductor and ISWER tensions have to be determined by the Contrac-
tor. The calculation of tensions shall consider the following assumptions:

a) the everyday stress of the conductors and earthwires is based on:

no wind (0 m/sec)
everyday temperature (+25C)

b) the maximum working stress of the conductors and ISWER based

on:
the maximum design wind pressure condition or
the minimum design temperature condition

The tensions in the ISWER shall be such that the sag at everyday stress is
5 % less than that of the conductors calculated for the basic span.

The conductor / ISWER tension shall not exceed 18% of the ultimate
conductor tension for every day conditions.

Erection and Maintenance Loads

The Contractor shall submit for approval his proposals to be applied to the
towers during stringing (including back stays), and shall comply with the
safety factors as per Technical Schedules for towers and foundations under
the following conditions:

a) Conductor and earthwire tension components based on minimum

temperature without wind for the sequence of stringing (including all
conductor installation stages)

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 29
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

b) Conductor and earthwire tension components based on wind loads of

50 % of specified maximum wind pressures plus wind load on conduc-
tors, insulators, tower, etc. for the sequence of stringing (including all
conductor installation stages)
c) Vertical loads for normal working condition, plus 3.0kN acting vertical-
ly anywhere on any one crossarm bottom chord member
d) Any member in the tower which slopes less steeply than 30 to the
horizontal shall be designed to have the specified safety factors when
subjected to the maintenance loading described in this clause, together
with a vertical load of 1.5kN acting midway along its greatest unsup-
ported length.

Load Cases
The loading cases to be considered for the design of the line supports and of
their foundations are normal working cases and exceptional cases, as
follows:

Normal Working Loads (N1 and N2)

The load assumptions as specified below shall take into considera-
tion the maximum transverse wind hypothesis and the maximum
oblique (45) wind hypothesis.
Normal Working Loads (N3)
This load case is a combined load hypothesis for making the angle
towers stronger in longitudinal direction to resist cascading.
Broken Wire Loads (E1)
Design spans for the broken phase conductor or the broken OPGW
as well as for the other intact conductors apply the design spans
specified.
The one sided reduced conductor tension refers to the complete bun-
dle conductor.
Cascading Loads (E2)
Suspension tower capability is controlled by exceptional load cases
E2 in order to prevent extended cascading in case of tower failures.
Such unequal conductor tensions may result from unequal spans in
the line sections.
Erection and Maintenance Loads (E3)
All stages during conductor installation shall be described. The con-
figuration of the back stays has to be taken into account (see expla-
nation above).

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 30
 BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Table - Tower Load Cases

Structure Normal Loading Cases Exceptional Loading Cases

Type Deadweight, Wind Cascading Broken Wires Cascading Erection and Maintenance
N1, N2 N3 E1 E2 E3
Deadweights Deadweights Deadweights Deadweights
Wind on tower, One sided reduction of One sided reduction of Erection and maintenance loads including
Suspension accessories and conduc- conductor or earthwire/ conductor and earthwire/ structure anchoring loads due stringing opera-
tors ISWER tension under ISWER tensions under wind tion
wind load condition by load condition by 15 % for a) No wind
25 % for phase conductor phase conductors bundle and b) 50 % of max. wind on tower, accessories
bundle and 65 % for 40 % for earthwire/ ISWER and conductors, without man-load
earthwire/ ISWER acting acting at all attachment points
at any one attachment simultaneously
point

Deadweights Deadweights Deadweights Deadweights

Wind on tower, One sided reduction One sided reduction of Erection and maintenance loads including
Angle accessories and conduc- of conductor and conductor or earthwire/ structure anchoring loads due stringing opera-
Tension tors earthwire/ ISWER ISWER tension under tion
Conductor tensions under tension under wind wind load condition by 100 a) No wind, conductor tension for min.
Transposition wind load condition load condition by 66 % % for phase conductor temperature
for phase conductor bundle and earthwire/ b) 50 % of max. wind on tower, accessories
bundle and earthwire/ ISWER acting at any one and conductors, conductor tensions ac-
ISWER acting at all attachment point cordingly, without man-load
attachment points
simultaneously

Deadweights Deadweights
Wind on tower, accesso- Reduction of conductor or
Dead End ries and conductors earthwire/ ISWER tension
Conductor tensions under under wind condition by
Special Branch - wind load condition acting 100 % acting at any one
Off on one side attachment point

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 31
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

B1.4.4.3.6 Partial Safety Factors

Load Factors
The following partial factors (F) for actions shall be applied to the different
loads within the respective load cases:

Effect Safety Load cases Load cases

factor (N1 ... N3) (E1 ... E3)
Deadweight G Comp.1.1/ uplift 0,9 Comp.1.1/ uplift 0,9
Wind W 1.3 1.0
Conductor C 1.3 1.0
tension
Construction/ P - 1.5
maintenance

For compression loading cases, the partial safety factor for the tower dead
weight is to be considered G = 1,1. In case of uplift loads for crossarms and
foundations, this factor shall be taken as G = 0,9.

Strength Factors
Based on the recommended failure sequence of structure components, the
following structure partial factors (M) for material strength are to be
applied:

steel member of suspension tower factor 1.10

steel member of angle tower factor 1.25
steel bolts of tower connection factor 1.25

B1.4.4.3.7 Structural analysis

General
For the structural tower design the Contractor is to use the three-
dimensional indeterminate stiffness design method. However, the Contrac-
tor may propose for approval the use of another recognized design method
proven to be accurate.

The computer program to be used shall be developed and tested by a

recognized institute, acceptable to the Employer/ Employers Representa-
tive. The correctness of the design method, the accuracy of the computer
software used as well as the practicability of the structure detailing have to
be confirmed by full scale tower loading tests.

The input data shall indicate all loads and their manners of application
including the determination of wind load on tower. Wind load on towers
shall be applied at each panel point along the height of the towers.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 32
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

The Contractor shall submit the following data:

Name and version of the computer software and standards applied for the
structural analysis
Detail calculation of loads
Loading tree schemes
Outline drawing of tower model for the structural analysis, showing the
individual modeling elements (e.g. beams, trusses, stabilizers) including
joints (nodes)
Label and joint degree of freedom
Tower outline drawings of all 4 faces showing the joint labels (Auto-
CAD.dwg)
Three-dimensional coordinates of all tower joints in electronic format.

The results of the structural analysis shall show in a table:

Total stresses in each member for each load case and the critical case
The effective slenderness ratio, calculated capacity and ratio of maxi-
mum total stress to calculated capacity for each member and connection
Size and type of steel for each member and number of bolts required for
its connection
The calculated weight of the complete galvanized tower
The compression and uplift reactions and corresponding horizontal
shears at each leg of all towers for all loading cases, for foundation calcu-
lation
Identifying the corresponding maximum load value decisive for design-
ing the foundation and outlining what partial load factor is included or
excluded

and on a drawing the scaled outline of the tower with all redundant, bracing
members and their sizes completely dimensioned in compliance with all
clearance requirements (clearance diagram).

The ultimate stresses for the different stress categories shall be taken from
EN 50341-1, Annex J (Lattice Steel Supports):

Component/Action Characteristic Resistance

Members:
Compression see ENV 1993-1-1

Tension on net section 0.9 Fy Anet

Bolted Connections:

Bolts in shear 0.6 Fub A

Bolts in bearing Fu d t

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 33
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Remarks: Fy = Yield stress

Fub = Ultimate tensile stress of bolt material
Fu = Ultimate tensile stress

In computing the net section for tension members, the diameter of the bolt
hole shall be taken as 2.0mm greater than the nominal diameter of the bolt.
The determination of the net section area shall be as specified in the EN
50341-1, Annex J (Lattice Steel Supports).

Limit of effective slenderness ratio

Slenderness ratio for members shall be limited as shown in the Technical
Schedules.

Built-up members composed of two or more rolled shapes shall be connect-

ed with stitch bolts such that the slenderness ratio of either shape, between
bolts, does not exceed 75 % of the governing slenderness ratio of the built-
up member as a whole.

Minimum thickness and size of steel members

The minimum thickness (t) and size of steel members of towers shall be
as follows:
Leg, stub and main compression members in crossarm 6 mm
All other members having computed stresses 5 mm
Redundant members without computed stresses 5 mm
Gusset plates 6 mm
Equal angle sections L 45x45xt
Unequal angle sections L 45x30xt

Remark: The minimum connected leg of the angle section shall be such
that the bolt head or nut does not bear on the fillet.

Tower structures
The tower structure shall be modeled as a fully triangulated system. The
same goes for the secondary bracing.

As a part of the line route is hilly, it is recommended to adopt a slim tower

structure in order to keep the horizontal spacing of tower legs and the leg
extensions in reasonable limits and/ or to reduce the size of the tower
platforms also with regard to erosion hazard.

In order to ensure an acceptable fit of the bracing members to the leg

member, the slope of the tower body is limited. It shall not exceed
360mm/m.

Stubs suitable for the foundation types and for legs of the tower types are
part of the scope and templates for the alignment of the stubs shall be
provided.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 34
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

In order to facilitate transportation and handling, the length of any structural

member shall not exceed 9 meters.

Redundant members shall be capable of supporting an axial tensile or

compressive load of at least 2.5 % of the maximum computed compressive
load in the supported main member applied perpendicular to the axis of the
main member.

For the HA/DE towers having line deviation angles of 60 and more,
rectangular crossarms may be used so that live metal clearances are main-
tained with or without the use of jumper suspension insulator strings.

The crossarms of suspension towers shall be designed to allow the attach-

ment of double insulator strings. Additionally for the Employer's use during
maintenance, each suspension cross arm tip shall incorporate two attach-
ment points of equal strength at approved positions: one for the suspension
insulator set and the other for maintenance equipment.

The crossarms of tension towers shall be designed to allow the attachment

of double insulator strings and an additional attachment with two holes for
maintenance purpose. It shall be possible to apply full conductor tension
safely to either additional hole.

The insulator string attachment points of angle towers shall be so designed

to have the two strings of double insulator sets in parallel position for the
average line angle.

Connections
The tower structures shall be of the bolted type. Due to the danger of
embrittlement, welding shall be avoided as far as possible and have to be
approved by the Employer/ Employers Representative. Bolted connections
shall consist of metric threaded bolts together with a flat washer, a spring
washer and the nut. Rivets shall not be used.

The bolt length and washer thickness shall accommodate, that no threads
shall be located within the shear plane of the members/ plates being con-
nected maintaining the following bolt end projection after tightening the
nut: minimum projection of 2 treads and maximal 10 mm from the end of
nut.

The Contractor shall supply the net quantities plus 5 % of all permanent
tower bolts, nuts and other similar items and materials required for installa-
tion of the works at the site. Quantities of such bolts, nuts, etc., which are
surplus after the installation of the equipment has been completed shall
become spare parts and shall be wrapped, marked and handed over to the
Employer.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 35
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

For structural connections, one bolt size is preferred. The minimum diame-
ter and number of bolts at each connection for stressed members shall be as
follows:

Diameter: 16 mm
Number of bolts: 1

All nuts, washers and bolts shall be hot dip galvanized. Threads before
galvanizing shall be coarse threads. There shall be no excess of galvanizing
at the root of the thread and nuts shall turn easily on the complete bolts
without excessive looseness.

Bolts and nuts shall be hexagonal and dimensioned adequate to develop full
strength. The bearing faces shall be perpendicular to the axis of threads, free
of burns and projections and shall have chamfered corners.

Bolts will be rejected if they are considered by the Employer/ Employers

Representative to have an excessive loose or tight fit.
The number of splices shall be practically the minimum. Splices shall be
capable of developing the computed stress in the member. No credit shall be
allowed for bearing on a butting area of butt splices.

B1.4.4.3.8 Detailing
General
Tower dimensions, framing, member sizes and length, number, size and
length of bolts, thickness of each filler, detailed dimensions of gusset plates
and other necessary details to fabricate each piece shall be shown on the
approved detailed drawings. No change shall be made without the written
approval of the Employer/ Employers Representative.

The tower structure shall be braced-out and bolted to a rigid degree as to

limit residual head deflection and diaphragms sagging under operational
conditions taking into account bolt slippage and stub setting allowance.
Calculated horizontal deflection of the tower head under ultimate design
load including bolt slippage shall not exceed 1.5 % of the structures overall
height. The one-sided transverse load effect on angle towers can be off-set
by raising vertically the stubs of compression legs relative to the uplift leg
level. Deflection tolerances are shown under the section Leg/Stub Setting.

All bracing members shall be in one piece where practicable. All double
diagonal bracing members shall be connected at their point of intersection
by at least one bolt.

Plan bracing of towers at the levels of crossarms shall be such a type to

prevent the cross section of the towers from deforming from the original
form under torsion loads.

The angle included between any two connecting stressed members shall not
be less than 15.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 36
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

The angle included between diagonal members and main members for the
HA/DE and TP towers shall not be less than 25.

Stubs shall be provided with suitable holes for connection to the standard
grounding system.

The lowest bolt hole in the stub for connection of the main bracing member
shall be 50mm above the foundation concrete level.

Drawings
All members and plates shall be designed on drawings, the Contractor shall
endeavor to use as few designations as possible, and each member of
identical size and detail shall have the same designation, regardless of its
position in the structure.

The member and plate designation shall be successively grouped on indi-

vidual drawing. The groups of designations shall be indicated on the draw-
ings.

A proper cross-index shall be furnished, correlating the tower part numbers

with the tower types and drawing number.

A bill of materials shall be submitted containing the size, length and galva-
nized weight of each member and the total weights of body, body extension
and foundation stub conforming to the detailed drawings approved. It shall
also include the number of bolts, nuts, washers and attachment devices per
structure.

Joints
All joints shall be such that eccentricities are kept as small as practicable.
Profile thickness variation resulting in gapes 2 mm between members at
connecting points or composed members or bolted diagonal intersecting
points shall be filled by galvanized or stainless steel made packing or shims
of appropriate thickness. For all bolts in tapered flanges beveled washers
shall be furnished.

Gusset plates, where used, shall be designed by the Contractor and shall be
in accordance with the relevant standards.

Bolt spacing and edge distance from the centre of bolt hole, in mm, for
double circuit towers shall be as follows:

Nominal Bolt Minimum Edge Distance

Bolt Spacing
Diameter
Min. Max. Rolled Sheared
Edge Edge
M12 30 mm 120 mm 16 mm 20 mm
M16 40 mm 160 mm 22 mm 25 mm
M20 50 mm 200 mm 27 mm 30 mm
M24 60 mm 240 mm 32 mm 40 mm

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 37
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Tolerances within the bolt group 1 mm for the end and edge distances as
well as distances between holes.

Bolt securing system

All bolt connections in all tower types up to a height of 10m above ground
level shall be secured against theft by an adequate securing system. The
Contractor shall describe his offered system and verify the effectiveness of
the anti-theft device as well as mechanical strength capacity, bolt geometry
and corrosion resistance in comparison with an ordinary bolt connection.
The system shall be submitted for approval.

Step bolts
Each tower shall be provided with step bolts of an approved type on two
diagonally opposite legs spaced alternately on the angle flanges at not more
than 380 mm between centers, starting immediately above the anti-climbing
device and continuing to each earthwire. The minimum diameter of the step
bolts shall be 16 mm. Step bolts shall not be used as connection bolts.

Holes for removable step bolts below the anti-climbing guards shall be
provided at not more than 380 mm between centers on the legs to which the
permanent step bolts are fitted.

Attachment devices
Attachment devices shall be suitably furnished on all crossarms to suspend
and to terminate insulator strings or earthwire assemblies. Provisions shall
be made to fix the OPPC-joint units at the earthwire crossarms of towers
used in Lot 3. The attachment points shall be designed in accordance with
the requirements of this technical requirements and the calculation shall be
submitted together with the structural analysis of the tower.

ISWER T-off points

Any earthwire crossarm of Lot 3 towers shall allow the installation of an
ISWER T-off point. Provisions shall be made for the installation of V-
suspension strings at suspension towers (and anchor towers where
necessary) to fix the earthwire (or the jumper). Holes are to be foreseen on
the top of the crossarm in order to fix post insulators for leading one
earthwire to the other side of the tower. Additionally, each crossarm peak
shall have connection holes for the attachment of a special down-lead
structure of the ISWER system (see Annex). Alternatively, appropriate
holes shall be foreseen in each earthwire crossarm structure for assembly of
auxiliary platforms for installation of cable end connection equipment (see
Annex).

ISWER termination point

Appropriate holes shall be foreseen in each earthwire crossarm structure for
fixing the ISWER termination equipment (OPPC termination unit, separa-
tion and joining of optical fibers, surge arresters - see Annex).

Tower signs

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 38
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

The Contractor shall furnish all materials for tower signs including all bolts,
nuts, washers, brass eyelets fitted with the holes and supporting structures, if
required, for attaching signs to the structure as per the structure list.

The colors of figures and background shall be as described below or as will

be indicated later by the Employer and shall be of corrosion resistant
aluminum with embossed letters and painted, or of enameled mild steel.

The Contractor is required to make provision in the tower members for

attaching signs at the locations described hereunder.

a) Airborne plates
On each tension and every tenth suspension tower an airborne observa-
tion number plate shall be provided. The tower number shall be cut
from the sheet metal in black coating, with a letter height of min.
450 mm. The plate background shall be yellow. The plates shall be in-
stalled, either on the top crossarm or on the earthwire peak, in a position
that is easily recognizable from the air.

b) Circuit number sub-plate

Circuit plates shall show the circuit number in orange letters, on a white
background. The figures height shall be 200 mm.
Circuit plates shall be installed at each circuit at the bottom of first
cross arm and shall be provided at every tower. Termination gantries
shall be equipped with circuit plates showing the circuit name in full
length.

c) Phase plates
Phase plates shall show the letters R, Y and B, in black color, on
red, yellow and blue background, respectively. One set of three phase
plates shall be installed above the anti-climbing guards at every tower.

d) Danger plates
Danger plates shall feature black symbols on a white background. They
shall comprise a skull with crossed bones, as well as lightning arrows.
The text DANGER shall be boldly written in both English and local
languages. The voltage shall be shown, as well. Danger plates shall be
attached above the anti-climbing guards at every tower.

e) Number plate
The tower number plate (1 No.) shall show the tower number in black
letters, on a white background. The figures height shall be 150 mm. The
number plate shall be attached above the anti-climbing guards at every
tower.

Anti-climbing devices
Each tower shall be fitted with an approved anti-climbing device with gates
which shall provide climbing facilities for use by authorized personnel. The
height of the anti-climbing device above heighest ground level of tower

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 39
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

footings shall be approximately 3,0 m. The anti-climbing devices could be

of the "spikes" type or barbed wire type.
Spikes shall be of a solid design, have a sharp end, a minimum length of
250mm and shall be pointed downwards. The maximum distance between
the strings of barbed wire shall not be more than 100mm. The horizontal
separation of the strings of barbed wire shall be maintained by the provision
of spacers at a maximum distance of not more than 2 m.

Gates should be provided and secured with an approved brass or galvanized

steel padlock.

Landmarks for the right of way

After tower erection, landmarks shall be positioned in order to mark the
right of way of the line. Two landmarks on both sides (in totally four) shall
be placed between two adjacent towers. The landmarks shall be of concrete
type with a red painted head, and of sufficient length in order to avoid easily
displacements.

Bird guards
Tower members positioned above or near insulator strings shall be fitted
with galvanized steel needle strips, effectively preventing birds from sitting
in these locations. The strips shall extend horizontally enough beyond the
protected location and shall be applied to all surfaces a bird can sit on. The
bird guard measures have particularly to be applied on the insulator strings
of the ISWER. Where needles are projecting from cross arm contour
towards live parts, the tower clearance diagram shall consider the height of
the needles.

B1.4.4.4 Fabrication

B1.4.4.4.1 Workmanship
Fabrication of materials shall be in accordance with the state of art and as
specified. Fabrication shall not commence until approval of drawings and
completion of successful tower tests, unless otherwise directed by the
Employer/ Employers Representative.

Workmanship shall be first class throughout. All pieces shall be straight,

true to detailed drawings and free from lamination flaws and other defects.
All clipping, back-cuts, grindings, bends etc. must be true to the detailed
drawings and free of burrs.

All identical pieces bearing the same erection number must be exactly
interchangeable with each other and interchangeable in their relative
position in all structures of which they form a part.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the correct fitting of all parts. He
shall replace, free of charge, any defective material discovered during

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 40
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

erection, and pay all costs of field corrections for such replacement.

All parts of the structure shall be neatly finished and free from kinks, twists
or bends. The fabrication shall be in strict accordance with the shop draw-
ings prepared by the Contractor and approved by the Employer/ Employ-
ers Representative.

B1.4.4.4.2 Shearing and cutting

Materials may be sheared to length, but the ends, unless otherwise noted,
must be square with length and free of burrs so that difficulty of assembly
caused by interference of end section with other members at the time of
assembling the steel tower may not occur.

The use of a burning torch is permissible for cutting members provided all
irregular edges are trimmed smoothly before galvanizing. Stresses shall not
be transmitted into the metal through a burned surface. The material
adjacent to a burned surface for a distance equal to the thickness of the
material shall not be considered a part of the net section for tension
members. The use of a burning torch for cutting bolt holes will not be
allowed.

B1.4.4.4.3 Punching and drilling

All bolts holes in steel members shall be punched, sub punched, reamed or
drilled before galvanizing. Holes for conductor attachment shall not be
punched but only drilled.

All members shall be cut to jig and all holes shall be punched or drilled to
jig.

Holes are to be punched with racks and jigs employed to ensure accuracy
throughout. The punches and dies for this work must be maintained suffi-
ciently sharp so as to produce clean round holes normal to the plane of
material. Holes shall be free of burrs, folds and depressed, upset, or ragged
edges.

Bolt holes shall be drilled full size and at right angles to the surface of the
steel, accurately spaced and true to line, pitch gauge and edge distance. Any
member having holes or cut more than 1 mm from correct position will be
subject to rejection. No welding, filling or plugging will be permitted unless
otherwise approved by the Employer/ Employers Representative.

Holes may be punched subject to the following limitations. In the cases

listed below, holes shall be drilled full size or sub-punched to a diameter of
not less than 4mm smaller than the required diameter and reamed to the
required diameter:

a) Structural steel more or equal to 14mm thick;

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 41
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

b) High strength structural steel more or equal to 10mm thick;

c) Holes in the vicinity of bends in members or gusset plates;
d) Holes in crossarm members normally loaded in tension for both steel
qualities S235 and S355 according to EN-10025 or equivalent.

Holes which are elongated or otherwise distorted by bending will not be

accepted.

The diameter of bolt holes shall be 13.5, 17.5, 21.5 and 26 mm for 12, 16,
20 and 24 mm bolt diameter respectively, or for larger sizes not greater than
2.0mm greater than the bolt diameter.

All parts shall be carefully cut and holes accurately located so that when the
members are in position the holes will be truly opposite each other before
being bolted up. Drifting of holes will not be allowed.
Bolts shall pass freely through matching holes in a direction at 90 to the
member being connected.

Threaded (tapped) holes shall comply with the requirements of relevant

standards.

B1.4.4.4.4 Bending
All bending of high-strength structural steel must be done hot. Bends of a
difficult nature on structural steel shall be done hot, but otherwise cold
bending can be employed.

Members bent hot shall be heated in a non-oxidizing flame over a sufficient

area to prevent excessive deformation.

Hot bends shall be left for slow cooling in air. Where bends are near splices,
the upset metal shall be forged smoothly for full bearing on the contact
surface.

All bends shall be finished, free from waves, folds, or localized reduction in
sectional area shall not exceed 3 % of the nominal area. Member length
variation shall not exceed the tolerances shown below to its projected
straight length.

A member bent in error with respect to the location of a bend line shall be
rejected.

B1.4.4.4.5 Welding
All welding shall be performed in accordance with the Standard EN 1993-1-
1 or equivalent. A shielded arc-welding process shall be used. All welds
shall be made in such a manner that residual shrinkage stresses will be
reduced to a minimum. If not previously qualified, the welding process and
the welders employed in performing the work covered by the Contract

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 42
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Documents shall be qualified in accordance with the requirements of the

mentioned standard EN 1993-1- 1, or DIN 18800-7 or equivalent. No field
welding will be allowed unless otherwise approved by the Employer/
Employers Representative. The structural steel, the welding process,
electrodes and treatment shall be such as to avoid embrittlement of the steel
and safe operation shall be assured at low temperatures.

No welding to compose individual tower members will be permitted. All

tower member profiles shall be formed by hot rolled steel over its entire
design nominal length.

B1.4.4.4.6 Tolerances of members

Tolerances of finished members shall be as follows:

Finished members shall not have a lateral deflection (bendings) greater

than 1/1000 of the members nominal design/length.
Cut members without ends finished for contact bearing shall have a
tolerance 1.5mm for members up to 3m in length. For members over
3m long, an additional 1mm for every 3m length may be allowed, but in
no case will a tolerance of more than 3mm allowed for any member.

B1.4.4.4.7 Marking
All individual pieces shall be marked with the correct designations shown
on the detailed drawings approved and shall indicate the type of towers also.
Markings shall be done by stamping the marks into the metal before galva-
nizing and details shall be clearly legible after galvanizing. The figures and
letters shall be minimum 12mm in height.

Marking of bolts shall be made on bolt heads to identify manufacturer,

grade, size and length. Markings may be raised or depressed.

B1.4.4.4.8 Corrosion protection

General
All steel structures shall be protected against corrosion by hot dip galvaniz-
ing.

Painting will be required for application on some galvanized tower struc-

tures for aircraft warning purpose only. Detail specification for tower
structure painting is shown below.

Galvanizing

a) Cleaning
After fabrication has been completed and accepted, all materials shall be
clear of rust, loose scale, dirt, oil, grease and other foreign substances that
may affect the uniformity of the coating.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 43
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Structural steel items shall be initially grit blasted to BS 4232, second

quality, (Sa 2 ) or by pickling in a bath.

Careful cleaning of welds is necessary before welded assemblies are dipped.

The welds and the surrounding metal should be cleaned separately, prefera-
bly by sand blasting.

Excess spelter shall be removed by appropriate means acceptable to the

Employer/ Employers Representative.

b) Galvanizing
All defects of the steel surface including cracks, surface laminations, laps
and folds shall be removed. All drilling, cutting, welding, forming and final
fabrication of unit members and assemblies shall be completed before the
structures are galvanized.

All steelwork shall be hot dip galvanized in accordance with internationally

recognized standards such as EN ISO 1461, or equivalent, providing a
smooth, clean and uniform zinc coating of min 85 micrometers thickness for
bars and plates and 55 micrometers for bolts and nuts. The ingot zinc used
for galvanizing shall comply with the requirements of BS EN 1179.

The preparation for galvanizing and the galvanizing itself shall not adverse-
ly affect the mechanical properties of the coated materials.

It is essential that the shape of steel members and assemblies which are to
be hot-dip galvanized shall conform to the requirements of the process.

Vent-holes and drain-holes should be provided to avoid high internal

pressures and air-locks during immersion, which may cause explosions, and
to ensure that molten zinc is not retained in pockets during withdrawal.

On removal from the galvanizing bath, the resultant coating shall be smooth,
continuous, free from gross surface imperfections such as bare spots, lumps,
blisters and inclusions of flux, ash or dross. Excessively thick or brittle
coatings due to high levels of silicon or phosphorus in the steel, which may
result in an increased risk of coating damage and/or other features that make
the final product non-fit-for-purpose shall be cause for rejection.

Bolts, nuts and washers including the threaded portions shall be hot-dip
galvanized and subsequently centrifuged. The threads shall be cleaned of all
surpluses on packing, clear of the ground and stored away from all materials
that might stain or corrode the galvanizing. Dies shall not be used for
cleaning threads other than on nuts. Nuts shall be galvanized and tapped 0.4
mm oversize and threads shall be oiled after galvanization to permit the nuts
to be finger-turned on the bolt for the full depth of the nut.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 44
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Finished materials shall be dipped into a solution of dichromate or be

otherwise treated after galvanizing for white rust protection during sea
transportation and storage.

Protected slings shall be used for off-loading and erection. Galvanized work
to be stored at the works or on site shall be stacked so as to provide ade-
quate ventilation to all surfaces to avoid wet storage staining (white rust).
Spacers between individual members or plates being stacked shall be used.

Small areas of the galvanized coating damaged in any way shall be restored
by:

Cleaning the area of any weld slag and thorough wire brushing to give a
metallic clean surface.
The application of two coats of zinc powder-rich paint, or the application
of a low melting point zinc alloy repair rod or powder to the damaged
area, which is heated to 300C.

c) Minor repair
Under this Contract minor repairs are defined as permitted repairs undertak-
en at site or outside the contractual manufacturing plant at galvanized
(finished) steel parts. All finished steel parts which exceeds the criteria
shown below shall be replaced by new, correct components as per approved
drawings free of charge.

Drilling of one mismatched hole at anyone individual steel part permitted

provided that the minimum edge clearance and minimum distance to the
mismatched and other holes is maintained. Filling of mismatched holes is
not permitted.

Cutting of one side at anyone individual steel part permitted provided

that the minimum edge clearance to holes is maintained.

Maximum 5 holes and 5 cuts per tower permitted and maximum 5

affected towers per 10 km line.

Drilling and cutting on tower stub parts encased in concrete is permitted

and will not count to above criteria as it might be required for adaption of
foundation depth.

Materials on which galvanizing has been damaged shall be re-dipped unless

in the opinion of the Employer/ Employers Representative, the damage is
local and can be repaired by applying a coating of galvanizing repair paint.

Where such repair is authorized, the damaged area shall be cleaned by

wiping with clean rags saturated with mineral spirits of xylene, followed by
wire brushing. After wire brushing, the area shall be re-cleaned with solvent
to remove residue, and shall be given one heavy brush coat of galvanizing
repair paint. The percentage of pure zinc by weight in dry film of galvaniz-
ing repair paint shall not be less than 85.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 45
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

The repair procedure of damage galvanizing is specified under section

Tower Erection.

B1.4.4.5 Tower load test

Type test reports of the existing tower designs if proposed by the Bidder
shall be submitted with the Bid.

The suspension towers shall be tested to destruction as described below.

The tension towers shall be tested to destruction too, but at least to
ultimate design loads depending on the test stations load capacity, as
described below.

The test loads shall be the design loads multiplied by the corresponding
partial safety factors and by the material factor for steel member sections.

The Employer/ Employers Representative is entitled to attend tests and

inspections, and the Contractor shall bear all costs and expenses of tests and
attendance as per price schedules. The Contractor shall give the Employer/
Employers Representative notification in writing, not less than 45 days in
advance, of the date when towers will be ready for test. Test program shall
demonstrate procedures of test in order to proof the specified technical
requirements and be subject to approval by the Employer prior testing starts.
Additional tests may be called by the Employer/ Employers Representative
to ensure that the required quality is met. The Contractor shall supply all
necessary labor, material, equipment and competent and authorized test
personnel. Calibration of equipment is deemed to be included. Six (6) copies
of test reports and/ or certificates are to be provided showing all results and
information necessary. If the Employer/ Employers Representative waive
to attend the test, it will neither relieve the Contractor of his full liability to
meet the required quality and to complete the works nor prejudice or affect
the rights of the Employer/ Employers Representative set forth under this
contract.

The test shall be performed with the Employer/ Employers Representative

in attendance and in accordance to IEC 60652 "Loading tests on overhead
towers" and complying with the following requirements:

a) Tower
The tower shall be fabricated according to the detailed drawings ap-
proved in a manner as close to final production procedures as practica-
ble. The tower shall be complete in every detail. Markings for test
tower members shall be prefixed with the letter "T".

b) Erection
The tower shall be erected on a rigid foundation using the specified
tower bolts and nuts tightened to the specified torque.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 46
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

c) Rigging
The Contractor shall submit for approval diagrams showing the pro-
posed methods of applying loads and deflection measuring.

d) Loading
Test loads shall be the design working loads multiplied by correspond-
ing partial safety factors for loads and materials. All test loads corre-
sponding to conductor and earthwire loading shall be applied directly to
the regular attachment details provided for those loads. Test wind loads
equivalent to wind loads on the tower shall be applied where convenient
and in such a manner that the locations and the summations of applied
load and overturning moment are as close as possible to the actual con-
ditions, as designed.

An extra compressible member is not allowed for use in applying wind

loads on tower. To ensure application of full-test loads to the tower,
friction losses in rigging shall be computed and added to the rigging
loads.

The first load case in a Heavy Angle tower testing program should be
the one that produces the largest leg force. If subsequent load cases also
give sufficiently high leg force, tower bolts at major joints must be
loosened and re-tightened prior to the test to minimize residual loads.

e) Loading program
The Contractor shall program the tests for the decisive load cases in or-
der to most favorably demonstrate that the towers will carry all design
loads and conditions specified in the loading diagrams.

f) Deflection measurements
Deflections shall be recorded at the beginning and end of each loading
period to provide longitudinal and transverse deflections at the tower
top, at the elevation of the crossarms and at least at one intermediate
point of tower body.

g) Load tests
The initially applied loads and the increment of loading shall be 25% of
the working loads given in the loading diagrams. However, the incre-
ments of load shall be in accordance with IEC 60652. Each load incre-
ment shall be maintained for not less than two minutes except that
under full design load, the period of five minutes shall be maintained
and during this time there shall be no slacking off or adjustment of the
loads. Should it become necessary to adjust the loading, the two or five
minutes period shall start after the loading is stabilized and constant.
All test loads shall be removed completely before the loads for testing
under different loading conditions are applied. The ultimate normal
conditions or the most critical load case shall be the last test to be car-
ried out in the presence of the Employer/ Employers Representative.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 47
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Load Cell Calibration shall be carried out before and after each test or
series of tests in the presence of the Employer/ Employers Representa-
tive.

h) Destruction test
After the successful completion of the ultimate load tests, the tower
shall be further tested to destruction by increasing the loads for a given
loading case, as specified/approved by the Employer/ Employers Rep-
resentative. The load increments shall not exceed 5 % of the ultimate
design load. Each load increment shall be held at least five minutes
while deflections are being recorded. The maximum test load may be
limited to 1.3 times the ultimate design load or the test stations load
capacity.

i) Modification of tower components

Any conspicuous yielding or permanent deformation or any failure of
any part of the tower under any of the tests specified shall be considered
a defect. If a defect develops, the Contractor shall modify the design of
the tower and submit it to the Employer/ Employers Representative for
approval. The modified tower shall then be re-tested.

The expenses associated with re-design and re-test due to a defect in the
Contractor's work shall be borne by the Contractor.

j) Material tests
Steel materials used for test towers shall be subject to tension or bend
test in accordance with the relevant material standard. Tests shall be
performed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Employer. The
test specimens shall be selected as follows:

i) Four sets selected from the destruction members of each test tower.
ii) Four sets selected from the undisturbed members of each test
tower.
iii) Two sets of bolts and nuts selected from the adjoining destruction
members of each test tower.
iv) Two sets of bolts and nuts selected at random from each test tower.

k) Reports
The Contractor shall furnish certified copies of full reports of all tower
and material tests, the calibration of the dynamometers or gauges, in-
cluding clear photographs of the test set-ups and nature of all failures,
diagrams showing deflection of towers at each interval of loading, de-
tailed diagrams showing the manner in which all the loads were applied
and deflection records.

B1.4.4.6 Packing
The whole of the goods shall be packed where necessary in non-returnable
cases or on non-returnable drums or otherwise prepared for overseas
shipment in a manner suitable to withstand rough handling without sustain-

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 48
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

ing damage. All packing materials shall remain the property of the Employ-
er.

Bundles of steel angle sections shall be properly tied together by an ap-

proved method and care taken to ensure that they are robust and not of
excessive length for handling during shipment. All labels shall be of
stamped metal. Unless the Contractor can bid an equally acceptable method,
bundles of angles shall be arranged in rectangular formation with notched
outer stout wooden battens to locate the angles, the battens being com-
pressed on the bundles by outside tie bolts - the above binders being located
at sufficiently close intervals to form a strong and homogeneous element.
Provision shall be made by placing of plastic spacers between the individual
members for the circulation of air and draining of water minimize white rust
formation.

Bundles shall be as large as practicable to provide stiffness and resistance to

careless handling.

Packing cases where used shall be strongly constructed and in no case is

timber less than 25mm in thickness to be used. The contents of packing
cases shall be securely bolted or fastened in position with struts or cross
battens. Cross battens supporting weight in any direction shall not rely for
their support on nails or screws driven lengthwise into the grain of the
wood, but shall be supported by cleats secured from the inside.

Bolts and nuts shall be crated for shipment. Crating together of components
of dissimilar metals is unacceptable.

Particular attention shall be given to strutting before packing cases are

fastened down. Cases shall be up-ended after packing to prove that there is
no movement of the contents.
Timber wedges or chocks shall be firmly fastened in place to prevent their
displacement when the timber shrinks.

If light parts are fastened to the sides of a case, hoop iron straps secured by
screws shall be used for the purpose. Nails driven in and bent over shall not
be permitted.

Where bolts are used, large washers shall be fitted under the head and nut to
distribute the pressure and the timber shall be strengthened by means of a
pad.

The Contractor's attention is drawn to the provisions for galvanizing where-

in the Contractor shall be required to protect all steelwork before shipment
to prevent damage by white rust to galvanized surfaces. Considering the
stability of the bundles, natural air ventilation shall be ensured e.g. by using
plastic fillers in order to avoid a permanent accumulation of wetness or
moisture.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 49
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

All stencil marks on the outside of casings shall be either of a waterproof

material or protected by shellac or varnish to prevent obliteration in transit.
The use of excelsior as a packing material shall be avoided at all times.

Waterproof paper and felt linings shall overlap at seams at least 13mm and
the seams secured together in an approved manner, but the enclosure shall
be provided with screened openings to obtain ventilation.

Each crate or package shall contain a packing list in a waterproof envelope

and copies in triplicate shall be forwarded to the Employer/ Employers
Representative prior to dispatch. All items of material shall be clearly
marked for easy identification against the packing list.

All cases, packages, etc., shall be clearly marked on the outside to indicate
the total weight, to show where the weight is bearing and the correct posi-
tion of the slings and shall bear an identification mark relating them to the
appropriate shipping documents.

The Employer/ Employers Representative may require inspection and

approval of the packing before the items are dispatched but the Contractor is
to be entirely responsible for ensuring that the packing is suitable for transit
and such inspection shall not exonerate the Contractor from any loss or
damage due to faulty packing.

B1.4.4.7 Quality assurance

B1.4.4.7.1 General
The Contractor shall supply a detailed Quality Assurance Procedure includ-
ing an Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) which shall be submitted to the
Employer for approval. The Contractor shall be responsible for performing
all tests and inspections required during the production of the towers.

The Employer/ Employers Representative is entitled to attend tests and

inspections, and the Contractor shall bear all costs and expenses of tests and
attendance as per price schedules. The Contractor shall give the Employer/
Employers Representative notification in writing, not less than 45 days in
advance, of the date of material testing. Test program shall demonstrate
procedures of test in order to proof the specified technical requirements and
be subject to approval by the Employer prior testing starts. Additional tests
may be called by the Employer/ Employers Representative to ensure that
the required quality is met. The Contractor shall supply all necessary labor,
material, equipment and competent and authorized test personnel. Calibra-
tion of equipment is deemed to be included. Six (6) copies of test reports
and/ or certificates are to be provided showing all results and information
necessary. If the Employer/ Employers Representative waive to attend the
test, it will neither relieve the Contractor of his full liability to meet the

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 50
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

required quality and to complete the works nor prejudice or affect the rights
of the Employer/ Employers Representative set forth under this contract.

The Contractor shall identify all materials, including bolts and nuts used in
the project on the appropriate mill test reports and/or material certificates,
and shall furnish the mill test reports and/or certificates to the Employer/
Employers Representative for approval.

The Contractor shall make dimensional checks of all materials for conformi-
ty to the relevant material standard. The Contractor shall make a visual
inspection of all materials before and after galvanizing. Size of test "lot" and
number of tests shall be in accordance with appropriate standards.

B1.4.4.7.2 Sample testing

In addition to the above inspection and tests, the Contractor is required to
perform the following tests at his own expense on samples selected at
random by and in the presence of the Employer/ Employers Representative
or of his representatives.

a) Physical tests on samples of structural steel sections

The tests to be carried out shall include yield strength, ultimate tensile
strength and percentage elongation. One set of tests shall be carried out
for each 50 tons of steel passing through the fabrication plant.

b) Galvanizing tests on samples of structural steel sections

The tests to be carried out shall include determination of thickness of
zinc coating, adherence of zinc coating and surface appearance. One set
of tests shall be carried out for each 50 tons of steel passing through the
fabrication plant.

c) Mechanical and galvanizing tests on bolts and nuts

Mechanical property and galvanizing tests on samples of bolts and
nuts shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements.

B1.4.4.7.3 Shop assembly

One tower of each type and height, including every combination of body
extensions, shall be assembled in the shop to such an extent as to ensure
proper field erection. The test shall be performed with the Employer/
Employers Representative in attendance. Any member distorted, twisted or
bent due to incorrectness of detailed drawing shall be corrected.
Reaming of mismatched holes will not be permitted. A reasonable amount
of drifting will be allowed in assembling.

Assembly may be vertical or horizontal. If the assembly is horizontal,

blocking and adequate support shall be provided to prevent distortion and
overstressing of members to ensure proper fit. In assembling, only sufficient

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 51
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

number of bolts need be used to hold members in their true position one to
another.

If any errors on the drawings or fabrication are discovered, all incorrect

drawings shall be revised and the corrected part shall be re-fabricated and
re-assembled at the Contractor's expenses. All revised drawings shall be re-
submitted for approval.

B1.4.4.7.4 Routine tests

The Employer/ Employers Representative will inspect as soon as available
at the Contractor's works the first consignment of complete foundation
steelwork and stub setting templates. Thereafter inspection of galvanized
steelwork will be limited to complete structures, with or without foundation
steelwork, the weight of steel to be inspected for each inspection visit has to
be agreed by the Employer/ Employers Representative.

Where additional inspection visits are required to be made due to shortcom-

ings or deficiencies, the cost of travel, subsistence and accommodation of
the Employer will be borne by the Contractor.

B1.4.5 Foundations

B1.4.5.1 General
The Contractor has to choose up-to-date methods and equipment to ensure
that the design and erection of foundations will be in accordance with
relevant internationally recognized standards.

The construction work referred hereto shall be performed in such a manner

that the high standards of quality and function required in detail below are
achieved. Special attention shall be paid not only to the question of basic
design and construction, but also to the aspects which are specific to the
route of the overhead line, its local climate and specific geology.

The works shall be designed and executed with due regard to the need for
inspection, cleaning and repair works, and service for prolonged periods of
operation requiring minimum of inspection, adjustment and repair works.

All materials shall be new and of the best quality, suitable for working
under the climatic conditions without undue distortion or deterioration or
the occurrence of undue stresses in any part, such as to affect stability safety
as well as the efficiency and reliability of the works.

The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for:

the use of the most suitable materials

appropriate design

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 52
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

competent workmanship
full serviceability in unrestricted continuous operation
observance of the technical requirements.

B1.4.5.2 Soil investigations

B1.4.5.2.1 General
The Contractor shall be responsible at his own cost for ascertaining that the
foundations to be employed are suitable for the sub-soils encountered at
each tower and support site at an early stage of the Contract.

Detailed soil investigations shall be carried out by the Contractor along the
line route as a prerequisite for planning of the foundations. The extent of the
investigations shall be such as to permit the satisfactory determination of all
necessary sub-soil characteristics, to exclude any unacceptable settlement
and to determine reliable type, size and execution of foundations. For
classifying the soil, the Contractor shall carry out investigations by test pits
or auger borings and penetration tests at all line angle point locations and
additionally, at sufficient locations between the angle points depending on
the terrain and geology, but not more than 4 km apart. These investigations
have to be completed before the design works start. The soil investigation
report shall also contain details about the soils earthing resistivity.

After the tower locations have been pegged out, each tower location shall be
investigated by penetration test except where soundings have been under-
taken during the initial investigations by the Contractor. Reference is also
made to the General Technical Requirements.

B1.4.5.2.2 Standards
The tests are to be carried out in conformity with international standards
EN, DIN, BS, IEEE or equivalent by a well experienced and reputable
Institute to be named by the Contractor and approved by the Employer/
Employers Representative. Other standards are subject to the approval prior
to the performance of the laboratory tests.

The following standards are important and acceptable but the list is consid-
ered to be incomplete:

BS 1377 Method of test for soil civil engineering

purposes
BS 5930 Code of Practice for site investigation
DIN 4021 Part 1 (1971) Subsoil; exploration by trial pits and
borings as well as sampling; investiga-
tions in soils

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 53
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Part 2 (1976) As above, investigations in rock

Part 3 (1976) As above; investigations of groundwater
DIN 4022 Part 1 (1969) Subsoil and groundwater; designation
and description of soil types and rocky
soil; list of soil courses for testing and
boring without continuous gaining of
core samples
Part 2 (1977) As above; list of soil courses for investi-
gations and boring in rocky soil (circu-
lating as draft)
DIN 4023 (1975) Subsoil and water drilling; graphical
presentation of results
DIN 4094 Part 1 (1974) Subsoil; equipment for dynamic and
static subsoil soundings; dimensions of
apparatus and process
Part 2 (1980) Subsoil; dynamic and static penetrome-
ter; application and evaluation of results
DIN 18196 (1970) Earthworks; soil classification for civil
engineering purposes and methods for
identification of soil groups
IEEE 691 (2001) Guide for Transmission Structure
Foundation Design and Testing

B1.4.5.2.3 Investigations
The geotechnical investigation shall be based on in-situ testing for the
determination of the soil strength and visual tactile examination of disturbed
samples for the determination of soil classification.

In-situ testing shall comply with the following requirements:

granular soil - standard penetration tests (SPTs or DPLs), cone penetra-

tion tests (CPTs), or in presence of large gravel content pressure meter
tests (PMTs).
cohesive soil - as for granular soils except that use of SPTs is subject to
the Employer's approval. Vane shear tests (VSTs) may also be used in
fairly uniform, fully saturated soils.
rock - weak rock SPTs, medium to hard rock PMTs.
rock solid rock drilling.
Penetration sounding equipment shall comply with the relevant standard and
as summarized below:

Main SPT DPL CPT

Characteristic Standard Dynamic Dutch Cone
Of Equipment Penetration Test Probing Light Penetrometer
Applicable ASTM 1586 DIN 4094 BS 5930
standard
Penetration force dynamic dynamic static
Data reading blows/30cm blows/10cm pressure/20cm
Cone diameter 49-51mm 34-36mm 35-36mm
Sectional area hollow 20cm solid 10cm solid 10cm

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 54
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Point angle 40/180 90 60

Drop weight 63-64 kg 9.9-10.1 kg accuracy 5 %
Fall height 74-78cm 49-51cm of reading
Penetration rate 20-40 blows/min. 15-30 blows/min. 1,5-2,5 cm/sec.
Drill rod deviation bend 0,1 % and plumb 2 % of drill rod length

Other then above shown penetration equipment is subject to approval and

provision of the penetrometers characteristic data, correlation charts to one
of the above specified equipment and relation/interpretation to the various
soil engineering properties.

The index parameters for soil classification and its correlation to the speci-
fied engineering properties shall be based on the in-situ test results. The SPT
provide soil samples for classification beside of the penetration resistance
for correlation with the soil properties. These correlations are generally
more reliable for compact granular soil than for soft cohesive soils. The
DPL provides dynamic penetration resistance only which are generally more
reliable for semi-solid to loose fine soils than for hard or very soft soils. The
CPT provides static penetration resistance and local friction only which are
generally more reliable for medium stiff to very soft cohesive soils than for
compact granular soils. Accordingly requires the DPL and CPT test com-
plementary auger borings or test pits for obtaining subsoil samples and its
classification.

For all soil investigation locations, the contractor shall give clear infor-
mation, in addition to boring results for the following local conditions:

surface condition and inclination of the ground in the area of the future
foundations
inclination of cracks and fissures in the rock and their stratification and
judgment about the global stability
relevant inclination of the ground surface in the vicinity of the future
tower foundations if sliding or rock fall hazard is expected
possible flooding or scour (wash out) action possible around foundations
during periods of heavy water flow
data about the maximum groundwater level for all tower sites. Conse-
quently, the investigations shall preferably be undertaken towards the end
of rainy season. Otherwise inquiries and assumptions on the max. subsoil
water level shall be made.

At all soil investigation locations the in-situ testing shall be advanced to the
following limits:

Test pits up to -4 m or reaching rock prior 4 m depth

Auger borings and rock drillings up to -6 m depth
SPT up to -8 m or reaching 30 blows per 30 cm prior 8 m depth
DPL up to -8 m or reaching 60 blows per 10 cm prior 8 m depth
CPT up to -8 m or reaching 8 MN/m per 20 cm prior 8 m depth
In soft, very loose soil up to -12m -15m to advance penetration

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 55
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Every test pit or auger boring or SPT sampling at -1m, -3m, -5m (for test
pits -4m) depth to take each one disturbed soil sample.

In-situ measurements of soil resistivity shall be undertaken preferably in

accordance with the Wenner method (ASTM G57-78). Four electrodes are
to be set out at straight line in intervals of 10 to 20 m apart and driven 0,5 to
1,0 m into the ground maintaining a ratio depth to distance of 1/20.
A portable Megger Earth Tester or a similar four terminal type instrument
shall be applied for measuring the in-situ resistance evaluating the corre-
sponding soil resistivity.

The Contractor shall order Laboratory Tests to determine the necessary soil
mechanic parameters for the foundation design of towers. The index proper-
ties to be determined and observations to be provided are:

Cohesive soil Granular soil Rock

State of consistency Degree of compactness Degree of hardness

Atterberg limits Grain size Metamorphic grade
Unit weight Unit weight Weathering state
Water content Saturation degree Rock defects
CPT/DPL resistance SPT/DPL resistance RQD core recovery
Subsoil description, texture and stratigraphic sequence
Ground water and flood water level
2
Aggressiveness of ground water and subsoil (SO 4 , Mg, pH)
Position and depth of pit, borehole, sounding and samples taken
Electrical ground resistance (conductivity of in-situ soil)

The Contractor shall name a professional soil mechanics expert and founda-
tion engineering expert. The expert shall supervise the boring works.

B1.4.5.2.4 Procedures

a) Execution of Borings
For the drilling in non-cohesive soil, the Contractor shall supply a bore
equipment with a diameter of at least 150mm. The equipment shall allow
the additional execution of Standard Penetration Test (SPT) and disturbed
sampling for instance by using piston samplers. During boring, in case hard
rock is encountered, it shall be continued with rock drilling to establish
continuity of rock strata.

For drilling work in hard rocky soils a double tube core barrel of between
7,5 cm to 12,5 cm inside diameter shall be used exclusively, provided that
this kind of boring can be continued to the final bottom of the bore hole in
question. Depending on the rock quality a core sample recovery rate of
90 % should be achieved.

Beyond this, the Contractor may choose for his own convenience the type of
equipment and accessories to be used at each individual bore hole and
depth, provided that in the Employers/ Employers Representatives
opinion the equipment chosen is suitable for the drilling. The Contractor
may also choose the initial and intermediate diameters of each bore hole for
5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 56
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

his own convenience, provided that he will secure the before mentioned
minimum acceptable size of core.

Adequate casing has to be used to ensure the stability of the bore hole. The
Contractor will not be entitled to any compensation or additional payment
for casing.

b) Sampling
Undisturbed samples if required shall be of 100mm diameter and 450mm
length. Samples shall be collected in such a manner that the structure of the
soil and its moisture content are not changed.

Disturbed soil samples shall be collected in bore holes and test pits at
regular intervals. Jar samples weighing approximately 1kg shall be collected
in bore holes and test pits and SPT at 1m intervals starting from a depth of
1m below ground level and at every identifiable change of strata to supple-
ment the boring records.

c) Bore Logs
Detailed bore logs/field books must be kept for all borings. They shall
include all pertinent data and results and all observations, measurements or
tests as may be directed by the Employer/ Employers Representative.

B1.4.5.2.5 Report
Field reports have to be handed over to the Employer/ Employers Repre-
sentative at site including bore-logs protocols with all pertinent data, SPT,
DPL, CPT sounding diagrams, ground water locations, core drilling dia-
grams, test pit logs as well as readings within the agreed time after comple-
tion of the corresponding work.

Weekly Progress Reports on approved forms shall be submitted to the

Employer/ Employers Representative at Site.

On completion of all field laboratory work, the Contractor shall submit to

the Employer/ Employers Representative a Geotechnical Investigation
report containing the equipments technical data and method applied during
the investigation, field test results, photos, laboratory observations and test
results both in tabular and graphical form, practical and theoretical consid-
erations for the interpretation of the test results, supporting calculations for
the conclusions drawn etc. The report shall contain theoretical as well as
practical considerations for the design and construction of the foundations
for different types of structures and any proposals which the Contractor may
consider necessary to make with regard to the parameters and dimensions
for the design of standard foundations and of special foundations. The report
shall contain sufficient information regarding the conductivity of soils
necessary for the design of earthing system. The report has to be signed by
the named geotechnical expert.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 57
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

The Contractors qualified geotechnical engineer shall visit the Employers/

Employers Representatives office for a detailed discussion on the draft
report. During the discussions, it shall be decided on the amendments that
need to be made in the draft report.
Thereafter, the Contractor shall incorporate in the report the agreed modifi-
cations, and after the Employer/ Employers Representative approves the
report, the Contractor shall submit ten (10) copies of the final report along
with a reproducible set of all tables, graphs, etc.

The Contractor shall prepare a schedule for construction purposes, which

clearly indicates the type of foundations to be installed at each site and
records of the soil investigation data on which the choice has been made. A
field test procedure (hand test method) shall be established and included in
the report about assessment and classification of actual soil conditions once
the foundation excavation is open to verify compliance with the defined
foundation design parameter. The Schedule will be subject to the approval
of the Employer/ Employers Representative prior to commencement of
foundation construction.

B1.4.5.3 Foundation design

B1.4.5.3.1 General
The foundations shall be designed by the Contractor on the basis of accept-
ed codes of practice, the relevant literature or methods which have been
used with satisfactory practical experience by the Contractor, and agreed by
the Employer/ Employers Representative. General the design approach
shall follow the recommendations of EN 1997-1-1 (Geotechnical Design,
Part1: General Rules), EN 1992-1-1 and EN 1992-3 (Design of Concrete
Structures, Part3: Concrete Foundations). But also other accepted standards
may be applied like EN 50341-3-4 (German National Normative Aspects),
clause 8 or BS 8004 and BS 8110.
An overview on foundation design practice and most common tower footing
types used in practice are presented in CIGRE Recommendation 206 of
August 2002.

All foundations shall be designed to withstand uplift, settlement and over-

turning (as appropriate) when subjected to the applied system loading.
Allowances shall be made in the foundation design for hydrostatic pressure
where this may occur and the effects of seasonal rains, drying out or other
cyclic loading.

During design of towers, the tower reactions on the foundation shall be

calculated considering appropriate maximum simultaneous loading on the
towers. Foundation design loads will be calculated on the basis of the
maximum axial and horizontal tower reactions. Maximum foundation shear
force from any load combination for the download leg will be assumed to
act simultaneously with the maximum foundation compression force.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 58
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Similarly, maximum foundation shear force from any load combination for
the uplift leg will be assumed to act simultaneously with the maximum
foundation uplift force. If a limit state method is used the obtained tower
reactions forces shall include the partial safety factors for the loads and the
resultant reactions shall be used for foundation design. The partial safety
factors for material and soil are given in the Technical Schedules.

Foundation type design shall be economized by applying the max. founda-

tion load obtained from the structural analysis of max. tower body and leg
extension of the individual tower types allocated to the different soil classes
of foundation design i.e. only one foundation design per tower type and soil
class. Further simplification might be achieved by cross-grouping to estab-
lish the same dimension, for example a good soil light angle tower with that
of a poor soil heavy suspension tower.

Out of all the load cases the maximum tower footing reaction forces shall be
applied for designing the foundations taking into account possible liquefac-
tion effects of loose fine uniform graded sands in ground water. Transition
zones of variable ground water table shall be assumed of being completely
submerged.

The Contractor will be responsible for the suitability of the foundation types
applied for the existing underground conditions. Any information given in
these technical requirements in relation to the foundation design is for
bidding purpose only. For the final foundation design the Contractor has to
perform the required soil investigations and has to base his design calcula-
tions on the detailed information obtained. The Contractor is requested to
quote firm unit rates for the different types of foundations and towers as set
out in the Price Schedules. These unit rates will be considered as flat rates
covering all foundation costs for any type of soil encountered along the line
and no adjustment of the rates will be permitted.

B1.4.5.3.2 Soil classification

The geotechnical parameters for bidding purposes are provided below. The
Contractor shall however perform the geotechnical investigation during
execution of the Contract at each location as specified in this bidding
document in order to confirm the specified values and correlations or justify
its changes.
Index parameter changes and its correlation to the engineering properties is
subject to foundation loading tests to destruction and approval by the
Employer/Employers Representative. No extra payment will be made if the
actual soil condition is found to be worse than the soil parameter and
excavation condition shown in the table below and outlined in these tech-
nical requirements.

The requirements for in-situ soil assessment corresponding to the defined

soil classes below are outlined in the General Technical Requirements of
section Work Included under paragraph Checking of Soil Conditions in
table Soil Assessment by Field Test Method.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 59
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Soil Index Engineering Excavation Foundation

Class Properties Properties Condition Type

1 very strong compact rock mass 90 % rocky, rock anchor

Hard Rock strong bearing pressure rock mass 6 m,
tough perm. 1000 kN/m top layer rock debris,
sound ult. 2000 kN/m drilling
homogenous uplift capacity pneumatic hammer
durable shear friction chiseling
no penetration resistance restricted blasting
advance ult. 200 kN/m
RQD > 0.6 and comp. backfill 18
uniaxial strength > 5 KN/m
MN/m rock density 25 kN/m
2 weak fractured rock 50 % blocks 1.0 m reduced
Soft Rock medium tough large boulders and boulders 0.2 m, reinforced concrete
very weak very hard and rock debris, pad and chimney
fractured cemented soil pickaxe with undercut
fissured bearing pressure chiseling
weathered perm. 500 kN/m pneumatic hammer
SPT > 50 N/30 ult. 1000 kN/m restricted blasting
DPL > 100 N/10 uplift capacity
CPT > 10 MN/m ult. frustum angle 30
RQD < 0.5 comp. backfill 18 kN/m
3 compact granular and < 50 % blocks< 1.0 m and reduced
Good Soil very dense cohesive soil cobbles < 0.2 m, reinforced concrete
medium dense rel. density Dr 0.5 rock debris, pad and chimney
hard consistency lc 1.0 gravel and sand, with undercut
very stiff bearing pressure silt and clay,
semi solid perm. 250 kN/m water below
SPT 18 5 N/30 ult. 400 kN/m foundation bottom,
DPL 30 10 N/10 uplift capacity pick
CPT 5 1 MN/m ult. frustum angle 20 spade
comp. backfill 16 kN/m auger
excavator core part only
4 loose granular and occasional boulders, standard
Poor Soil firm cohesive soil rock debris, reinforced concrete
No Water stiff rel. density Dr 0.4 gravel and sand, pad and chimney
SPT 10 3 N/30 consistency lc 0.8 silt and clay, no undercut
DPL 15 5 N/10 bearing pressure water below
CPT 3.0 0.7 MN/m perm. 150 kN/m foundation bottom,
ult. 250 kN/m formwork at pad,
uplift capacity strutting of excavation,
ult. frustum angle 10 spade
comp. backfill 16 kN/m shovel
excavator
5 very loose granular and occasional boulders, extended
Poor Soil medium firm cohesive soil gravel and sand, reinforced concrete
With Water soft rel. density Dr 0.3 silt and clay, pad and chimney
subsoil water consistency lc 0.6 water above or bore piles
SPT 5 2 N/30 bearing pressure foundation bottom, if required
DPL 8 3 N/10 perm. 100 kN/m water pumping, with tie beams
CPT 1.5 0.5 MN/m ult. 150 kN/m formwork at pad,
uplift capacity strutting of excavation,
ult. frustum angle 5 shovel
comp. backfill 10 kN/m excavator
6 extremely loose granular and gravel and sand, reinforced concrete
Very very soft cohesive soil silt and clay, raft foundation
Poor Soil subsoil water rel. density Dr 0.2 pit and organic soil, or steel mortar
With Water SPT 2 1 N/30 consistency Ic 0.5 water above composite piles
DPL 3 2 N/10 bearing pressure foundation bottom, or precast piles
CPT 0.5 0.3 MN/m perm. 50 kN/m water pumping, if required
ult. 80 kN/m formwork at pad, with tie beams for
uplift capacity strutting of excavation, spread footings
ult. frustum angle 0 shovel
comp. backfill 10 kN/m excavator

The specified range of penetration counts respective cone bearing value

obtained from the different penetration tests varies in relation to the soil
composition and variability of soil deposits. The above shown mean value is
for mixed soil types having a wide scatter whereas the ( + ) range is rather
for cohesive fine soils and the ( - ) range for granular coarse (non-cohesive)

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 60
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

soils. The equipments characteristic data and its reliability of results are
outlined in the previous section of Soil Investigation.
Hard rock is defined to consist of hard material (mineral composition) of
high geological age, which is only slightly weathered. It can contain joints
and fissures but shall attain an uniaxial compressive strength > 5 MN/m as
well as an RQD > 0.6 at the same time (Rock Quality Designation > 60 %,
i.e. the total length of recovered core consisting of pieces of at least 10 cm
length shall be more than 60 % of the drill run length).

Further engineering properties such as density weight of compacted backfill,

submerged soil and frustum angle of inverted earth cone allocated to the
individual soil classes are also specified in the Technical Schedules.

B1.4.5.3.3 Foundation types

Corresponding to the defined soil classes the following foundation types
shall be designed:

A Rock anchor foundations comprise of rock anchors and a

reinforced concrete block of at least 1.5m depth directly cast
against rock for soil class 1. The length of the anchor bolts or
anchor profiles shall be calculated with the consideration of the
following mechanical characteristics:

the bearing capacity of the anchoring bolts or profiles

the rupture of the adhesive power between the steel anchor
and grouting material
the rupture of the adhesive power between the grout and rock
the failure-rupture of the rock due to shear forces.
In all cases the length of anchors shall be at least 1,2 m or 50
x d (d the diameter of the anchor bars.)

C Pad and chimney foundations comprise of a reinforced

concrete base mat with a secondary upper pad and a square
or round pier (chimney) of depth T 2,0m depth for soil
classes 3,4 and 5. The following dimensional ratio shall be
maintained: width B/depth T between 0,5 to 1,0

D Raft foundation comprise of a reinforced concrete pad

interconnecting the 4 tower footings as a slab at shallow depth of
T 1,5m depth for soil class 6

E Pile foundations comprise of a group of piles or special piles

(micro piles, etc.) interconnected by a reinforced pile cap per
tower leg for soil class 6.

Foundation types A, C and E are spread footing foundations. In case of

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 61
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

narrow base tower, sufficient spacing between the individual foundation

edges shall be maintained avoiding excessive superposition of spreaded
stress in the adjacent soil.

Foundation type D is a raft foundation extending over the 4 tower

footings. Integrated concrete beams onto the slab intersecting at the 4
tower stubs may increase rigidity of the raft.

The pad, raft and slab thickness shall be d 0,1 times the foundation
base width (d 0,1B) but not smaller than the minimum thickness of
d 0,3 m by vertical edge and of d 0,4 m by undercut edge.

The spacing between piles within one group of foundation type E must
be sufficiently large, so that no damaging or displacing should occur.
Driven piles orientated in the same direction shall have a minimum axis
distance of e = 3 times max. a (where max. a = maximum side dimension
or diameter or pile). The clear distance should, however, be not less than
1.0 m, for driven piles. For bored piles the above is only valid inside the
bearing horizon.

The work includes all work for the execution of piles as well as the work
required for test piles, pile load tests and working piles (including logs
and reports). The pile bearing capacity and settlement behavior shall be
checked by quality control tests (preferably by pulling tests):

up to 10 piles 1 test
up to 30 piles 2 tests
more than 30 piles 1 more test for every further 30 piles

Undercut and underream are unreinforced concrete base enlargements at

the foundation bottom casted directly to the excavation sides. The pyram-
idal shaped projection shall be 0,2 m and maintaining a height 2
times the projection width (2:1).

Individual tower footing at different depths shall be based beyond a load

spread angle of 60 form the vertical commencing from the higher locat-
ed foundation bottom edge.

Reinforced concrete tie beams are connecting the 4 foundation chimneys

at shallow depth below ground level for evenly distributing horizontal
footing forces, e.g. spread footing foundations in steep terrain or by long
span tower foundations or chimney extension.

Foundation with water (GW level above foundation bottom) might be

subject to seasonal variation of flooding level and ground water table.
The effect of buoyancy for the uplift resistance and its affect on the ge-
otechnical parameters shall be taken into account for the foundation de-
sign assuming the water level raises to the surface.

Provision in the different foundation type design shall be made as follow:

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 62
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Chimney extension above ground to lift the steel structure (by 0,5 m
and 1,0 m) when the flood level exceeds 0,2 m above terrain around
the tower location

Chimney extension below ground to increase the foundation depth (by

0,5 m and 1,0 m) when the terrain slope exceeds 1:4 within a radius of
0,5 B + 1,5T (B foundation base, T foundation depth) around the
tower footing

Connection (tie) beams below ground when the tower span exceeds
500m and/or the terrain slope of tower location exceeds 1:2

Minimum lateral soil zone shall extend two times the depth (2T)
horizontally from the outer most foundation edge to steep embank-
ments or cliffs. If the adjacent area to the footings is prone to erosion
or slope instability or have insufficient clearance, protective measures
shall be put in place such as installation of stone gabions or retaining
walls or shifting the tower location.

The cost for the specified secondary upper pad and edge undercut shall be
included in the unit price of the respective foundation class.

No pre-cast elements are accepted, except pre-cast concrete piles.

Grillage foundations shall explicitly not be applied in this project due to the
partly aggressive soil conditions and the large foundation uplift loads which
cannot be transferred safely and economically into the subsoil.

As a result of the soil investigation undertaken by the Contractor at the

tower locations, it might be necessary to use different types of foundations
as those described in this section. No claims will be accepted for the neces-
sary other type of foundations.
The Contractor shall ascertain from the geotechnical investigation that the
ground conditions are suitable for each foundation.

The type of foundations specified above and shown in the attached drawings
are for tender purpose and may be altered for construction by the Contractor
subject to correlation results obtained from ultimate load foundation tests. It
can be select also other type and alternative solutions for the foundations
which are considered more economical or more adequate for the effective
soil and topographical conditions of the OHL.

The different - alternative - solutions proposed by the Contractor must

guarantee the following conditions and criteria:

no extra cost for changes compared to the agreed contract unit price of
the respective soil class
identical or higher safety in all aspects for the proposed foundation
type(s)

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 63
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

maintaining minimum foundation structure dimensions as shown above

the experience of the Contractor with similar foundations of the new
proposal executed in the same conditions for 400kV/330kV Transmission
Lines
availability and applicability of his equipment for the execution of
foundations in the difficult project area.
testing methods for the alternative proposal.

The Contractor shall submit to the Employer/ Employers Representative

the calculation of each typical foundation type with clear information about
the:

maximum compression and uplift as well as horizontal loads without

safety factors or what safety factor is included.
the stability of the foundations with respect to uplift, compression and
horizontal loading calculated according to the safety factors. The effec-
tive pressure of the soil shall not exceed the limits calculated by the Con-
tractor on the basis of the data of the soil investigation report.

All relevant calculations and checks are to be established with the following
as minimum:

permissible or ultimate soil pressure, effective pile load, effective

anchoring,
settlements (compatibility with structure above to be proved)
sliding
shear failure (including slope stability if applicable)
uplift safety
permissible concrete/ steel stresses
protection against aggressive soil conditions by appropriate measures.

All foundations on slopes greater than 1:4 shall be checked for stability
against rotation where appropriate. Due consideration shall be given to the
increased uphill lateral loading of the soil and the decrease in downhill
resistance provided by the soil, when compared to foundations installed on
level ground. Due consideration shall also be taken of any decrease in the
uplift resistance of the foundation. Where appropriate decrease in soil
bearing resistance shall also be considered.

The calculations are subject to the approval of the Employer/ Employers

Representative.

A selection of the foundation type shall be made for each tower to suit its
particular site conditions, and the final tower list prepared there-from. The
tower foundation list shall be submitted for approval to the Employer/
Employers Representative. The decision of the Employer/ Employers
Representative which type of foundation shall be employed at a given
location shall then be final without change of Contract Price.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 64
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

B1.4.5.3.4 Design principles

General
Unless otherwise directed (e.g. for raft) all tower foundations shall be
designed as individual leg foundations, four foundations per tower.

Unless specified to the contrary, foundations for angle/terminal towers shall

not have different designs for compression and tension footings, but shall be
satisfactory for the most adverse condition of maximum and minimum
angles of deviation/entry and with the wind blowing from the most onerous
direction.

Only one foundation type applying the maximum loads resulting from the
maximum body (+8/+12/+16 m), leg (+3 m) and cap (+1 m) extension shall
be designed for each soil class and tower type.

For the resistance to uplift loads, the concrete foundation shall be assumed
to mobilize the frustum of an inverted earth cone having an angle of not
more than 35 to the vertical from the foundation base. The net weight of
the soil shall be taken as specified or when confirmed from the soil investi-
gation report. Alternative methods of design can be adopted, subject to
approval of the Employer/ Employers Representative.

The utilization of standard concrete (mixed in-situ, quality not higher than
C20/25 according to EN 206-1) is preferable since higher concrete classes
often fail to reach the specified design strength under power line site
conditions.

In the calculations and drawings, the Contractor has to state clearly whether
the calculations for pad & chimney foundations are made for "undercut
conditions" and pouring the concrete directly against the soil surface or for
"no undercut conditions" and pouring the concrete inside formwork.

Design method
The design philosophy shall principally be based on the limit state concept
applied in conjunction with the partial factor method. The concept of
differentiated partial material factors of foundation structure and foundation
geotechnic shall be applied as recommended by EN 50341-1.

Strength factors
Based on the recommended failure sequence of structure components, the
following structure partial factors (M) for material strength are to be applied
for the foundation design:

reinforcing steel for concrete foundations factor 1.20

foundation in-situ cast concrete structure factor 1.50
soil property at suspension towers factor 1.90
soil property at angle towers factor 2.15

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 65
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

The foundation structures of the individual soil classes shall be designed to

a rigid degree as to limit residual foundation displacement under operational
conditions when mobilizing max. soil resistance. The allowable foundation
differential deflection of spread footings vertically and horizontally under
working load shall not exceed the following range:

5 to 7 mm at ratio hw 8 to 6 at double , triple lattice (rather cohesive soil )

8 to 12 mm at ratio hw 5 to 3 at K, lozenge bracing (rather granular soil )
hw being the ratio of tower height to base width.

Foundations for different ground conditions

Where special ground conditions exist, which do not allow any of the above
types in an original or modified form, special types of foundation have to be
proposed, and - after Employer/ Employers Representative approval - to be
used.

Stubs
Stubs for tower body and leg extensions shall be of the same design as that
for a standard height tower. Only one design of stub shall be permitted for
each type of tower, and shall not be bent or cranked.

The thickness of the stub legs shall not be less than the corresponding tower
leg member.

In addition to stubs of normal length, short stubs may be used, provided that
provision is made for the attachment of bolted cleats.

Cleats shall be capable of transferring 100 % of the design uplift and

compression load by shearing, bonding and compressive resistance.

Chimney
Reinforced concrete chimneys shall be designed to withstand the maximum
resultant horizontal residual shear component, with due allowance given
where appropriate to resultant lateral (passive) earth pressure of the backfill
(assumed to increase linearly with depth).

No allowance shall be made of the nominal strength of concrete in tension

and the stub shall not be considered as providing any part of the tensile area
of reinforcing bars.

To eliminate the need of muff concrete, the lowest bracing leg connection
shall not be less than 400 mm above nominal ground level.

The top of chimney of tower foundation shall be at least 300 mm above

nominal ground level.

Foundations for lattice steel tower legs with high hillside shear force, due to
certain combinations of unequal leg extensions may however differ from
those designed for level ground by the addition of extra reinforcement in the
chimney, and/or tie beams connecting the individual legs.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 66
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Stub and Chimney Extension

In addition to the universal legs extension, stub and chimney (concrete)
extension shall be provided with a minimum length of 1.5 m in order to
have an optimized adjustment to the ground in hilly areas (0,5 m intervals of
either above or below ground level).

Caps
All concrete foundations shall be sloped off around the steel leg section and
smoothly finished to ensure water drainage away from the tower steel. The
foundation cap shall be monolithically casted having optimal bond with the
chimney part of the foundation. No concreting shall be commenced in any
portion of the work until the designed portion has been approved by the
Employer/ Employers Representative.

Concrete Cover
All structural steelwork and reinforcing including links and stirrups below
ground level shall be completely encased in concrete to ensure a minimum
cover of 50 mm. Such cover shall exist from the point of entry into the
concrete base to either 300 mm above final ground level, or to the top of the
concrete leg extension.

B1.4.5.4 Foundation tests

General
The Employer/ Employers Representative is entitled to attend tests and
inspections, and the Contractor shall bear all costs and expenses of tests and
attendance as per price schedules. The Contractor shall give the Employer/
Employers Representative notification in writing, not less than 45 days in
advance, of the date of material testing. Test program shall demonstrate
procedures of test in order to proof the specified technical requirements and
be subject to approval by the Employer prior testing starts. Additional tests
may be called by the Employer/ Employers Representative to ensure that
the required quality is met. The Contractor shall supply all necessary labor,
material, equipment and competent and authorized test personnel. Calibra-
tion of equipment is deemed to be included. Six (6) copies of test reports
and/ or certificates are to be provided showing all results and information
necessary. If the Employer/ Employers Representative waive to attend the
test, it will neither relieve the Contractor of his full liability to meet the
required quality and to complete the works nor prejudice or affect the rights
of the Employer/ Employers Representative set forth under this contract.

Routine tests on foundation material

The Contractor shall obtain from material suppliers Certificates of Test,
proof sheets, mill sheets, etc., required by the relevant applicable standard,
showing that the materials have been manufactured in accordance with the
requirements of this technical specification. But the production of the
manufacturer's certificates of test as aforesaid shall affect the liberty of the
Employer/ Employers Representative to reject after delivery, materials
found not to be suitable, or not in accordance with this requirements.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 67
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Additionally, reinforcing steel shall be tested as per EN 10080 in presence

of the Employer/ Employers Representative. The costs for these tests are
deemed to be included in the contract price.

Routine tests on foundations

Routine tests on construction works and foundations (1.2 times working
load) shall be carried out or caused to be carried out by the Contractor
without extra cost. The Contractor shall incorporate the necessary samples
and specimen testing and the provision of equipment for all tests without
extra payment. The results of the tests shall be notified immediately to the
Employer/ Employers Representative in writing.

No work may be back-filled or otherwise covered without an instruction

from the Employer/ Employers Representative, respectively without being
tested or checked.

Where materials or workmanship are rejected by the Employer/ Employers

Representative the objected part must be immediately removed from the site
at the Contractor's cost.

Proof tests on foundation

The Contractor shall carry out successful foundation load tests up to design
ultimate load or destruction ( 1.3 times ultimate design load ) in order to
prove the suitability of the foundation selected with particular type of soil.
The Contractor may be required to carry out uplift tests on concrete block
foundations within the line easement and at positions decided by the Em-
ployer/ Employers Representative for the particular foundation types
specified. The contractor will cast a separate single leg foundation to the
appropriate design and subject the leg to an uplift test. The Contractor shall
provide all labor materials, equipment and apparatus for performing the load
tests. The tests shall not be started until 14 days after pouring concrete.

The tests shall be carried out and the results shall be submitted in a format in
accordance to IEC 61773 and Cigre Brochure No. 81.

The particular rates entered in the Price Schedules shall include the excava-
tion, pouring concrete and backfill for the foundation, the test operation, the
supply and removal of the testing equipment and any ancillary works which
are necessary for the test to be carried out. The Contractor should also
include in his testing rates the cost of breaking out the concrete and cutting
off the stub to a depth of not less than 700 mm below ground level after the
test has been concluded.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 68
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

B1.4.6 Conductor, Earthwire and ISWER

B1.4.6.1 Phase conductor

B1.4.6.1.1 Design
The Contractor shall carry out all works in skilled manner in compliance
with modern methods of engineering. In addition, the Contractor shall
conform to all applicable regulations regarding the manufacture and deliv-
ery of the goods and shall follow all instructions issued by the Employer/
Employers Representative.

The conductor to be supplied shall be twin bundle of aluminum conductor

steel reinforced (ACSR) of type BLUEJAY as per ASTM B232. The
distance between the sub-conductors of the bundle shall be 450mm.

Basic Standards
for the complete conductors ASTM B232
for the component wires
aluminum wires EN 60889
steel wires EN 50189
grease EN 50326
for conductor creep IEC 61395

If the Contractor wishes to base his bid on standards or codes other than
those specified e.g. such authoritative standards appropriate to the country
of manufacture, he may do so provided that he submits with his bid com-
plete data about the standards or codes applied and confirms in his bid that
such standards or codes meet, as a minimum, the requirements of the
designated standards. The Contractor shall submit with and as a part of his
bid a tabulated list of the differences between the standards or codes applied
and those designated herein.

Alternative standards or codes are subject to approval by the Employer/

Employers Representative.

The conductors shall be suitable for service in the specific climate with the
main characteristics as specified in the Technical Schedules. The conductors
shall be of design and construction as to ensure long service with high
economy and low maintenance costs. They shall be suitable in every respect
for continuous operation at nominal parameters as well as in transient
operating conditions.

All materials used under this contract shall be of the best quality and
workmanship shall be of the highest class throughout with the designs and
dimensions of all parts such that the stresses to which the conductors are

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 69
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

subjected shall not render them liable to distortion or damage under the
most severe conditions encountered during installation as well as in service.
Special attention shall be paid to the conductor stranding process to ensure
the necessary tightness between different layers in order to avoid slippage or
relative movement of strands or cage formation during stringing.

The conductor shall be manufactured according to the requirements of EN

50182 (tolerances of diameter, stranding, joints/ welds). When the wire
breaks during stranding, the weld shall be marked by a band of red paint
each side of the weld on the finished conductor. In addition, the outside of
the drum shall be marked with a letter "W". Drum number and notice of
existence of the weld is to be communicated to the Employer/ Employers
Representative by letter before delivery of the goods.

In the event of any machinery used for conductor manufacture being used
for materials, other than aluminum, galvanized or aluminum clad steel, the
manufacturers shall furnish the Employer with a certificate stating that the
machinery has been thoroughly cleaned before use on aluminum, aluminum
alloy, galvanized or aluminum clad steel wire and that the conductor is free
from contamination.

The main design data and performances of the conductors are to be entered
by the bidders in the Technical Schedules and become part of the Contract.
All these data shall be proven by means of calculations and tests as speci-
fied. If the guaranteed values are not achieved, the Employer/ Employers
Representative may reject the said part of the goods at the Contractor's
expense. The Contractor shall submit certificates of analysis giving the
percentage and nature of aluminum impurities. The copper content shall not
exceed 0.04 %. If the electrical resistance per kilometer of conductor on any
drum exceeds the guaranteed resistance, the Employer/ Employers Repre-
sentative may then reject any drum found faulty in this respect.

B1.4.6.1.2 Sag and tension requirements

The conductor shall be strung with consideration of the following maximum
tension/ stress criteria:

every day tension condition:

At the yearly average temperature (25C), with no wind, the final
horizontal tension/ stress shall not exceed 18 % of the calculated
breaking load/ stress or of the minimum guaranteed breaking load/ stress
indicated by the manufacturer.

maximum load condition:

At the minimum temperature (10C) with maximum design wind load,
the final horizontal tension/stress shall not exceed 50 % of the calculated
breaking load/stress or of the minimum guaranteed breaking load/stress
indicated by the manufacturer.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 70
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

The conductor shall have, within the adopted limit state design method, the
following partial safety factors:

partial safety factor for actions F: 1.30

partial material safety factor M: 1.55

This is equivalent to a limitation to 50 % of the breaking load within the

classical global safety factor method.

The Bidder shall supply for the conductor stringing data (initial and final)
calculated for different line spans in a chart or tabular form, sag and ten-
sions for the temperatures between 10 - 85 C.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 71
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

B1.4.6.2 Earthwire or ISWER (ACSR)

B1.4.6.2.1 Design
The 400 kV OHTL line will be equipped with two (2) earthwires. Both
earthwires are to be implemented either as normal earthwires (one a classi-
cal ACSR conductor, the other one a similar OPGW) or as Insulated Shield
Wire Earth Return (ISWER - one a classical ACSR conductor, the other one
a OPtical Phase Conductor (OPPC)) in Lot 3.

For the classical non-insulated earthwire, the ACSR 97-AL1/56-ST1A type

according to EN 50182 shall be applied, for the 36kV insulated one
(ISWER) the ACSR 184-AL/30-ST1A type according to EN 50182 shall be
applied.

Basic Standards
for the complete conductors EN 50182
for the component wires
aluminum wires EN 60889
steel wires EN 50189
grease EN 50326
for conductor creep IEC 61395

If the Contractor wishes to base his bid on standards or codes other than
those specified e.g. such authoritative standards appropriate to the country
of manufacture, he may do so provided that he submits with his bid com-
plete data about the standards or codes applied and confirms in his bid that
such standards or codes meet, as a minimum, the requirements of the
designated standards. The Contractor shall submit with and as a part of his
bid a tabulated list of the differences between the standards or codes applied
and those designated herein.

Alternative standards or codes are subject to approval by the Employer/

Employers Representative.

The conductors shall be suitable for service in the specific climate with the
main characteristics as specified in the Technical Schedules. The conductors
shall be of design and construction as to ensure long service with high
economy and low maintenance costs. They shall be suitable in every respect
for continuous operation at nominal parameters as well as in transient
operating conditions.

All materials used under this contract shall be of the best quality and
workmanship shall be of the highest class throughout with the designs and
dimensions of all parts such that the stresses to which the conductors are
subjected shall not render them liable to distortion or damage under the
most severe conditions encountered during installation as well as in service.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 72
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Special attention shall be paid to the conductor stranding process to ensure

the necessary tightness between different layers in order to avoid slippage or
relative movement of strands or cage formation during stringing.

The conductor shall be manufactured according to the requirements of EN

50182 (tolerances of diameter, stranding, joints/ welds). When the wire
breaks during stranding, the weld shall be marked by a band of red paint
each side of the weld on the finished conductor. In addition, the outside of
the drum shall be marked with a letter "W". Drum number and notice of
existence of the weld is to be communicated to the Employer/ Employers
Representative by letter before delivery of the goods.

In the event of any machinery used for conductor manufacture being used
for materials, other than aluminum, galvanized or aluminum clad steel, the
manufacturers shall furnish the Employer with a certificate stating that the
machinery has been thoroughly cleaned before use on aluminum, aluminum
alloy, galvanized or aluminum clad steel wire and that the conductor is free
from contamination.

The main design data and performances of the conductors are to be entered
by the bidders in the Technical Schedules and become part of the Contract..
All these data shall be proven by means of calculations and tests as speci-
fied. If the guaranteed values are not achieved, the Employer/ Employers
Representative may reject the said part of the goods at the Contractor's
expense. The Contractor shall submit certificates of analysis giving the
percentage and nature of aluminum impurities. The copper content shall not
exceed 0.04 %. If the electrical resistance per kilometer of conductor on any
drum exceeds the guaranteed resistance, the Employer/ Employers Repre-
sentative may then reject any drum found faulty in this respect.

The earthwire/ ISWER will also be installed to protect the line against
lightning strikes and shall withstand the specified fault current without
suffering damage. It shall have the characteristics shown in the Technical
Schedule.

B1.4.6.2.2 Sag and tension requirements

The earthwire/ ISWER (normal ACSR) shall be strung with consideration of
the following maximum tension/ stress criteria:

every day condition:

At the yearly average temperature (25C), with no wind, the final hori-
zontal tension/ stress shall not exceed 18 % of the calculated breaking
load/ stress or of the minimum guaranteed breaking load/ stress indicated
by the manufacturer.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 73
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

maximum load condition:

At the minimum temperature (10C) with maximum design wind load,
the final horizontal tension/stress shall not exceed 50 % of the calculated
breaking load/stress of the minimum guaranteed breaking load/stress
indicated by the manufacturer.

Line sections equipped with warning spheres on the earthwire / ISWER, the
nominal tension in the earthwire / ISWER and conductor as well as the
actual spans might be reduced as to offset the additional load imposed by
the warning balls achieving similar differential load conditions at the angle
towers compared to sections without warning spheres.

The earthwire / ISWER shall have, within the adopted limit state design
method, the following partial safety factors:

partial safety factor for actions F: 1.30

partial material safety factor M: 1.55

This is equivalent to a limitation to 50 % of the breaking load within the

classical global safety factor method.

The earthwire / ISWER (normal ACSR) shall be suitable for stringing on

spans up to 950 m in length, with sags coordinated to those of the conductor.
The following sag condition has to be observed:

For the nominal span under every day condition, the final earthwire /
ISWER (normal ACSR) sag shall not exceed 95 % of the phase conductors
sag.

The Contractor shall supply for the earthwire / ISWER (normal ACSR)
stringing data (initial and final) calculated for different line spans in a chart
or tabular form, sag and tensions for the temperatures between 10 to 85 C.

B1.4.6.3 OPGW or ISWER (OPPC)

B1.4.6.3.1 Design of conductor

The 400 kV OHTL line will be equipped with two (2) earthwires. Both
earthwires are to be implemented either as normal earthwires (one a classi-
cal ACSR conductor, the other one a similar OPGW) or as Insulated Shield
Wire Earth Return (ISWER - one a classical ACSR conductor, the other one
a Optical Phase Conductor (OPPC)) in Lot 3.

For the non-insulated OPGW, a design similar to a ACSR 97-AL1/56-

A20SA type according to EN 50182 shall be applied. For the 36kV insulat-
ed OPPC (ISWER), the design shall be similar to a ACSR 184-AL/30-
A20SA type according to EN 50182.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 74
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

The OPGW/ OPPC shall be based on an a composite construction of

aluminum (AL) wires with aluminum clad steel (ACS) wires reinforcement
- in order to fulfill the requirements regarding mechanical strength, conduc-
tivity for lightning discharge and short circuit current resistance, corrosion
resistance and protection of the optical fibers.

The OPGW/ OPPC shall be composed of stranded metallic wires over a

central fiber optical core or shall include optical fiber containing tubes in one
of the inner wire layers of the conductor. The construction of the OPGW/
OPPC shall be so that the optical fiber shall not be firmly constrained against
other fibers, strength members, moisture barrier compound or any other
components in order that the fiber strain is de-coupled from the strain in other
components when the OPGW/ OPPC is under tension.

The Bidder shall fully detail the composition of the optical fiber unit including
heat shielding material and maximum temperature rating of the materials.
Moisture ingress is not permitted into the optical fiber unit and Bidders are to
provide details as to how this is achieved.

Regarding the optical fibers, the OPGW/ OPPC shall have 48 fibers (24
fibers as per ITU-T G.652 plus 24 fibers as per ITU-T G.655).

Ordering of OPGW/ OPPC lengths on drums is recommended to be done

considering the line lengths between designated and approved joint box
positions for minimizing OPGW/ OPPC waste. As usually the drum length
is around 4.5 5.0 km, tension towers shall be used accordingly.

The radius of the tightest curve into which the stressed and unstressed cable
may be bent during installation without having any adverse effect upon the
specified properties shall be less than twenty times the outer diameter of the
cable.

Electrical and Mechanical Requirements

The Contractor shall carry out all works in skilled manner in compliance
with modern methods of engineering. In addition, the Contractor shall
conform to all applicable regulations regarding the manufacture and deliv-
ery of the goods and shall follow all instructions issued by the Employer/
Employers Representative.

The OPGW/ OPPC shall possess

a good electric conductivity allowing to support the single phase short
circuit currents
a good conductivity for an effective screening and reduction of induced
voltages into nearby telecommunication lines and other conductive ob-
jects (pipes, fences, etc.),
a good mechanical performance allowing proper sag co-relation with the
phase conductor,
a good corrosion resistance
efficient protection of the optical fibers
a long lifetime.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 75
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

The OPGW/ OPPC shall be suitable for service in the specific climate with
the main characteristics as specified in the Technical Schedules. The main
design data and performances of the conductors are to be entered by the
bidders in the Technical Schedules and become part of the Contract. All
these data shall be proven by means of calculations and tests as specified. If
the guaranteed values are not achieved, the Employer/ Employers Repre-
sentative may reject the said part of the goods at the Contractor's expense.

The Contractor shall submit certificates of analysis giving the percentage

and nature of aluminum impurities. The copper content shall not exceed
0.04 %. If the electrical resistance per kilometer of conductor on any drum
exceeds the guaranteed resistance, the Employer/ Employers Representa-
tive may then reject any drum found faulty in this respect.

Short circuit and lightning resistance

The OPGW/ OPPC shall be able to withstand electrical loads due to short
duration short-circuit loads and lightning discharges.

The short circuit parameters are similar to that defined for earthwires. These
shall not cause breakage or deformation of any component of the cable.

The attenuation coefficient shall not rise to more than 0,05 dB/km above
that of the unloaded cable at a normal ambient temperature. Any increase in
attenuation shall be temporary and shall return to its original level within 15
minutes.

The lightning discharge is defined as:

10 Coulomb; duration 5 ms.

100 Coulomb; duration 500 ms.

In the event of a one-off lightning discharge (lightning test), the residual

breaking strength shall be at least 50 % RTS. The water screen and any
loose tube shall be unaffected by such discharge. None of the optical fibers'
transmission properties shall be affected by lightning strikes. The maximum
allowable attenuation increase at the point of the strike shall be less than
0,01 dB. Any attenuation increase shall be temporary and shall return to its
original level within 15 minutes.

Resistance to fatigue and installation loads

The OPGW/ OPPC shall be able to withstand the high-frequency (>1 Hz)
and low-frequency (<1 Hz) vibrations occurring in the high-voltage line.
The fatigue strength of the OPGW/ OPPC and all OPGW/ OPPC parts, at
the fatigue load specified in IEEE 1138, shall be sufficient to enable it to
remain in service for hundred (100) years while the optical core remaining
without any visual damage.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 76
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Any increase in the attenuation coefficient resulting from high-frequency or

low-frequency vibrations according to (fatigue tests) and installation loads
according to (sheave test) during the course of the cable's service life or
mechanical loads due to installation shall be less than 0,01 dB/km.

Basic Standards
optical fibers IEC 60793
ITU-T Recommendation G. 652

optical phase conductor construction IEEE Std 1138

EN 50182
IEC 61232

tests IEC 60794

IEC 61395
IEC 61089
IEEE Std 1138
EIA/TIA-455-81A
EIA/TIA-455-82B
IEC 60811
EIA-455-113;122;124

If the Contractor wishes to base his bid on standards or codes other than
those specified e.g. such authoritative standards appropriate to the country
of manufacture, he may do so provided that he submits with his bid com-
plete data about the standards or codes applied and confirms in his bid that
such standards or codes meet, as a minimum, the requirements of the
designated standards. The Contractor shall submit with and as a part of his
bid a tabulated list of the differences between the standards or codes applied
and those designated herein.

Alternative standards or codes are subject to approval by the Employer/

Employers Representative.

Manufacture
All materials used under this contract shall be of the best quality and
workmanship shall be of the highest class throughout with the designs and
dimensions of all parts such that the stresses to which the conductors are
subjected shall not render them liable to distortion or damage under the
most severe conditions encountered during installation as well as in service.
Special attention shall be paid to the conductor stranding process to ensure
the necessary tightness between different layers in order to avoid slippage or
relative movement of strands or cage formation during stringing.

The conductor shall be manufactured according to the requirements of EN

50182 (tolerances of diameter, stranding, joints/ welds). When the wire
breaks during stranding, the weld shall be marked by a band of red paint
each side of the weld on the finished conductor. In addition, the outside of
the drum shall be marked with a letter "W".

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 77
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Drum number and notice of existence of the weld is to be communicated to

the Employer/ Employers Representative by letter before delivery of the
goods.

In the event of any machinery used for conductor manufacture being used
for materials, other than aluminum, galvanized or aluminum clad steel, the
manufacturers shall furnish the Employer with a certificate stating that the
machinery has been thoroughly cleaned before use on aluminum, aluminum
alloy, galvanized or aluminum clad steel wire and that the conductor is free
from contamination.

B1.4.6.3.2 Design of optical fiber unit

Optical Core Design
a) Construction
The optical core design shall be based upon the loose tube principles. This
means that the cable design shall provide a strain margin.

Elongation of the stainless steel tube caused by cable elongation shall be in

proportion to such cable elongation.

The optical core design shall prevent longitudinal fiber transport in the loose
tubes.

A clear water-blocking compound shall be used around the optical fiber to

prevent the ingress of moisture and other impurities to the optical core and
individual tubes. The water-blocking compound shall retain its characteristics
up to the rated fault current temperature. The requirements of the water-
blocking compound are as follows:
shall not inhibit movement of the fiber within the tubes
be compatible with other materials used remain pliable and maintain its
water resistance over the operating temperature range and over the
OPGW/ OPPC service life be free of air entrapment shall not cause H2
gas generation over the operating temperature range and service life be
dermatological safe.

The stainless steel tube shall consist of a welded or extruded metallic tube.

The inside of the tube shall be smooth.

Stainless steel tubes:

If the tube has a welded seam, no welding debris shall be left inside the
tube.
Lengths of tube shall not be welded together; i.e. there must be no
transverse welds. If transverse welds are to be accepted (only in agree-
ment with the Engineer) the location of the weld in the tube and its posi-
tion in the actually delivered cable should be indicated.
The tube shall be free of pinholes.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 78
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

The tube shall not deform and shall continue to fulfill its function when
subjected to the following:
The electrical, thermal and mechanical loads stated in this generic
specification
The high-frequency (>1 Hz) and low-frequency (<1 Hz) vibrations
occurring in the high-voltage line
Use with the prescribed suspension and tensioning equipment and
vibration dampers
All regular and permissible conductor assembly processes

Non-circularity of the tube shall be 5%.

b) Transmission properties of cabled fibers

The optical fibers shall be incorporated without splicing.

All the cabled fibers shall be of the same type and technology.

Back-scatter pattern:
The optical fibers in any length of cable shall not be spliced and shall be
homogeneous in quality. The back-scatter pattern shall therefore not dis-
play any reflections or irregularities of more than 0,10 dB, before or after
cable installation, whereby the maximum detected pulse length shall be
50 ns at the -10 dB pulse level and a resolution of 1 meter.

Local attenuation coefficient:

The local attenuation coefficient, calculated from the two way optical
fiber back-scatter patterns, may vary from the average slope within
0,1 dB/km per 1000 m in the 1550 nm window.

c) Cut-off wavelength
The cut-off wavelength (cc) of the processed optical fiber shall be less than
1260 nm (cabled fiber deployment).

d) Filling compound
The filling compound shall:
be a silicone-free, electrically non-conductive, homogeneous gel
prevent formation of gaseous hydrogen within the loose tube
not be harmful to any component of the cable
be dermatological safe
shall not inhibit movement of the fiber within the tubes
be free of air entrapments
remain pliable and maintain its water resistance over the operating
temperature range and over the OPGW/ OPPC service life.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 79
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

e) Strain margin
The optical core design shall be such that the specified load combinations
will never result in an excess of the strain margin. The strain margin shall be
greater than the sum of:
the cable elongation due to the load combination (the withstand short
circuit current, at 200 oC with the OPGW/ OPPC stressed at EDS), or the
cable elongation at 50 % RTS and 20 oC.
OPGW/ OPPC creep determined for duration of 10 years, in acc. to IEC
61395.
residual cable elongations determined while applying the EDS tensile
load.
for the stranded loose tube design, a reserve of at least 0,2 % shall be
applied.

Fiber Design
a) General
The optical fiber phase conductor (OPGW/ OPPC) and the optical fiber
underground cable (OPUG - see paragraph below) shall have 48 fibers (24
fibers as per ITU-T G.652 plus 24 fibers as per ITU-T G.655).The following
characteristics of each optical fiber are preferred for both OPGW/ OPPC
and OPUG:

Transmission rate: 2.0 to 155.0 Mbit / sec.

Transmission wavelength: 1310 nm and 1550 nm
Mode field diameter: 9.0 to 11.5 micrometers (m),
including tolerances
Optical cladding diameter: 125 m 2.4 %
Cable Attenuation: not greater than 0.36 dB/km for
every fibre in every drum at optical wave-
length of 1310 nm; and not greater than
0.21 dB/km for every fibre in every drum at
optical wavelength of 1550 nm;
Joint Attenuation: The quality of the optical fibers
shall be such that the splice attenuation be-
tween two optical fibers of the same type
shall on average over 60 % of the splices be
less than 0,06 dB and in no case be more
than 0,15 dB above the cut-off wavelength
range.
Total Dispersion: not greater than 3.5 ps/km.nm at
optical wavelength of 1310 nm; and not
greater than 19.0 ps/km.nm at optical wave-
length of 1550 nm;
Core numerical aperture: less than 0.23
Life span: greater than 30 years

The Tenderer is required to supply a graph of attenuation versus wavelength

over the range of 1200 nm to 1600 nm.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 80
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

No joints shall be allowed in any fibre in any drum length.

Discontinuities will be acceptable if:

less than 0.10 dB in magnitude measured at 1310 nm and

OTDR traces from both ends of the cable at 1310 nm amd 1550 nm
wavelength shows a difference of less than 0.05 dB/km for every drum

The Tenderer shall state the refractive index of the optical fibres at 1310 nm
and 1550 nm.

b) Fibre Coating
The optical fibre are to be coated with a tight outer UV-hardened acrylate
protective coating; diameter 250m 15m. Alternatives may be proposed
to the Employer for approval.

The coating shall be mechanically easily removed over a length of up to 50

mm for the purpose of cleaning, cleaving and fusion splicing.

The optical fibre coating material shall not generate H2 gas around the
optical fibres that will increase the optical loss as specified above over the
designed life span of the optical fibre. The Tenderer shall supply details of
the methods employed to minimise the generation of H2 gas.

The Tenderer is to provide details of the coating material, dimensions and

minimum radius of the coated.

All coatings/colours are to be compatible with fusion splicers utilising the

light inject detect (LID) method and profile alignment method.

c) Color coding of optical fibers

Each fiber is to be color coded in order to facilitate fiber identification.
These coatings shall be color-coded as specified in IEC 60304 and shall not
degrade the optical cladding/core either mechanically or optically.

The coloring including marking shall be unambiguous using different

colors. It shall be possible to identify all the optical fibers within each loose
tube in a 30 cm length of optical cable core, provided that each loose tube is
coded.
The coloring shall be permanent; it shall only be possible to remove the
coloring by stripping off the coating or by using special solvents. The colors
shall not fade inside the cable or as a result of exposure in the joint box or at
the terminals. Coloring shall not prejudice any of the properties of the
optical fiber or the cable.

d) Stripping coating from optical fibers

The removal of surplus buffers shall be a straightforward mechanical
operation. No residues shall be left on the surface of the fiber.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 81
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Any extra hermetic coating applied to the optical fiber to impart mechanical
strength or provide protection against dirt shall only remain on the fiber if it
does not unnecessarily complicate splicing.

e) Reliability of supplied fibers

Prior to incorporation, all optical fibers shall undergo an exaggerated tensile
strength test to guarantee that the risk of breakage is suitably low. The fiber
Manufacturer shall perform the proof test:

Test level: 0,7 GPa, maintained for at least 1 second (real time) with a
minimum elongation of 1.1 %.

Only the fibers which pass this strain level will be accepted. The Tenderer
shall supply details of the test method and references to any standards used,
including a copy of the applied standards.

f) Tractability of fibers
Subcontractors shall apply certified fibers. The identification of each optical
fiber shall be guaranteed from the moment it is drawn.

B1.4.6.3.3 Sag and tension requirements

The OPGW/ ISWER (OPPC) shall be strung with consideration of the
following maximum tension/ stress criteria:

every day condition:

At the yearly average temperature (25C), with no wind, the final
horizontal tension/ stress shall not exceed 18 % of the calculated
breaking load/ stress or of the minimum guaranteed breaking load/
stress indicated by the manufacturer.

maximum load condition:

At the minimum temperature (10) with maximum design wind load,
the final horizontal tension/ stress shall not exceed 50 % of the cal-
culated breaking load/ stress or of the minimum guaranteed breaking
load/stress indicated by the manufacturer.

Line sections equipped with warning spheres on the OPGW/ ISWER

(OPPC), the nominal tension in the OPGW/ ISWER (OPPC) and conductor
as well as the actual spans might be reduced as to offset the additional load
imposed by the warning balls achieving similar differential load conditions
at the angle towers compared to sections without warning spheres.

The OPGW/ ISWER (OPPC) shall have, within the adopted limit state
design method, the following partial safety factors:

partial safety factor for actions F: 1.30

partial material safety factor M: 1.55

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 82
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

This is equivalent to a limitation to 50 % of the breaking load within the

classical global safety factor method.

The OPGW/ ISWER (OPPC) shall be suitable for stringing on spans up to

950 m in length, with sags co-ordinate to those of the conductor. The follow-
ing sag correlation condition has to be observed:

For the nominal span under every day condition the final OPGW/ ISWER
(OPPC) sag shall not exceed 95 % of the phase conductor sag.

The Contractor shall supply for the OPGW/ ISWER (OPPC) stringing data
(initial and final) calculated for different line spans in a chart or tabular
form, sag and tensions for the temperatures between 10 to 85C.

Before starting the delivery of the goods, the Contractor shall submit the
detailed OPGW/ ISWER (OPPC) length calculation for the line, according to
the actual sections, spans and dislevelments.

The Bidder is required to state the maximum tension to which the OPGW/
ISWER (OPPC) may be strung without affecting the optical properties of
the fibers and to retain efficient operation of the communication link.

The Bidder is to provide details on the handling and installation techniques of

the OPGW/ ISWER (OPPC), in particular, the precautions and methods to be
taken in order to prevent damage to the optical fibers. Any special equipment
or techniques required shall also be given, particularly with respect to:
stringing sheave minimum diameter
anti-twist requirements
bull wheel diameter for stringing tensioner.

B1.4.6.3.4 Splicing and joint boxes of OPGW

On the Substation gantries and at every 3 5 km on tension towers,
connections between OPGWs and between the OPGW and the OPUG
(optical fiber underground cable) shall be realized by means of joints in
joint boxes.

At the tension towers not provided with joint boxes, the Contractor shall
provide suitable attachment fittings to by-pass the tower without any addition-
al joint. At all angle points the prescribed minimum bending radius shall be
observed. If necessary, special tandem or multiple stringing blocks have to
be used for stringing the OPGW at angle points.

The joint boxes shall be of the 'hood' type with encapsulated cable entry and
they shall be mounted within the framework of the transmission towers
above the anti-climbing device. The OPGW access to the casing should be
via entry ports in the base, properly sealed to prevent moisture ingress. Same
joint casing shall be suitable for jointing OPGW with OPUG by substitution of
appropriate glands in entry ports.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 83
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

The Bidder shall present in his bid by means of detailed description and
drawings, the OPGW/ OPGW and OPGW/ OPUG jointing procedure and
devices and is responsible for the operational continuity of the optical fiber
system considering that the interface point between line and underground
cable is the joint casing at the gantry. The Contractor shall provide detailed
drawings showing the location of all joints. Each joint shall be uniquely
numbered. All documents supplied by the Contractor shall be submitted to
the Employer/ Employers Representative for approval before starting of the
manufacture in the workshop.

Weatherproof units shall be provided for the joint boxes (casings). The joint
boxes shall include all necessary hardware to terminate, protect and fix the
spliced fibers. Optical losses shall be no more than 0.08 dB at average per
splice and no single splice loss shall exceed 0.10 dB. Each splice shall have
a spare length of fiber of approximately 1m or more. A finished splice shall
be supported within the joint box by suitable clips or restraints. It shall be
possible to remove and replace the splice in the support device without risk
of damage to the splice or fiber.

The inlets of the joint boxes shall be sealed with thermofit plastics. These
inlets shall be possible to match necessary branches. The outer material of the
box shall be oil resistant and metallic, preferably aluminum. The enclosure is
to be re-enterable and re-sealable without detriment to the integrity of the
enclosure and optical fibers. Enclosure re-entering and sealing shall not
require power tools and use a minimum number of special tools.

Bidders shall provide detailed specification for mechanical and optical

aspects of all joints, splices and end sealing arrangement for the individual
parts and/or complete system.

The Bidder shall submit with his bid a calculation of the total attenuation
(overall losses) for the complete telecommunication link considering all
splices, fiber aging, etc. The total alternation shall be a guaranteed value.

The quality and performance of all joints shall be consistent with achieving
the mechanical requirements over its design life.

As part of the jointing procedure the Contractor shall monitor the optical
performance of each joint using an Optical Time Domain Reflectometer.
Upon completion of jointing and prior to sealing the joint casing an estimate
of joint loss and measurement of the total fiber attenuation shall be made. If
the total fiber loss is projected to exceed the designed installation loss then
the joint shall be broken and rejoined until the specified performance is
achieved.

If local injection and detection techniques are used to measure the attenua-
tion then any fiber bends necessary shall not affect the physical properties of
the fiber and shall not shorten its life span.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 84
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

The fusion splice tray shall not have any sharp edges or protrusions which
may damage the optical fiber.

Number tags for fiber and tube identification are to be included.

B1.4.6.3.5 OPPC straight joint box

At every 3 5 km on tension towers, connections between OPPCs shall be
realized by means of straight joint boxes. The straight joint box is to be
positioned in the OPPC jumper and fixed by an auxiliary suspension string
(see sketch in the Annex).

The Bidder shall present in his bid by means of detailed description and
drawings, the OPPC/ OPPC jointing procedure and devices and is responsi-
ble for the operational continuity of the optical fiber system. The Contractor
shall provide detailed drawings showing the location of all joints. Each joint
shall be uniquely numbered. All documents supplied by the Contractor shall
be submitted to the Employer/ Employers Representative for approval
before starting of the manufacture in the workshop.

Requirements regarding mechanical properties, sealing to prevent moisture

ingress, optical splice losses, spare length in the box, life time, monitoring of
joining procedure and fiber identification are similar to the requirements for
joint boxes specified above.

B1.4.6.3.6 OPPC termination box

On the Substation gantries and at the termination point of the ISWER
system within the line in Lot 3, OPPC termination boxes are to be provided
in order to decouple the optical fibers from the medium voltage level of the
conductor (see sketch in the Annex). After separation of the optical unit,
connections between OPPC and OPGW and between the OPPC and the
OPUG (optical fiber underground cable) shall be realized by means of joints
in joint boxes as described above.

The Bidder shall present in his bid by means of detailed description and
drawings, the OPPC/ OPGW and OPPC/ OPUG jointing procedure and
devices and is responsible for the operational continuity of the optical fiber
system considering that the interface point between line and underground
cable is the joint casing at the gantry. All documents supplied by the Con-
tractor shall be submitted to the Employer/ Employers Representative for
approval before starting of the manufacture in the workshop.

Requirements regarding mechanical properties, sealing to prevent moisture

ingress, optical splice losses, spare length in the box, life time, monitoring of
joining procedure and fiber identification are similar to the requirements for
joint boxes specified above.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 85
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

B1.4.6.4 OPUG
The OPUG will be used to connect the OPGW/ OPPC from the overhead
line termination gantry or special structure into the Substation buildings

a) Cable construction and Mechanical Performance

Cable construction
The cable shall not use metallic strength members or (semi) conductive
elements and particles and armoring.

The optical fibers shall not constrain firmly against other fibers, loose tubes,
strength members, moisture barrier compound, binding type or any other
cable components in order that the fiber strain is de-coupled from the strain in
other components is under tension.

The permissible tensile load Qp shall be greater than 2,0 kN or otherwise as

motivated and proven by the Contractor and approved by the Employer.

The corresponding maximum cable elongation shall not exceed 0,2 % plus
the strain margin. If the cable is stressed with a load equal to Qp the cable
shall be fully elastic and protective layers shall not abrade.

The maximum impulse resistance Ri shall be greater than 4,0 kN or otherwise

as motivated and proven by the Contractor and approved by the Employer.
The corresponding maximum cable elongation shall not exceed 0,4 % plus
the strain margin.

Mechanical strength
The mechanical strength shall be derived entirely from its constituent load-
bearing layers. Any reinforcing elements in the optical cable core shall be
ignored. The breaking strength of the cable shall be greater than the permissi-
ble tensile resistance (QP).

Bending radius
The minimum bending radius of the cable, during installation as well as after
installation, without having any adverse effect upon the specified properties
shall be less than fifteen times the outer diameter of the cable within the
temperature range TL and TH. This bending shall not cause any significant
fiber strain and no attenuation increase greater than 0.02 dB of bent fiber.

Resistance against compression

The cable shall be able to withstand compression loads due to extreme
mechanical loads during installation. No deformations of the optical cable
core due to occurring compression loads are allowed.
The cable shall be able to withstand the pressure due to cable freezing. The
average increase in attenuation shall be less than 0.05 dB and the cable jacket
shall not show cracks or other pressure damage when examined under ten-
time magnification.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 86
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Resistance against torsion

The cable shall be able to withstand combined torsion and pulling loads. The
following conditions are applied for determining the torsion resistance of the
cable:
rotation 180 /m
length of the sample: 10 m
load: 20 % of Qp
number of cycles: at least 10
no fiber breakage
attenuation increase 0.02 dB per fiber per 10 sample length

b) Cable Sheath and Jacket

The cable shall be made up of a central optical fiber unit being able to
accommodate 48 fibers, over which a cable sheath is applied. This cable
sheath shall be of low density polyethylene with 5 % butyl rubber and 2.5 %
carbon black.

Finally, a close-fitting hard nylon cable jacked shall be uniformly extruded

over the cable sheath. The jacket shall consist of material suitable for the
hauling of cable through ducts and in addition, the overall jacket shall be
suitably treated to protect the cable against vermin, insect and termite attacks
and chemical corrosion. The minimum thickness shall be 0.3 mm.

The cable jacket shall be marked with the inscription OPTICAL FIBER
CABLE at a spacing not exceeding two meters as well as the distance
markings in meters in order to assist possible future fault location.

The markings are to be legible and indelible even after the installation process
and shall not reduce the effectiveness of the cable to protect itself against
outer damaging factors.

The outer cable diameter shall be constant within 1 %.

Since the cable will be installed in buildings, fire retardancy shall be

provided.

c) Installation of OPUG in Ducts: Selection, Requirements.

The cable shall be suitable for installation in a duct with a suitable diameter to
be selected by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide suitable or
preferred installation techniques and instructions.

The cable will be installed in a plastic duct. The main purposes of using the
plastic tubes are:
easy installation of the OPUG cable straight in the digging or in the
existing sewage;
cable mechanical protection;
stand-by capacity for the second cable installation

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 87
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Ducts shall be prelubricated in order to enable safe OPUG installation when

either applying an air blasting system, a pumping system or a pulling
system.

Selection of ducts
The selection of a particular basic design (smooth, corrugated or ribbed)
depends on the need for a specific pulling strength, flexibility and the coef-
ficient of friction.
Pre-lubricated inner ducts shall be either permanently impregnated with
antifriction compounds or coated with liquid lubricant during manufacture.
When using supplementary lubricant with pre-lubricant, the Contractor
shall check the compatibility of the lubricant with pre-lubricant in order to
prevent an increase of the friction coefficient instead of a decrease.
The following duct types are to be distinguished:
Direct buried inner duct.
Buried, in conduit.
If any aerial sections are required, the inner duct shall be attached to a
steel carrier.
In building. The use of PE without fire retardant additives instead of
FRPE (fire retardant polyethylene) and PVC is required.
For the selection of inner ducts, the following applies except if the Con-
tractor submits a selection to the Employer for approval otherwise. The
selection guide is based upon the ratio of outer duct diameter and wall
thickness of the duct (SDR). When selecting a decreasing SDR number,
this indicates a more robust inner duct capable of withstanding more se-
vere mechanical stresses.

Requirements
The inner duct shall have a maximum permanent ovality of 6% (at 50C).
This is to be inspected on the last two layers on the drum.
The compression resistance shall be greater than 1350 N (at 50C). This
load shall not cause a permanent reduction of the outer diameter greater
than 4 %.
When subjected to an impact of 136 J at -20 C non-corrugated inner ducts
must remain free from cracks or tears. Corrugated inner ducts must remain
free from cracks and tears when subjected to impact loads of 68 J.
The conductivity of the duct must be greater than 10 M per meter duct.
Ducts shall be made of HDPE material.
Inner ducts shall be detectable at any buried depth up to 1 meter. The
horizontal location shall be measurable within 10 % of the inner duct
depth.
Applied lubricants shall comply with inner ducts pre-lubricated impregnat-
ed or antifriction compound coatings. This matter of compatibility counts
for all installation methods.
Any pulling pilot strings in the duct shall be non-conductive.
The color (black; orange or green) shall be resistant to staining in the
presence of sulphides. Identification marks to be printed on the ducts will
be indicated by the Employer after contract award. The markings must be
permanently extruded into the inner duct and easy to distinguish.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 88
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Black ducts shall not contain more than 10 % of reworked material.

Colored ducts shall not contain any reworked material.
The inner ducts shall be capable of being bent 180 and then straightened
at temperatures down to -20 C. The bending may then not cause any
buckling, kinking or permanent deformation.
The gantry-side of the ducts shall be linked to a steel tube, which provides
a protective channel from the duct, along the gantry foundation up to the
joint box. At the exit of cable and tube, applying a heat-shrinkable sleeve
shall prevent water penetration.

B1.4.6.5 Tests

B1.4.6.5.1 General
The Employer/ Employers Representative is entitled to attend tests and
inspections, and the Contractor shall bear all costs and expenses of tests and
attendance as per price schedules. The Contractor shall give the Employer/
Employers Representative notification in writing, not less than 45 days in
advance, of the date of material testing. Test program shall demonstrate
procedures of test in order to proof the specified technical requirements and
be subject to approval by the Employer prior testing starts. Additional tests
may be called by the Employer/ Employers Representative to ensure that
the required quality is met. The Contractor shall supply all necessary labor,
material, equipment and competent and authorized test personnel. Calibra-
tion of equipment is deemed to be included. Six (6) copies of test reports
and/ or certificates are to be provided showing all results and information
necessary. If the Employer/ Employers Representative waive to attend the
test, it will neither relieve the Contractor of his full liability to meet the
required quality and to complete the works nor prejudice or affect the rights
of the Employer/ Employers Representative set forth under this contract.

B1.4.6.5.2 Conductors
General
The Contractor shall supply a detailed Quality Assurance Procedure includ-
ing an Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) for all conductors (phase conductor,
earthwire, OPGW and both ISWER conductors) which shall be submitted to
the Employer for approval. The Contractor shall be responsible for perform-
ing all tests and inspections required during the production of the conduc-
tors.
All materials used in the manufacture of conductors shall be covered by test
certificates stating their mechanical and chemical properties to prove
compliance with this technical requirements and EN 50182 or IEC as
appropriate. The following certificates/ test records shall be submitted for
approval:

metallic material test certificate

conductor stranding equipment non contamination certificate
5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 89
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

galvanization test records.

Conductors
The following tests shall be applied for all conductors (phase conductor,
earthwire, OPGW and both ISWER conductors as normal ACSR and
OPPC). Tests shall be undertaken in accordance with the requirements of
EN 50182 and referred standards:

EN 60889 Hard-drawn aluminum wires

EN 50189 Zinc-coated steel wires
EN 50326 Conductor grease
EN 10244 Galvanization thickness
IEC 60468 Measurements of resistivity
ISO 7802 Wrapping test

Existing type test certificates may be submitted for the appropriate conduc-
tor type and are acceptable provided that they are not older than 8 years and
show

Tensile strength as per EN 50182, Chapter 6.4.8

Stress strain curves as per EN 50182, Chapter 6.4.7
Stringing test as per EN 50182, Chapter 6.4.9.

Reference lists are also accepted for the proof of stringing capability.

In case such type test certificates and reference lists cannot be provided, the
type tests have to be carried out in presence of the Employer/ Employers
Representative, and the costs are deemed to be included in the contract
price.

Routine/ Sample tests shall be performed as per EN 50182, Table 5.

In the event of the sample from any length not passing the mechanical or
resistance tests, a second and third sample shall be undertaken from the
same length, and if one of these also fails under test, the length of conductor
(i.e. drum) from which it has been taken shall be rejected.

Details of the test results shall be made available to the Employer/ Employ-
ers Representative upon request for approval.

Grease
The manufacturer's type test certificates for proving compliance with the
technical requirements as per EN 50326 with regard to the following grease
properties shall be submitted to the Employer/ Employers Representative
for approval:

dropping point tests

thermal history test
reversibility
oxidation
5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 90
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

corrosive substances in grease

anti-corrosion properties.

Sample tests on grease as per EN 50326 shall be undertaken at the same

time as sample tests on the conductor. Grease for the dropping test shall be
removed without heating.

B1.4.6.5.3 Optical fiber unit

General
Test programs shall be prepared and submitted to the Employer/ Employers
Representative for approval. The date of tests shall be announced in time in
order to allow participation of the Employer/ Employers Representative if
requested. A test report has to be submitted to the Employer/ Employers
Representative for approval within two weeks after test performance.

Type Test
Tests shall be performed in accordance with IEC 60794-4 and IEC 60794-
2. Existing type tests certificates may be accepted provided that tested
OPGW/ OPPC structure corresponds to the offered one and the certificates
are not older than 8 years.

Stress-strain
A sample of OPGW/ OPPC not less than 10m length, complete with the
proposed end fittings shall be subject to a stress-strain test. The test shall be
undertaken in accordance with IEC 61089, Annex B and the measuring
techniques in accordance with IEC 60794-1-1. There shall be no visual
change to the OPGW/ OPPC strands after the test and that the fiber strain
must be less than 0.05 % at 85% of the UTS of the cable.

Tensile Performance
The test shall be undertaken in accordance with the load conditions speci-
fied in IEC 61089, Annex B and the measuring techniques in accordance
with IEC 60794-1-2. There shall be no permanent change in the fiber
attenuation at the specified wavelength after the test, while the change in
attenuation during the test shall be less than 0.05db/km from zero load to
85 % of the UTS of the cable.

Crush and Impact

The tests shall be undertaken in accordance with the recommendations of
IEC-60794-4 and IEC 60794-1-2.

The crush test shall be undertaken by applying a 10kN load for 1min to the
OPGW/ OPPC via a 100 x 100 mm movable flat plate. There shall be no
measurable permanent change in the fiber attenuation at the specified
wavelength, while any temporary change in attenuation shall be less than
0.1db.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 91
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

The impact test shall be undertaken by dropping a 4kg weight from a height
of 150mm onto the end of a 20 mm diameter steel mandrel placed on the
OPGW/ OPPC. After 20 repeated applications, there shall be no measurable
change in fiber attenuation at the specified wavelength, while any temporary
change in attenuation shall be less than 0.1db.

Temperature Cycling
The optical performance under temperature cycling shall be tested in
accordance with IEC 60794-1-2, with TA and TB as stated in the Technical
Schedules and the duration of 4 hours. The test should be undertaken twice.

Water Ingress
The optical sub-unit shall be tested for water ingress in accordance with IEC
60794-1-2.

Short Circuit Current

One sample of OPGW/ OPPC not less than 10 m in length shall be subject
to a short circuit current pulse. The short circuit current pulse specified in
the Technical Schedules shall be supplied in less than 1s after the conductor
has been raised to the specified initial temperature. During the test the
temperature of the optical sub-unit shall be measured, the temperature
immediately after the current pulse shall be less than the specified tempera-
tures.
The test shall be performed three times with an interval of 30min between
tests. Optical alternation of the test fibers shall be monitored continuously.
After the third impulse the OPGW/ OPPC shall be dismantled and the
optical cable examined throughout its length for any signs of deterioration.

Lightning Strike
The test shall consider both an initial stroke and a power follow through.
The test conditions shall be Class 0 according to IEC 60794-1-2. The test
shall be carried out on a sample of OPGW/ OPPC not less than 2m long.
The acceptance criteria shall be that OPGW/ OPPCs calculated residual
strength is not less than 90 % of the original stated ultimate tensile strength.
Any damaged strands shall be assumed to be broken.

Sample Tests
Tests for aluminum clad steel wires/aluminum alloy wires shall be carried
out in accordance with the requirements of IEC 61232/ IEC 60889.

Samples taken on random sampling basis from the OPGW/ OPPC drums
ready for shipment against each batch shall be tested for overall diameter,
the lay length and lay ratio of layers, lay directions and DC resistance in
accordance with IEC 61089 or EN 50182 at the factory by the manufacturer
which may be witnessed by the Employer/ Employers Representative.

In addition, attenuation shall also be measured on each fiber of above

mentioned sample drums of OPGW/ OPPC with OTDR.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 92
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Routine Tests
OPGW/ OPPC on all drums shall be tested for mechanical tests including
measurement of overall diameter of OPGW/ OPPC, measurements of
thickness of Al and ACS wires, diameter of tube, wrapping test of Al and
ACS wires, check of surface quality and OPGW/ OPPC weight, checking of
lay length and lay ratio of layers, checking of lay directions, breaking load
test of OPGW/ OPPC and DC resistance measurement in accordance with
IEC 61232/ IEC 60889/ IEC 61089 or EN 50182 at the factory by the
manufacturer as routine tests.

In addition, attenuation shall be measured on each fiber of all OPGW/

OPPC with OTDR at the factory by the manufacturer as routine test.
Optical Fibers
Optical fibers shall be type tested in accordance with the requirements of
ITU-T Recommendations G655/G652D and IEC 60793 as appropriate.
Routine tests regarding attenuation OTDR shall be carried out according to
IEC 60793-1 at the factory by the manufacturer.

Joint Boxes, Termination Boxes

The hard ware for OPGW/ OPGW, OPPC/ OPPC, OPPC/ OPGW, OPGW/
OPUG and OPPC/ OPUG joints used in this Contract shall be subjected to
type tests.

The Bidder shall nominate in the Technical Schedules the type tests he
proposes for these joints. Joint box and termination box type tests shall
include a water immersion test for proving the joint water tightness and
seals, with measuring of attenuation variation of the splice and loss
characteristic in an assembled joint at the start and end of a seven (7) days
immersion period. Type test certificates may be submitted to the Employer/
Employers Representative for approval.

The costs for these tests are deemed to be included in the Bid Price.

B1.4.6.6 Spare parts

Mandatory spare parts
Spare conductors (phase conductor, earthwire, OPGW and both ISWER
conductors), as per the price schedule No. 1&2 shall be delivered together
with the last scheduled dispatch and are to be provided in continuous lengths
on non-returnable steel drums as specified.

The quantities of the spare conductors are shown in the Price Schedules.
Corresponding prices shall be entered by the Bidder in this price list. If any
additional quantities should be ordered after the date of the Taking-over
Certificate, the prices may be subject to adjustment.

The spare conductor have to be adequately protected against humidity,

corrosion, etc. and packed and treated in such a manner as to be suitable for
storage in the climatic conditions at the site, for an indefinite period. They
shall be delivered on steel drums provided with identification labels stating

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 93
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

also quantities. The spare conductor shall be delivered to the Employers

stores and delivery will not be deemed to be completed until the packing
material has been checked by the Employer/ Employers Representative.
The Taking-Over will only take place if all spare parts have been delivered
to the Employers store.

Mandatory spare parts, as per price schedules, shall be provided.

Recommended spare parts

The Bidder shall supply a list of recommended spares for maintaining the
fiber optic link over its expected lifetime. The spare parts shall be separately
itemized in the price schedule No. 6. The list shall not be binding and the
Employer may purchase all or part of these recommended spares.

Tools
Any special tools and test equipment needed to maintain the fiber optic link
over its expected lifetime shall be included. The type and quantity of tools is
given in the price sheets.

The test equipment and other special tools proposed shall be of the same
type as used by the Contractor for erection and commissioning. The test
equipment and tools included in the Contract shall, however, not be made
available to the Contractor during erection and commissioning.

All test equipment and electrically operated tools shall be suitable for
operation from 50Hz, 230V AC mains supply. In addition, the Fusion
Splicer and Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR) shall be fitted
with batteries for operation in the field.

The Bidder shall provide relevant manufacturer's technical data / pamphlets

for all items. All test equipment shall be supplied completely with Opera-
tor's Manuals and Repair & Maintenance Handbooks. All test equipment
shall be provided with weatherproof, foam-lined transport cases suitable for
transporting the equipment in the back of a four-wheel-drive vehicle. The
transport cases shall be lockable and shall accommodate all necessary
accessories and cables plus the Operator's Manual.

B1.4.6.7 Packing, shipping, transport

The conductors (phase conductor, earthwire, OPGW and both ISWER
conductors) shall be delivered and shipped on stoutly constructed timber or
steel drums as specified, and lapped with protective covering across the
whole width of the drum. The packing for the corresponding spare parts shall
comply with the requirements specified for long time storing.

The OPGW/ OPPC shall be shipped in continuous lengths clearly marked by

the manufacturer.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 94
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

All drums with conductors shall have a layer of waterproof wax paper or
plastic sheet which must be safe against chemical reactions laid around the
barrel under the conductors and another one laid over them and under the
lapping. Drums shall be securely fastened around the perimeter and shall be
suitable for rolling on the flanges without causing damage to the conductor.

The disposal of all empty drums shall be the responsibility of the Contrac-
tor.

The following information shall be clearly written in indelible paint on both

flanges of each drum:
contract title and reference number;
manufacturer's name;
lifting instructions and limitations;
direction of rolling.

An aluminum or painted metallic marking plate shall be fixed to each drum

clearly showing the following data:
type and size;
length;
gross and net weight;
batch and drum numbers;
stranding date;
main dimensions of the drum;
correct direction of rolling.

Contractor shall submit a sketch or drawing showing the full details of drum
design and the details of the proposed method of impregnation and lagging the
inner drum surfaces with approved tarred paper or equivalent material. The
minimum length of the conductors on drums is subject to the Employers/
Employers Representatives approval.

B1.4.7 Insulators and Fittings

B1.4.7.1 General
Complete insulator sets consisting of long-rod composite insulator units and
assembling fittings as well as fittings for phase conductor, earthwire,
OPGW and ISWER system are required as described below and in the
Technical Schedules.

The Contractor shall provide detailed assembly drawings for each type of
assembly required.

Insulator sets shall generally be in compliance with the typical assembly

shown in the Annex. Alternative designs will be acceptable provided that they
are functionally similar and meet the performance specifications.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 95
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

B1.4.7.2 Insulators and insulator sets

All insulator sets including their clamps and fittings shall be in fair weather
free from visible corona discharges. In particularly, the live part of all insulator
sets shall be conceived and shielded in a way to avoid visible corona under fair
weather condition The freedom from corona shall be proven by design tests in
the workshop or laboratories in accordance with the tests recommended in the
standards or described below.

An extinction corona voltage of at least 10 % higher than the phase-to-earth

value of the specified highest voltage for equipment shall be obtained.

All insulator sets shall be provided with the necessary guarding devices in
order to keep their radio and television noise as low as possible. A noise level
less than 46 dB above 1 microvolt shall be ensured under standard laboratory
conditions. This is to be proven by tests as per the mentioned standards.

By means of adequate fittings (guarding rings), an optimized and more

uniform potential distribution along the insulator strings shall be assured. All
insulator sets shall be provided with arcing / grading fittings located at the
conductor side of string end for assuring the necessary corona radiation
level and to protect the insulators from the effects of the electric arc.

All insulator sets shall be designed to withstand the single-phase fault currents.
This performance shall be proven by design tests in the workshop or laborato-
ries in accordance with the tests described below.

The upper and lower horns and guard rings shall be installed on the insulator
assemblies as recommended by the fittings manufacturer and confirmed by
electrical tests.

Locking devices for the insulator units themselves and for associated ball and
socket fittings shall be of stainless steel and shall comply with IEC 60372. The
design shall be such as to allow easy removal for replacing of insulator units or
fittings without the necessity to remove the insulator set from the crossarms.
Locking devices shall be incapable of rotating when in position.

For the dimensioning of the insulator sets from the mechanical point of
view, the loads and loading conditions shown below along with partial
safety factors for loads, as well as the material safety factor have to be
considered:
the weight of the conductors and of the insulator set
the wind loading on conductors
the maximum working tension of the conductors
partial load safety factors as specified above
partial material safety factor for intact insulator string M = 2.50
partial material safety factor for broken insulator string M = 1.25 .

The electromechanical failing load for the insulator units and the nominal
loading capacity for the insulator string fittings shall be referred to.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 96
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

The insulator string shall be of sufficient length to provide the required

electrical performance as regards the specific leakage path and minimum
required withstand voltages.
This has to be determined as per catalogue data, but has to be finally proven by
tests on complete sets because the insulator set fittings have a not negligible
influence.

The electrical and mechanical performance requirements for insulator sets are
shown in the Technical Schedules.

The suspension towers will be equipped with suspension insulator sets. The
tension towers (angle-tension and dead-end towers) and gantries will be
equipped with tension insulator sets.

The 400kV insulator sets shall be designed for horizontal twin bundle of the
ACSR BLUEJAY type conductor, spaced at 450 mm.

Spacing between double strings shall be sufficient to assure good behavior of

insulators and good performance of guarding rings.

The double suspension insulator set shall be used for crossings of buildings,
main roads, overhead transmission lines 110kV, railways and for HS tower
types in general. Double suspension insulator sets shall have the two strings
in a plane parallel to the line and be fixed in two points to the crossarm.

Double tension sets will be installed on all tension and terminal towers. The
insulator set attachments to the tower crossarms are of special importance.
Therefore two independent fixing points to the tower are specified for
double insulator sets. Attachments to the tower are to be of secure connec-
tion such as with swivels. Hooks are not acceptable.

Suitable adjustment, in case of tension sets, has to be done for the different
line angles in order to assure equal repartition of the loads to the two
insulator strings of the set.

Special attention has to be paid to ensure that by breakage of an insulator

string of a double set, the remaining string shall withstand the resulting
static and dynamic stress by applying the specified partial safety factors
shown in the Technical Schedules.

Between the terminal towers and gantries (in the slack span), low duty
tension sets shall be installed in conductor direction and down droppers.

The 36kV insulator sets for the ISWER shall be designed for ACSR 184-
AL/30-ST1A respectively ACSR 184-AL/30-A20SA (OPPC).

The single I suspension insulator set shall be used as standard set on suspen-
sion towers and as jumper suspension set on the tension and terminal towers,
where clearance requirements so demand. Single tension sets are to be used at

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 97
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

all tension and terminal towers.

In case of ISWER T-off solutions, the swinging out of the conductor shall be
restricted. A V-suspension insulator string is to be used therefore instead of a
normal I-string at suspension towers and for fixing the jumper at anchor
towers if necessary (see Annex).

B1.4.7.3 Composite insulators

Composite insulators shall be offered in order to utilize their positive effect
regarding a more compact tower design.

The insulator units are to be of composite long-rod type featuring a glass-

fiber reinforcing epoxy rod core with high temperature vulcanized silicone
rubber housing and clevis caps. The housing is the external insulation part
of the insulator and provides the necessary creepage distance and protection
of the load bearing core. The design shall be in accordance with IEC 61466.

Standards and Recommendations

The composite insulator must be designed, manufactured and tested accord-
ing to the following standards and recommendations:

IEC 61109 Ed. 2.0 (2008) :

Composite suspension and tension insulators for a.c. systems with a
nominal voltage greater than 1000V . Definitions, test methods and
acceptance criteria.
IEC 61466-1 (1997) :
Composite string insulator units for overhead lines with a nominal
voltage greater than 1000 V . Part 1 : Standard strength classes and end
fittings.
IEC 61466-2 (1998) :
Composite string insulator units for overhead lines with a nominal
voltage greater than 1000 V. Part 2 : Dimensional and electrical char-
acteristics.
IEC TS 60815 (2008), Guide for selection of insulators in respect of
polluted conditions.
IEC Standard 60471, Dimensions of clevis and tongue couplings of
string insulator units
IEC Standard 60120, Ball and socket coupling of string insulator units
IEC TR 62039 (2007):
Polymeric Materials for Outdoor Use under HV Stress
IEC TR 62662 (2010)
Guidance for production, testing and diagnostics of polymer insulators
with respect to brittle fracture of core materials
IEEE Std 987-1985, Guide for Application of Composite Insulators
CAN 411.4 (1998), Composite suspension insulators for transmission
applications

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 98
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

CIGRE - Paper 33-204 Session 2000, Considerations on the Design of

Composite Suspension Insulators Based on Experience From Natural
Ageing Testing and Electric Field Calculations
CIGRE 22.03, Technical Brochure 184, Composite Insulator Handling
Guide
CIGRE B2.21, Technical Brochure 365, Use of power arc protection
devices for composite insulators on transmission lines
CIGRE B2.21, Technical Brochure 284, Use of corona rings to control
the electrical field along transmission line composite insulators
CIGRE D1.27, Technical Brochure 255, Material properties for non-
ceramic outdoor insulation.

Design of components
The insulators shall be of sufficient length to provide the required electrical
performance in one single unit. In-line coupling of two or more units is not
acceptable.

The core shall be an epoxy resin rod with axial glass fiber reinforcement of
high strength (fiber reinforced plastic rod). The rod shall be resistant against
hydrolysis under service conditions. Therefore, E-CR-glass fibers embedded
in an epoxy matrix shall be used for the core. The FRP core shall be assem-
bled by means of modern Statistic Process Controlled (SPC) and Acoustic
Emission (AE) monitored crimping technology. Temperature certificate
issued by the manufacturer shall indicate an application range of the core
material and the core / end fitting assembly of -50+100C. All other core
material properties shall be in accordance with CIGRE Technical Brochure
No. 255.

The core of the composite insulator shall be protected against environmental

influences by a silicone rubber housing. The thickness of the silicone rubber
covering the rod shall be at least 3 mm. The interface formed between rod
and housing shall be of a quality to prevent stress corrosion and brittle
fracture phenomena, i.e. high electrical strength and equivalent acid re-
sistance are required. The housing shall be perfectly (vulcanization chemi-
cally) bonded to the core. An injection or compression molding process
applied to form the complete housing is not acceptable. Only extruded /
modular housing technology is accepted. The chemical bond between the
core and the housing must be stronger than the tear strength of the housing
material. The manufacturer shall prove that he masters non destructive
technique (N.D.T.) to check the quality of the core to housing interface.

The housing shall be designed in such a way that the end fittings are not
covered with housing material in order to avoid electrical punctures and
electrical overstress of the housing. The preferred design of the interconnec-
tion between rod and end fitting is of type a according to CIGRE Paris
Session 2000 Paper 33-204 figure 2. The housing shall be fully coaxial at
the shank in order to avoid punctures and flashunders.

In order to achieve an excellent pollution performance and tracking perfor-

mance (minimum class 1A 3.5 according to IEC 60587), the application of

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 99
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

high temperature vulcanizing (HTV) silicon rubber filled with an appropri-

ate amount of aluminum tri hydrate (ATH) shall be applied. The material
shall be of blue/gray color and be resistant against the ultra-violet radiation
being present in the solar spectrum at ground level. For the design of shed
profiles, IEC 60815 shall be applied. Under-rib sheds are preferred for high
creepage designs. They shall also be preferred if severe handling and
transportation conditions are expected on-site. Due to their higher mechani-
cal stability against deformation, under-rib sheds are being at an advantage
over regular smooth sheds. Additionally, pollution performance calculations
shall be provided for the offered housing profiles. The performance curves
shall be compared to those of conventional insulators made of glass/ porce-
lain. The maximum admissible ESDD / NSDD parameters shall be defined.
All other housing material properties shall be in accordance with IEC TR
62039.

The metal end fittings should be made of forged steel and hot dip galvanized
according to ISO 1461. The fittings shall be attached onto the rod by a
compression method process which does not damage the individual fibers of
the rod in any way.
Fittings configuration shall be defined by the actual need (e.g. ball and
socket or clevis and tongue connection) and shall comply to the standard
requirements.

The gap between fitting and core housing shall be sealed permanently
against the ingress of moisture. Sealing by compression only is not regarded
to be permanently waterproof. Covering the gap, even partly, with housing
material or sealing in form of over-molding the end fittings are unacceptable
due to electrical reasons. Sealing of the interface by application of a meta-
stable silicone elastomere with permanent elasticity is considered an ac-
ceptable solution. The material shall adhere to the surface of the metal cap,
as well as to the housing. The sealing shall be hidden in a special gap and
not be subjected to critical electrical field stresses.

Design of string
Suitable electrical field grading devices in accordance with CIGRE Tech-
nical Brochure TB 284 shall be applied in order to protect the composite
insulator against premature failure and electrical field stress induced ageing.
If the supplier is not responsible for the complete insulator string design,
then written recommendation for the grading / corona ring setup has to be
given to the main contractor. The effectiveness of the grading / corona
protection devices shall be proven by 3D electrical field calculations where
the complete insulator strings and the entire tower configuration shall be
simulated for 3 phase voltage stress. The results of these calculations shall
be part of the project documentation.

Manufacture
All parts of the insulator shall be free from any defects which may impair
the mechanical or electrical properties of the insulator.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 100
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

The permitted tolerances shall meet the requirements according to IEC

61109:

(0.040 x L + 1.5) when L 300 mm

(0.025 x L + 6.0) when L > 300 mm, limited to 50 mm.

Each insulator shall be marked with the following information:

Manufacturer's name or logo,

Year of manufacturer,
Specified mechanical load S.M.L.,
Identification code providing traceability.

The long-term stability of the marking shall be proven by means of the UV

weathering test as per IEC 62217.

The manufacture shall have an adequate experience in the production of

composite insulators. Only insulator manufacturers with long term experi-
ence with the manufacturing of composite insulators using silicon rubber
technology for a minimum of 25 years shall be considered with successful
service experience and without change of the offered design and material.
As proof, the manufacturer shall submit a supply-list for the last 25 years
indicating type of insulator, quantity supplied, name and address of client,
system voltage (400kV and above) and year of delivery. A company re-
search and design department, a quality assurance system and a co-operation
with research and investigation institutes or universities are considered to be
essential. In addition, the manufacturer shall have the engineering, electrical
/ chemical / mechanical test and quality facilities to provide information and
advice for after sales service. The manufacturer shall have established and
maintain a quality system which fulfils the requirements of DIN ISO
9001:2008. This shall be proven by a certificate issued by a recognized
Certification Company. The Quality Management System (QMS) and all
manufacturing process steps shall be open for customer or third party
(consultant) audits.

B1.4.7.4 Clamps and fittings for phase conductors

B1.4.7.4.1 General
All clamps and fittings shall be suitable for the above specified phase conduc-
tor type ASCR BLUEJAY twin bundle. They shall comply with the
requirements of this Bidding Document and must be approved by the Employ-
er/ Employers Representative.

The Contractor shall ensure close and continuous liaison between the manu-
facturers of conductors, clamps, insulators and fittings so that the equipment
will be perfectly adapted.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 101
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

All clamps and fittings except for spacer dampers and vibration dampers shall
be supplied by the same manufacturer. Splitting up of the supply of clamps
and fittings will not be permitted.

For the dimensioning of the fittings from the mechanical point of view, the
loads and loading conditions shown below along with partial safety factors
have to be considered:
the weight of the conductors and of the insulator set
the wind loading on conductors
the maximum working tension of the conductors
partial load safety factors as specified above
partial material safety factor for fittings M = 2.50
partial material safety factor for fittings in case one
part of insulator string is broken M = 1.25 .

In order to maintain low corona and low radio interference, the design of all
clamps and fittings shall avoid sharp corners or projections, which would
produce high electrical stress.

The design of adjacent metal parts and mating surfaces shall be such as to
prevent corrosion of the contact surfaces and to maintain good electrical
contact under service conditions.

Particular care shall be taken during manufacture of clamps and fittings and
during subsequent handling to ensure smooth surfaces free from burrs and
sharp edges.

All line fittings concerned shall be dimensioned and designed to withstand the
single-phase fault current shown in the Technical Schedules. Each insulator
set shall withstand such a short-circuit without the temperature exceeding
200C in the fittings and without welding between the component parts. The
Employer/ Employers Representative may require tests to be carried out to
demonstrate the short circuit characteristics of each type of insulator set. The
cost of such tests shall be borne by the Contractor.

Adequate bearing area shall be provided between different fittings. Point

contacts shall be avoided.

All ferrous parts of the assemblies component elements and of the accessories
for conductors shall be hot dip galvanized according to ISO 1461. The split
pins of all clamps and fittings shall be of stainless steel.

B1.4.7.4.2 Suspension clamps

The conductor suspension clamps shall be of high-tensile corrosion-resistant
aluminum alloy, suitable for a working temperature of 85C. The clamping
components shall be forged or cast. In case of casting additional reinforcing
strap is foreseen.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 102
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

The suspension clamps shall be as light as possible and of a vibration proof

cover type. They shall be such as to form a fully articulated support for the
conductors. The clamp bodies shall be centrally pivoted and the rotational
axis of the clamp shall be preferably at same level as the conductor center
line or below but not above. The clamp body shall be able to pivot at least
45 above and below the horizontal line. Special attention shall be paid to
the mass moment of inertia of the clamp in order to avoid resonance of the
clamp plus conductor system by wind induced vibrations. The Contractor
shall ensure by appropriate calculations and design a suitable suspension
clamp for the specified conditions also from this point of view.

The phase conductors shall be protected within the suspension clamps by

means of armor rods and the dimensions of clamps shall allow for this
requirement. The armor rods shall be designed in such a way as to strength-
en the conductor in the suspension points and to reduce the static and
dynamic bending strains in the strand wires of the outer conductor layer.

The suspension clamp components shall be dimensioned and shaped in such a

way that no undue crushing or bending stresses are imposed upon the conduc-
tors and armor rods.
The conductor supporting groove shall be curved at its ends in the vertical plan
to an appropriate radius to permit the conductor to leave the clamp at the
maximum angle of inclination (20).

The mouth of the supporting groove shall be slightly flared in plan. The
grooves in the clamping piece shall be bell-mouthed at each end and all
conductor grooves and bell-mouths shall be smooth and free from waves,
ridges or other irregularities.

The bolts used in the suspension clamps shall be hexagonal hot-dip galvanized
or stainless steel bolts. The washers underneath the bolt head shall be made
from stainless steel only.

Subsequent to tightening of bolts to the torque as recommended by the

manufacturer, the clamp shall be capable of withstanding the maximum
working tension of the conductor without any conductor slippage. They shall
permit the conductor to slip at a load lower than the conductor breaking load.

The clamp bolts and the clamping force shall be chosen to satisfy also the
electrical requirements. The phase conductor clamps must be capable of
withstanding the three-phase and the single-phase fault currents shown in the
Technical Schedules without any damage.

Attention must be paid to the elimination of fair weather corona emission from
all parts of conductor suspension clamps under the specific site conditions.

B1.4.7.4.3 Tension clamps, joints and repair sleeves

Tension clamps and joints

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 103
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Conductor tension clamps and joints shall be of the compression type, suitable
to withstand a working temperature of 85C. The conductor tension clamps
shall be supplied with a jumper terminal which may be bolted at 0 or 30. The
coupling element of the tension clamps to the string shall be clevis-type, hot
dip galvanized.

The electrical conductivity and current carrying capacity of the tension clamps,
joints and jumper terminals shall be not less than those of the equivalent length
of conductor.

The tension clamps and joints of the phase conductors must be capable to
withstand also the three phase short-circuit current shown in the Technical
Schedules without damage.

Attention must be paid to avoid fair weather corona emission from the conduc-
tor tension clamps and joints.

Compression-type clamps and joints shall be tested by the Contractor to ensure

that they will stand up to at least 95 % of the rated ultimate strength of the
conductor.

Joints and tension clamps shall be made of aluminum alloy-steel.

Joints and tension clamps shall be supplied with filler compounds, to protect
the assembly clamp-conductor against corrosion.

The split pins used shall be of stainless steel.

The design of the joints and tension clamps shall be such that only one pair
of dies is necessary for the compression of the conductor.

Mid-span joints shall not be less than 30m from the nearest conductor
clamp.

Unless the Employer/ Employers Representative agrees mid-span joints

shall not be used under the following circumstances:

in spans crossing power lines, buildings and main roads.

in single span sections.

Joint and repair sleeves

Conductor repair sleeves shall not be used without the permission of the
Employer/ Employers Representative which will be granted only in excep-
tional circumstances.

Joint sleeves and repair sleeves for the conductors shall be of compression
type. The joint sleeves shall consist of steel compression sleeve for the steel
core of conductor, and aluminum compression sleeve for the complete of
conductor. The aluminum compression sleeves shall be of aluminum alloy
conforming to the specification in IEC 60889 standard or equivalent, and

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 104
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

the steel compression sleeves shall be of carbon steel conforming to the

specification in BS 970 part 1 respectively EN 10084, 10085, 10087, 10095,
10250-4 and BS PD 970.

After compressed, the electrical resistance of the joint sleeve must be less
than that of the jointed conductor with the same length as the sleeve, and the
ultimate tensile strength of the joint sleeve must not less than 95 % of the
ultimate tensile strength of the conductor.

B1.4.7.4.4 Armor rods

Preformed armor rods shall be used to protect the phase conductors in
suspension assemblies.

The direction of the armor rod lay shall be equal to the direction of the
outermost wire lay of the conductor.

The suspension clamps offered for the phase conductors shall accommodate
the increased diameter resulting from armor rods.

The ends of the armor rod wires shall be well rounded, without sharp edges,
to avoid an increase in corona level.

B1.4.7.4.5 Guard rings

The guard rings of the insulator sets must fulfill simultaneously the func-
tions of arcing rings, corona shield and potential distribution devices.

As arcing device, the guard rings shall be designed to protect insulators and
conductors when flashover occurs. The arcing fittings shall be made of hot
dip galvanized steel and must have the capability to withstand a three-phase
short circuit current as per Technical Schedules. The arcing fittings must be
designed so that in case of flashover the arc will be led to the end burning
spot.

They may reach a final temperature not exceeding 600C during the short-
circuit. The function of arcing protection must not be greatly altered by the
power arc.

As corona shield devices, the guard rings shall be designed to ensure under
fair weather and under the specific site conditions a corona-free insulator set
line end as well as the specified insulator set radio noise performance.

As potential distribution devices, the guard rings must be designed to insure

a uniform distribution of the potential along the insulator string.
The design of the guard rings shall consider and optimize simultaneously all
the functions required.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 105
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

The rings shall be strong enough to support a weight of 100kg without

permanent deformation. The ring attachment shall be via bolted connections
to the hardware assembly.

Standard tubular field grading rings made of alumina or steel directly

attached to the insulator end fitting may withstand power arc / short circuit
currents of maximum 20 kA / 0.5 sec. If higher power arc currents are
specified then the combination of grading rings with special power arc
protection devices shall be applied in accordance with CIGRE Technical
Brochure No. 365. Also combined field grading / arcing devices such as
tandem rings are suitable for currents up to 63.5kA / 1sec. The function of
such devices shall be proven by tests in accordance with IEC 61467.

B1.4.7.5 Clamps and fittings for ISWER system

B1.4.7.5.1 General
All clamps and fittings shall comply with the requirements of this Bidding
Document and must be approved by the Employer/ Employers Representa-
tive. They shall be suitable for the insulated ACSR earthwire/ OPPC types
specified. The Contractor shall ensure close and continuous liaison between
the manufacturers of earthwire/ OPPC, clamps and fittings so that the
equipment will be perfectly adapted.

The detailed design of OPPC suspension and tension hardware shall be

coordinated with the manufacturer of the OPPC. The installation techniques
and procedures shall be submitted to the OPPC manufacturer and his written
approval for the complete design and materials intended to be used with the
approved OPPC type will be presented to the Employer/ Employers
Representative before the final approval for the hardware and OPPC will be
granted.

All clamps and fittings except for vibration dampers shall be supplied by the
same manufacturer. Splitting up of the supply of clamps and fittings will not
be permitted.

Besides, the Contractor shall assure perfect fitting of the earthwire/ OPPC
set attachment armatures (connecting hardware) to the tower steel construc-
tion. The design of adjacent metal parts and mating surfaces shall be such as
to prevent corrosion of the contact surfaces and to maintain good electrical
contact under service conditions. The attachment sets shall withstand
lightning strokes and fault currents as specified in the Technical Schedules
without suffering damage, and this performance must be checked in accord-
ance with the requirements. The Employer/ Employers Representative may
require tests to be carried out to demonstrate the short circuit characteristics
of each type of connection-to-tower set. The cost of such tests shall be borne
by the Contractor.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 106
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

All ferrous parts of the assemblies component elements and of the accesso-
ries for conductors and earthwire/ OPPC shall be hot dip galvanized accord-
ing to ISO 1461.

The split pins of all clamps and fittings shall be of stainless steel.

The suspension towers will be equipped with suspension sets and the
tension towers with tension sets. All sets shall be designed for the specified
earthwire/ OPPC selected type and for the mechanical loads and loading
conditions shown below as well as the safety factors given in the Technical
Schedules:

earthwire/ OPPC dead weight

the wind loading on earthwire/ OPPC
maximum working tension of the earthwire/ OPPC
partial load safety factors as specified above
partial material safety factor for fittings M = 2.50 .

Particular care shall be taken during manufacture of clamps and fittings and
during subsequent handling to ensure smooth surfaces free from burrs and
sharp edges.

B1.4.7.5.2 Suspension assemblies

Armor grip suspension clamps shall be used for earthwire/ OPPC. The clamp
body shall be of high-tensile strength corrosion-resistant aluminum alloy and
shall be preferably forged or cast. In the case of cast ones an additional
reinforcement shall be foreseen. The spiral rods shall also be of aluminum
alloy and shall not have diameters less than 4 mm.

The material of the clamps should satisfy the norms EN 1559 for aluminum
alloy castings and EN 1562 for malleable cast iron.

The neoprene or other non-metallic material shall have good resistance to

aging and be capable of withstanding temperatures between + 10C and
+40C without changing of essential properties. The material shall have
adequate resistance to the effects of ultra-violet radiation, ozone or pollution
factors.

The rotational axis of the clamp shall be in the longitudinal axis of the
earthwire/ OPPC to avoid unacceptable distortion of the earthwire/ OPPC due
to unbalanced longitudinal loads. The Contractor shall ensure by appropriate
design a suitable performance of the clamp-conductor assembly by wind
induced vibration.

Connecting hardware is required for a suitable connection to the tower and the
Contractor is responsible to supply the complete set of the suspension assem-
bly.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 107
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

B1.4.7.5.3 Tension assemblies

The earthwire/ OPPC attachments to tower shall be of helical grip type
consisting of two helical parts (fittings), one for earthwire/ OPPC protection
and the other one as actual dead-end fitting. Preformed helical dead-ends shall
have "cabled loop" eyes. The material of the spiral rods shall be high-tensile
strength aluminum clad steel.

The material of the clamps should satisfy the norms EN 1559 for aluminum
alloy castings and EN 1562 for malleable cast iron.

The protection part is defined to protect the earthwire/ OPPC against radial
forces produced by the high longitudinal tensions during operation. The
protection part must be laid in the opposite direction of the outer layer of the
earthwire/ OPPC and the dead-end part must be laid in opposite direction to
the protection part. The grip strength shall be at least 95 % of the ultimate
tensile strength of the earthwire/ OPPC.

The tension attachment devices must correspond to the earthwire/ OPPC type
and dimensions. The protection part must be longer than the tension (dead-
end) part and the length must be sufficient to install vibration dampers. The
number and diameter of the spiral rods of the two parts are generally different
but must be coordinated to meet the operational requirements.

B1.4.7.5.4 Mid span joints

Regarding insulated ACSR earthwires, mid-span joints shall not be less than
30m from the nearest earthwire clamp. Unless the Employer/ Employers
Representative agrees mid-span joints shall not be used under the following
circumstances:

in spans crossing power lines, buildings and main roads.

in single span sections.

The OPPC shall not be jointed in the spans.

B1.4.7.5.5 Arcing horns

As arcing device, the arcing shall be designed to protect insulators and
conductors when flashover occurs. The arcing fittings shall be made of hot
dip galvanized steel and must have the capability to withstand a lightning
strike and a short circuit current as per Technical Schedules. The arcing
fittings must be designed so that in case of flashover the arc will be led to
the end burning spot. The gap between the horns shall be in a range so as to
be suitable to guarantee a maximum operation voltage for the ISWER
system of 36/3 kV. Proof has to be given that the rod gap has sufficient
self-extinction capacity (horizontal and vertical arrangement).

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 108
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

They may reach a final temperature not exceeding 600C during the short-
circuit. The function of arcing protection must not be greatly altered by the
power arc.

B1.4.7.6 Clamps and fittings for Earthwire and OPGW

B1.4.7.6.1 General
All clamps and fittings shall comply with the requirements of this Biding
Document and must be approved by the Employer/ Employers Representa-
tive. They shall be suitable for the earthwire/ OPGW types specified. The
Contractor shall ensure close and continuous liaison between the manufac-
turers of earthwire/ OPGW, clamps and fittings so that the equipment will
be perfectly adapted.

The detailed design of OPGW suspension and tension hardware shall be

coordinated with the manufacturer of the OPGW. The installation tech-
niques and procedures shall be submitted to the OPGW manufacturer and
his written approval for the complete design and materials intended to be
used with the approved OPGW type will be presented to the Employer/
Employers Representative before the final approval for the hardware and
OPGW will be granted.

All clamps and fittings except for vibration dampers shall be supplied by the
same manufacturer. Splitting up of the supply of clamps and fittings will not
be permitted.

Besides, the Contractor shall assure perfect fitting of the earthwire/ OPGW
set attachment armatures (connecting hardware) to the tower steel construc-
tion. The design of adjacent metal parts and mating surfaces shall be such as
to prevent corrosion of the contact surfaces and to maintain good electrical
contact under service conditions.

At all suspension, tension towers and substation gantries, the earthwire/

OPGW shall be electrically connected to the steelwork by means of jumpers
of the same size and material as the earthwire/ OPGW as well as by means
of suitable fittings.

The earthwire connections to the towers (connecting hardware, earthing

connections) shall withstand the lightning stroke and fault current shown in
the Technical Schedules without suffering damage and this performance
must be checked in accordance with the requirements. The Employer/
Employers Representative may require tests to be carried out to demon-
strate the short circuit characteristics of each type of connection-to-tower
set. The cost of such tests shall be borne by the Contractor.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 109
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

All ferrous parts of the assemblies component elements and of the accesso-
ries for conductors and earthwire/ OPGW shall be hot dip galvanized
according to ISO 1461.

The split pins of all clamps and fittings shall be of stainless steel.

The suspension towers will be equipped with suspension sets and the
tension towers with tension sets. All sets shall be designed for the specified
earthwire/ OPGW selected type and for the mechanical loads and loading
conditions shown below as well as the safety factors given in the Technical
Schedules:

earthwire/ OPGW dead weight

the wind loading on earthwire/ OPGW
maximum working tension of the earthwire/ OPGW
partial load safety factors as specified above
partial material safety factor for fittings M = 2.50 .

Particular care shall be taken during manufacture of clamps and fittings and
during subsequent handling to ensure smooth surfaces free from burrs and
sharp edges.

B1.4.7.6.2 Suspension assemblies

Armor grip suspension clamps shall be used for earthwire/ OPGW. The clamp
body shall be of high-tensile strength corrosion-resistant aluminum alloy and
shall be preferably forged or cast. In the case of cast ones an additional
reinforcement shall be foreseen. The spiral rods shall also be of aluminum
alloy and shall not have diameters less than 4 mm.

The material of the clamps should satisfy the norms EN 1559 for aluminum
alloy castings and EN 1562 for malleable cast iron.

The neoprene or other non-metallic material shall have good resistance to

aging and be capable of withstanding temperatures between + 10C and
+40C without changing of essential properties. The material shall have
adequate resistance to the effects of ultra-violet radiation, ozone or pollution
factors.

The rotational axis of the clamp shall be in the longitudinal axis of the
earthwire/ OPGW to avoid unacceptable distortion of the earthwire/ OPGW
due to unbalanced longitudinal loads. The Contractor shall ensure by appropri-
ate design a suitable performance of the clamp-conductor assembly by wind
induced vibration.

Connecting hardware is required for a suitable mechanical and electrical

connection to the tower and the Contractor is responsible to supply the com-
plete set of the suspension assembly.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 110
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

B1.4.7.6.3 Tension assemblies

The earthwire/ OPGW attachments to tower shall be of helical grip type
consisting of two helical parts (fittings), one for earthwire/ OPGW protection
and the other one as actual dead-end fitting. Preformed helical dead-ends shall
have "cabled loop" eyes. The material of the spiral rods shall be high-tensile
strength aluminum clad steel.

The material of the clamps should satisfy the norms EN 1559 for aluminum
alloy castings and EN 1562 for malleable cast iron.

The protection part is defined to protect the earthwire/ OPGW against radial
forces produced by the high longitudinal tensions during operation. The
protection part must be laid in the opposite direction of the outer layer of the
earthwire/ OPGW and the dead-end part must be laid in opposite direction to
the protection part. The grip strength shall be at least 95 % of the ultimate
tensile strength of the earthwire/ OPGW.

The tension attachment devices must correspond to the earthwire/ OPGW

type and dimensions. The protection part must be longer than the tension
(dead-end) part and the length must be sufficient to install vibration dampers.
The number and diameter of the spiral rods of the two parts are generally
different but must be coordinated to meet the operational requirements.

B1.4.7.6.4 Mid span joints

Regarding earthwires, mid-span joints shall not be less than 30m from the
nearest earthwire clamp. Unless the Employer/ Employers Representative
agrees mid-span joints shall not be used under the following circumstances:

in spans crossing power lines, buildings and main roads.

in single span sections.

The OPGW shall not be jointed in the spans.

B1.4.7.7 Tests

B1.4.7.7.1 General
The Employer/ Employers Representative is entitled to attend tests and
inspections, and the Contractor shall bear all costs and expenses of tests and
attendance as per price schedules. The Contractor shall give the Employer/
Employers Representative notification in writing, not less than 45 days in
advance, of the date of material testing. Test program shall demonstrate
procedures of test in order to proof the specified technical requirements and
be subject to approval by the Employer prior testing starts. Additional tests
may be called by the Employer/ Employers Representative to ensure that
the required quality is met. The Contractor shall supply all necessary labor,

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 111
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

material, equipment and competent and authorized test personnel. Calibra-

tion of equipment is deemed to be included. Six (6) copies of test reports
and/ or certificates are to be provided showing all results and information
necessary. If the Employer/ Employers Representative waive to attend the
test, it will neither relieve the Contractor of his full liability to meet the
required quality and to complete the works nor prejudice or affect the rights
of the Employer/ Employers Representative set forth under this contract.

B1.4.7.7.2 Insulators and insulator sets

The insulator units and the insulator sets used in this Contract will be subjected
to type, sample and routine tests according to

IEC 61109 Composite insulators for AC overhead lines with a

nominalvoltage greater than 1000V, Definitions, test methods and
acceptance criteria
IEC 60437 Radio Interference Test
IEC 61467 Insulators for overhead lines, insulator strings and sets for
lines with nominal voltage greater than 1000 V, a.c. power arc tests
IEC 60507 Pollution Test
IEC 60587 Test methods for evaluating resistance to tracking and
erosion
IEC 60591 Sampling rules and acceptance criteria.

Type, sample and routine tests shall be performed. The costs for these tests
are deemed to be included in the Bid Price.

Regarding composite insulators, the following sample tests shall be carried out
in addition to IEC 61109 in order to guarantee first class quality and long
service, and the costs are deemed to be included in the Bid Price:

The quality of crimping of the core shall be proven by dynamic / cyclic

load-time tests. The derived load-time curves shall show a withstand
extrapolation of 50 years for 50% static combined with 6% dynamic (7
Hz vibration frequency) loading related to the SML.
96h acid resistance test of the loaded rod as per IEC TR 62039, Clause
3.8 performed in ambient temperature, in order to evaluate whether the
specified glass material is used
96h tensile test (60% of UTL or 70% of SML as per IEC 61109) with
determination of UTL subsequently, in order to verify compliance with
type test certificates
3000h UV test in addition to UV weathering test as per IEC 62217
Tracking and erosion test as per IEC 60587 applied for specimen of
housing material, in order to prove the housing material
Aging resistance certified for 5000h multi-stress test according to IEC
61109 Annex C.
Sealing test as per CEA/ LWIG procedure (CAN 411.4, Clause 4.7.3)
Coaxiality of the housing at the shank shall be proven by cutting sample
insulators taken from the production at least for 5 pieces for evaluation

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 112
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Housing and core materials applied for delivery shall be recorded by

fingerprinting methods as presently defined in CIGRE WG D1.27 (FTIR,
TGA/DSC and gravimetric analysis shall be applied in order to
fingerprint type, design tested and delivered materials). The fingerprints
shall be documented for at least 15 years in a report by the manufacturer.

The composite insulator manufacturer shall provide existing test reports of

similar insulators manufactured by him in proof of his capability to perform
the above required additional tests and the high quality of his materials and
products.

Regarding visual examination, the surface of each insulator shall be exam-

ined in order to reject insulators with defective surfaces. Defective insula-
tors are those which are not in accordance with the following details:

The mounting of the metal fitting on the insulating parts shall be in

accordance with the drawings.
The color of the insulator shall be approximately as specified in the
drawings.
Cracks at the shank and on the shed surface are not allowed. Individual
superficial defects shall not exceed 25 mm and the total defective area
shall not exceed 0,2% of the total insulator surface.
The depth of the cavities on the insulator surface shall not exceed 1 mm.
Scaly crumblings are allowed at the edges of a shed only. However, the
total amount of crumblings shall not exceed a volume of approx. 100
mm per 1000 mm of insulating length and an individual crumbling shall
not exceed 50 mm.
Individual protrusion up to 2 mm at the rim of the sheds are admitted,
protrusion at the shank is not admitted.
Burrs derived from molding process which are aligned with the insula-
tor's axis shall be removed completely in order to avoid electrical long
term failure of the insulator.

B1.4.7.7.3 Clamps and fittings for conductors and earthwires

The clamps and fittings used in the insulator sets and for attachment to
tower as well as for the conductor assembling will be submitted to type,
sample and routine tests according to IEC 61284 as agreed with the Em-
ployer/ Employers Representative.
Galvanizing tests, if applicable, are included. The costs for these tests are
deemed to be included in the Bid Price.

B1.4.7.7.4 Clamps and fittings for OPGW and OPPC

The OPGW/ OPPC suspension and tension attachment-to-tower sets shall
be tested for mechanical and thermal performance. These are in particular:

tensile load test

clamp bolt tightening test

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 113
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

unbalanced load test

aeolian vibration test
fault current test.

The Joints for OPGW/ OPPC (joint enclosure and splices) are subject to the
requirements of IEC 61073, IEC 61300 and shall be tested as specified in the
documents.

The mechanical tests specified in IEC 61073-1, par. 4.5, shall be performed.

The test procedures shall follow the recommendations of CIGRE, TF

22.11.03, Guide for Fittings for Optical Cables on Transmission Lines, Part
2A, Testing Procedures (published in ELECTRA No. 188, February 2000).

The tensile test shall be agreed with the OPGW/ OPPC manufacturer and
the optical attenuation shall be measured. The clamp bolts have to be
tightened according to the recommended moments and the OPGW/ OPPC
shall be checked afterwards visually.

The vibration test shall be coordinated with IEC 60794.

The Bidder shall demonstrate the adequacy of the grounding connection to

the fault current by test date, field experience or calculation.

The costs for these tests are deemed to be included in the Bid Price.

B1.4.7.7.5 Particular tests

In addition to these tests mentioned above, particular tests of the insulator sets
and insulator units have to be carried out:

corona test;
radio interference test;
thermal stability test (OPGW/ OPPC).

The tests referring to the insulator sets have to be carried out on completely
equipped sets, with all clamp and fitting parts, installed in their characteris-
tic working position and having attached also an agreed length of conductor
bundle. The costs for these tests are deemed to be included in the Bid Price.

Corona Tests
The corona tests shall be carried out as design tests in the manufacturer's
works or in specialized laboratories.

The line components to be corona tested are all insulator set types as well as
the conductor accessories like joints and repair sleeves.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 114
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Each type of insulator set has to be completely equipped with all clamp and
fitting parts and installed in its characteristic working position, having
attached also agreed length of conductor bundle.

The suspension sets will be provided with armor rods and, if applicable,
with counterweights also.
The conductor accessories can be installed as separate test object or inserted
in the insulator set test arrangement.

For the corona tests, the optical detection method with pre-stressing accord-
ing to IEC 60270 (1981) shall be applied.

The test object has to be energized for 5min at minimum 267kV (r.m.s)
phase-to-ground. Then the voltage shall be continuously decreased in order
to establish the voltage value of which visible discharges disappear (corona
extinction voltage = Ve). After this, the voltage shall be continuously
increased in order to establish the voltage value at which visible discharges
appear (corona inception voltage = Vs). Five (5) successive tests have to be
performed according to this procedure. The average value of the resulting
corona extinction voltages Ve shall be considered as test result.

Pictures shall be taken during the test at several voltage levels in order to
demonstrate optically the corona performance of the test object.

The following has to be agreed with the Employer/ Employers Representa-

tive:

the arrangement of the test object;

the optical equipment and its characteristics;
the relative position of the optical equipment to the test
object;
the simulated atmospheric conditions.

The results must confirm an extinction voltage of at least 267kV phase-to-

ground.

Radio Interference Tests

The radio interference (RI) tests shall be carried out as type test in the
manufacturer's works or in specialized laboratories.

Same line components like for corona tests (see above) shall be tested for
radio interference or radio noise.
Same requirements and recommendations regarding the completeness and
arrangements of the test objects like for corona tests (see above) are applied
also for RI tests.

Additionally, each insulator unit type shall also be tested.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 115
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

The RI tests will be based on the IEC 60437. The test voltage will be
267 kV. The radio noise limits (across 300 ohm at 1 MHz) is 46 dB above
1 microvolt.

The arrangement of the considered objects for tests, the measuring circuit as
well as the simulated atmospheric conditions shall be subject to agreement
between Employer/ Employers Representative and Contractor.

Thermal Stability Tests

Thermal stability of the OPGW/ OPPC suspension and tension attachments
to tower shall be verified according to the procedures recommended in IEC
61854.

If requested by the Employer/ Employers Representative a thermal stability

tests shall be carried out as type tests in the manufacturer's works or in
specialized laboratories on the OPGW/ OPPC suspension and tension
attachments to tower.

Each attachment set type shall be completely installed in its typical working
position together with a sufficient OPGW/ OPPC wire length in order to
allow for a simultaneous test (OPGW/ OPPC and attachment set).

Each set type will be submitted to a cycle of three (3) tests with different
test parameters as shown below:

Test Short-Circuit Current Duration

1 7 kA 1.0 sec.
2 10 kA 0.5 sec.
3 22 kA 0.1 sec.

Oscillograms of the short-circuit currents and voltages applied during tests

shall be recorded.

Photographs shall also be taken from the tested object before and after test.

The tests shall be considered as successful if no damage of the OPGW/

OPPC or of the attachment sets occurs. The fault current supply circuit and
the arrangement of the tested object shall be subject of the Employers/
Employers Representatives approval.

B1.4.7.7.6 Tests during erection

Galvanizing Thickness
The galvanizing thickness shall be randomly tested on site after receiving
the galvanized components as well as during erection. The zinc coatings
must comply with the thickness requirements for each component.

The Contractor shall have available on site for the Employers/ Employers
Representatives use an instrument suitable for the accurate checking of
galvanizing thickness. The measuring instrument shall be available from the

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 116
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

time of arrival of the first consignment of material until the issue of the
operational acceptance certificate. The cost of the gauge and other operating
expenses are deemed to be included in the Contract price.

Test for Splicing

After installation of the OPGW/ OPGW, OPPC/ OPPC but before splicing
the optical fibers shall be tested regarding attenuation. Furthermore, OPGW/
OPPC, OPGW/ OPUG and OPPC/ OPUG joints shall be tested to prove
compliance with the specified performances (attenuation), including OTDR
tests.

B1.4.7.8 Packing
The insulators shall be packed and carried out in suitable boxes. Each
package of insulators shall be marked with the type designation used by the
manufacturer. A handling guide shall be attached to each crate. The guide
shall reflect the best practice documented in CIGRE Technical Brochure
No. 184.

Fittings shall be packaged in non returnable timber crates in a manner that

prevents damage during transport and handling. Small items may be packed
in jute bags up to a gross weight of 25kg within larger containers. Contain-
ers over 25kg shall be delivered on pallets suitable for handling by forklifts.
Components of dead ends, mid-span joints, armor rods etc., shall be pack-
aged as complete sets. Cardboard containers and metal drums are not
acceptable.

B1.4.8 Dampers

B1.4.8.1 Spacer dampers

B1.4.8.1.1 Requirements
Phase conductors arranged in twin bundle shall be fitted with spacer damp-
ers in order to maintain a distance of 450 mm between the sub-conductors
under all working conditions and to protect the conductors under aeolian
vibrations.

The number of spacer dampers shall be determined by a Damping Study

which is deemed to be included in the scope of work. The Contractor shall
submit all data and calculations regarding the characteristics, number and
placement of the spacer dampers to be used for the various ranges of spans.
The calculations shall cover the range of 1 to 7 m/s wind velocity and typical
conductor tensions (EDS) and the range of span lengths.
The Contractor will guarantee by means of corresponding calculations that the
bending stress of the conductor will be restricted to maximum 150 m/m. All

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 117
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

data for the calculations shall be performed under the responsibility of the
Contractor and shall be subject for approval of the Employer/ Employers
Representative.

The spacer dampers shall be efficaciously distributed along the spans at

approved unequal intervals, but at minimum 2 m away from any mid span
joint or repair sleeve or any other fitting attachment to the conductor. The
following requirements shall be observed:

Sub-conductor contacts under normal service conditions are excluded.

The conductor bundle must have satisfactory torsion stability.
Damage of sub-conductors and of spacer dampers themselves by short-
circuit is excluded.

For bolted clamps, all bolts of the spacer dampers shall be captive. The
shape of the clamp shall provide a large radius around the conductor in
order to guarantee a corona-free level similar to that of the conductor
bundle.

The clamp shells and the spacer himself shall be made of corrosion-resistant
high-strength aluminum alloy. For bolted clamps, the bolts and nuts used in
the spacer clamps shall be galvanized or of stainless steel. The washers
underneath the bolt head shall be made from stainless steel only. The
clamping bolts shall be of steel having a minimum tensile strength of 800
N/mm2. The tightening torque shall be defined for conditions of friction for
bolt head, thread and washer and shall consider a setting of the connection.
Nuts shall only need slackening, not removal, in order to fit the spacer to the
conductors. The nuts or bolts shall be locked in an approved manner against
vibration loosening.

Spacer clamps shall incorporate an approved arrangement to ensure that the

correct clamping pressure is maintained when conductor strands move due
to bedding down, creep and tension or temperature variation. Clamps shall
not damage the conductor at any time.

Elastomers or other non-metallic materials shall have good resistance to

aging and be capable of withstanding temperatures between +10C and
+85C without change of essential properties. The materials shall have
adequate resistance to the effects of ozone, ultra-violet radiation and air
pollution over the entire temperature range.

The spacer dampers shall be capable of the movements shown below without
damaging the conductors:

longitudinal movement parallel to the conductor max. 25 mm

vertical movement at right angle to the conductor max. 15 mm
torsional and axial on horizontal plane max. 2

The spacer dampers shall be designed and manufactured by an approved

company which can show that similar spacer dampers have been supplied

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 118
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

by them for overhead transmission lines with horizontal twin bundle con-
ductors and can also show that the equipment supplied has provided several
years of trouble free service.
The Contractor shall provide evidence by end users certificates and show
details which include a full and complete specification of the materials,
manufacture and guaranteed performance of the spacer dampers.

The Employer/ Employers Representative will accept only the spacer

dampers which are guaranteed by the Contractor to meet satisfactorily the
test requirements specified below:

working temperature: +85C

corona: no visible fair weather corona discharges under the specific site
conditions.

Therefore, under standard laboratory conditions and according to the

recommendations in IEC 61854

the corona extinguishing voltage shall be not less than 267kV r.m.s.
phase-to-earth
radio interference (RI): 46 dB above 1 microvolt at 420 x 1.1/ 3 = 267
kV r.m.s. voltage value phase-to-earth
static compression and tensile performance: 5kN for 1min and the
separation of the clamps before and after the test shall not differ by more
than 5 %
impulse compression performance by short-circuit: 40kA peak with one
clamp offset longitudinally by 35 mm (spacing 450 mm), conductors at
everyday tension
compression and tensile fatigue performance: 10 million cycles at 1Hz each
clamp loaded to 500N (fatigue test sub-span oscillation)
vertical fatigue performance: 100 million cycles at 20Hz with a relative
displacement of the clamp of 15 mm
torsion fatigue performance: 100 million cycles at 20Hz with a relative
displacement of the clamp up to 2
for bolted clamps, a clamp slip: max. 1mm by a load of 6kN applied for
10min.
Alternatively and verified by a Damping Study, rigid spacers together
with stockbridge dampers for each sub-conductor may be offered.

B1.4.8.1.2 Tests
The Employer/ Employers Representative is entitled to attend tests and
inspections, and the Contractor shall bear all costs and expenses of tests and
attendance as per price schedules. The Contractor shall give the Employer/
Employers Representative notification in writing, not less than 45 days in
advance, of the date of material testing. Test program shall demonstrate
procedures of test in order to proof the specified technical requirements and
be subject to approval by the Employer prior testing starts. Additional tests
may be called by the Employer/ Employers Representative to ensure that

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 119
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

the required quality is met. The Contractor shall supply all necessary labor,
material, equipment and competent and authorized test personnel. Calibra-
tion of equipment is deemed to be included. Six (6) copies of test reports
and/ or certificates are to be provided showing all results and information
necessary. If the Employer/ Employers Representative waive to attend the
test, it will neither relieve the Contractor of his full liability to meet the
required quality and to complete the works nor prejudice or affect the rights
of the Employer/ Employers Representative set forth under this contract.

Spacer dampers shall be type and sample tested in accordance with IEC
61854 (Requirements and Tests for Spacers). All tests shall not cause
damage to the conductors to which the test spacers were applied.

For short-circuit tests, the peak and r.m.s. values as well as the method is
described above.

Tests of the electrical and mechanical characteristics of the spacer dampers

shall be deemed to be covered in the Price Schedules.

B1.4.8.2 Stockbridge dampers

B1.4.8.2.1 Requirements
Vibration dampers of Stockbridge type shall be installed at all earthwire
suspension and tension points and shall be mounted on armor rods. The
expression earthwire is to be understood as either non-insulated ACSR
conductor and OPGW or insulated ACSR conductor and OPPC (ISWER
system).

Minimum two dampers per span shall be provided; one damper per span is not
permitted. The exact number of dampers shall be determined by a Damping
Study which is deemed to be included in the scope of work. The Contractor
shall submit all data and calculations regarding the characteristics, number and
placement of the vibration dampers to be used for the various ranges of spans.
The calculations shall cover the range of 1 to 7 m/s wind velocity and typical
earthwire tensions (EDS) and the range of span lengths. All data for the
calculations shall be performed under the responsibility of the Contractor and
shall be subject for approval of the Employer/ Employers Representative.

Regarding the damping characteristics of the vibration damper, the Contractor

shall guarantee that close to the suspension clamps as well as to the damper
own clamp, the conductor stains due to the wind induced vibrations are kept
within acceptable limits over the entire range of possible frequencies. The
Contractor shall guarantee by means of corresponding calculations that the
bending strain of the conductor will be restricted to maximum of 150 m/m
and the damper clamp velocity will not exceed 0,1m/s.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 120
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

The damper clamps shall be of forged aluminum alloy or cast and shall be
designed to ensure that dampers do not cause damage to the earthwire type
for which they are used.

As function of the necessary distance between the first vibration damper and
the mouth of the suspension clamp on earthwire, the damper clamp shall be
dimensioned taking into account the installation on the earthwire or on the
armor rods.

For bolted clamps, the clamping bolts shall be of steel having a minimum
tensile strength of 800 N/mm2 and shall be designed to facilitate an easy
damper mounting. The screws shall be locked in an approved manner. The
washers shall be made of stainless steel.

Elastomers or other non-metallic materials if used shall have good re-

sistance to aging and be capable of withstanding temperatures between
+10C and +40C without change of essential properties. The materials
shall have adequate resistance to the effects of ozone, ultra-violet radiation
and air pollution over the entire temperature range.

The damper shall be designed to exclude water collection. If this is not

possible, they shall have drainage holes with a minimum diameter of 6mm.
All ferrous parts of the damper component elements shall be corrosion
protected.

B1.4.8.2.2 Tests
The Employer/ Employers Representative is entitled to attend tests and
inspections, and the Contractor shall bear all costs and expenses of tests and
attendance as per price schedules. The Contractor shall give the Employer/
Employers Representative notification in writing, not less than 45 days in
advance, of the date of material testing. Test program shall demonstrate
procedures of test in order to proof the specified technical requirements and
be subject to approval by the Employer prior testing starts. Additional tests
may be called by the Employer/ Employers Representative to ensure that
the required quality is met. The Contractor shall supply all necessary labor,
material, equipment and competent and authorized test personnel. Calibra-
tion of equipment is deemed to be included. Six (6) copies of test reports
and/ or certificates are to be provided showing all results and information
necessary. If the Employer/ Employers Representative waive to attend the
test, it will neither relieve the Contractor of his full liability to meet the
required quality and to complete the works nor prejudice or affect the rights
of the Employer/ Employers Representative set forth under this contract.

Stockbridge dampers shall be type and sample tested in accordance with

IEC 61897 (Requirements and Tests for Stockbridge Dampers). All tests
shall not cause damage to the earthwire to which the test dampers were
applied. Tests of sliding forces shall be applied for bolted damper clamps only.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 121
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Tests of the electrical and mechanical characteristics of the Stockbridge

dampers shall be deemed to be covered in the Price Schedules.

B1.4.9 Aircraft Navigation

B1.4.9.1 Warning System

If required by the Employer/Local Authorities selected line sections shall be
provided with aircraft warning spheres for denoting obstacles, conforming
to the Convention on International Civil Aviation. The warning aids may
comprise of one, two or all three measures detailed hereunder.

B1.4.9.2 Warning spheres

The warning spheres shall be 600 mm diameter and manufactured from
fiberglass. The spheres shall be colored and will not fade when subjected to
the direct rays of the sun. They shall be manufactured in two halves and
designed such that assembly and attachment to the conductor is simple.
Provision for drainage of water (humidity) within the ball shell shall be
provided. All metal parts used for holding the spheres in position (no
twisting or slipping) shall be of mild steel and galvanized.

The spheres shall be fitted to both earthwires on the 400kV transmission

line. The expression earthwire is to be understood as either non-insulated
ACSR conductor and OPGW or insulated ACSR conductor and OPPC
(ISWER system).

The position of spheres shall meet the following requirements:

The system shall comprise white spheres (RAL 9010), alternating with
red ones (RAL 3000)
The spheres on two earthwires for any span shall be so staggered that the
maximum distance between any two spheres is not greater than 30 m
The first and the last spheres in any span shall be approximately 15 m
from the towers defining the span
The fixing clamps of the spheres shall match the preformed armor rods to
be supplied for each sphere, to be mounted between sphere shell and
earthwire
The type and details of the spheres shall be closely coordinated with the
OPGW/ OPPC manufacturer in order to avoid any excessive stress on the
OPGW/ OPPC.

B1.4.9.3 Tower painting

If required by the Employer/ Local Authorities tower or tower peaks of
selected line sections shall be painted in red and white for denoting obsta-

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 122
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

cles, conforming to the Convention on International Civil Aviation or in

black and white for bird protection in the specified sections of Lot 3. Tower
painting is subjected to approval of the Employer/ Employers Representa-
tive.

Cleaning
Prior to chemical treatment/ surface preparation, the galvanized surfaces
shall be carefully cleaned by brushing with fresh water to remove all foreign
substances such as salt, white rust and zinc corrosion products, dust sand
and dirt. Chemical treatment procedure of galvanized steel surfaces shall be
subject to the approval of the Employer/ Employers Representative.

Prior to painting, the galvanized surfaces shall be carefully checked for

damages, defects and impurities. In case of persistent white rust, and
corrosion products it is necessary to remove these by sweep-blasting or
mechanical brushes. However, tarnishing of surfaces must be avoided.
In specific cases where damages are severe, re-galvanizing shall be re-
quired.

Such prepared surfaces must be approved by the Employer/ Employers

Representative prior to paint application.

Painting
For better adhesion and corrosion protection priming coats shall be applied
by brush or by airless spray only. The other coats of paint are to be applied
by brush roller or spray and in accordance with the paint manufacturers
recommendations:

first layer of primer

second layer of intermediate coat
final layer of red or black or white color.

All surfaces to be painted must be moisture-free and paintings shall not take
place when:

the surface temperature is above 50C

the relative humidity is above 85 % or the surface temperature is closer
than 3C or below the dew point
it is raining.

All finishes shall be clean and in good sound conditions. Each coat shall
completely and uniformly cover the coat underneath it. Depending on the
authorities requirements, epoxy based multi layer coatings may be applied.

There must be no delay between application of successive coats but each

coat must by thoroughly dry or as directed in the paint instructions before
next coat is applied. Before additional coats are applied to painted surfaces,
the existing paint shall be cleaned of all foreign matters and suitably sanded
if necessary.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 123
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Excessive coat thickness shall not exceed the maximum specified by the
paint manufacturer.

B1.4.9.4 Warning lights

If required by the Employer/ Local Authorities selected line sections shall
be provided with aircraft warning lights for denoting obstacles, conforming
to the Convention on International Civil Aviation.

The aircraft obstruction lights shall have the following general features:

A solar powered LED (Light Emitting Diode) clustered lighting system.

Two bulbs per tower peak, of which only one may be lit at a time
(switchover-relay).
Having a minimum light intensity of 100 candelas for cable fed- and 10
candelas for solar powered systems, steady aviation red light.
Having a minimum bulb life time of 20 000 hours.
All components to be corrosion proof in marine environment (stainless
steel grade A4 only).
System performance shall be understood as the reliable automatic
illumination during all hours of darkness with a visible light intensity as
stipulated in ICAO document.

The system offered shall be comprehensive and complete in every respect.

If the Bidder proposes a system fed by cables, it shall be designed to
withstand the high voltage, induced in case of line earth fault.
It shall consist of constant current regulator, high voltage cable, dimmer
switch, protection equipment, insulating transformers, lightning arresters,
etc. The connection and cabling to the nearest available safe mains supply is
deemed to be included, too.

In case the Bidder offers solar powered lights, a battery maintenance

interval of minimum 5 years shall be guaranteed, as well as the luminous
flux as above under the condition of dusted solar cells. Photovoltaic panel
output shall be rated, over and above age rating, by 40 %, on account of dust
accumulation on the panel surface. The upper edges of the solar panels shall
be fitted with stainless steel needle strips, effectively preventing birds from
sitting in these locations.

It shall be noted that the supply of equipment shall include the necessary
spare parts as per manufacturers recommendation, for a service period of
five years. Expenditure incurred is deemed to be included in the price
quoted in the price tabulation sheet.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 124
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

B1.4.10 Earthing

B1.4.10.1 General
The line route is located for a part in hilly terrain with predominantly firm to
compact silty clay and sand and localized outcropping rock a condition
which is unfavorable for the tower earthing. Therefore the natural earthing
of the foundation steel in combination with artificial earthing system is
specified.

The earthing material shall be supplied in advance before other line material
will be shipped to enable foundation works to be carried out.

Each tower shall be connected to ground by means of an earthing system as

shown in Annex.

The design and tests shall generally follow EN 50341 and IEEE 80-1986.
The tower earthing system will be composed of:

the natural earthing system of foundation reinforcing steel

the artificial earthing system around the four tower footings
earthing pits with Ground Enhancing Material (GEM) if required.

Connection of the earthing devices to the tower steel shall be made approx.
10 cm above the foundation concrete cap and connected by bolts to two
diagonally opposite located tower legs.
The ground earthing wire shall be embedded in suitable plastic hoses from
the foundation cap top down to 1.0 m below ground level as shown in the
Annex.

At each tower, a proper earthing system shall be installed, consisting of an

earthing conductor ring around the complete tower foundation at a mini-
mum of 1.0 m below the surface and at 1.0 m distance from the tower
foundations. The earthing conductor will be connected to the tower legs on
two diagonally opposite stubs.

Each connection of the earthing conductor to the tower stubs as well as

other earthing connections to towers shall be made with two bolts with nuts,
wahshers and spring washers of appropriate material. The minimum diame-
ter of the bolts will be 10 mm. Whenever different materials are to be
joined, the necessary bimetallic transition plates are to be inserted as
required to make sure that electrolytic action (corrosion) is avoided.

The individual tower earthing resistance measured without the earthwire

connected, in dry season is specified as maximum 20 Ohms for line sections
without ISWER system. In line sections with ISWER system installed, due
to the relatively low BIL of 36kV standard isolator, the earthing resistance
of the 400kV towers shall be (as normal case) less than 7 Ohms.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 125
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Earthing materials to be furnished shall be as specified in the Technical

Schedules and summarized below. All materials shall be standard commer-
cial quality suitable for the intended use.

After installation of the earthing system but before stringing of conductors

or earthwires, the Contractor shall measure the earth resistance at each
tower structure and, provided that the specified values could not be met,
improve it by:

using earthing rods connected to the earth conductor ring

installation of a second earthing conductor ring
extending the grounding wire in diagonal direction
execution of earthing pits with GEM
grading rings for tower locations with free and frequent access of people
(residential areas, camping places, playing grounds, etc.), where touch
and step voltages are to be checked.

The stringing of the OPGWs may commence after final approval of the
resistance value by the Employer/ Employers Representative.

B1.4.10.2 Type of earthing systems

Natural Earthing
To include the foundation steel into the tower earthing, inside the concrete
the vertical reinforcing bars will be connected electrically by a steel tape
loop which shall be also welded/screwed to the stub angle.

Further earthing connections shall be provided to include also the horizontal

reinforcing mesh net at the bottom of the foundation.

Artificial Earthing
The earthing system provided shall be adapted to the soil conditions existing
along the line route. If the measured resistance is higher than the specified
limit values at the line and approximately 2 km before the substations 10
Ohms, the Contractor shall propose measures for improvement. These
measures can be but are not limited to:

deep earthing rods

Second earthing ring
earthing conductors diagonal running from the tower legs.

Any additional earthing electrodes shall be routed 1.0 m underground to the

respective foundation and connected underground by compression type
clamps to the primary earthing system.

After application of additional earthing, the Contractor shall repeat the

resistance measurement in all concerned locations.

Ground Enhancing Material (GEM)

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 126
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

If the measured resistance is higher than the limit values after installation of
artificial earthing extension, earthing pits of minimum 1.5 m depth shall be
provided and filled with Ground Enhancing Material. An earthing rod shall
be driven in the filled pit and connected to the extended artificial earthing
system by an additional grounding wire.

After application of additional earthing, the Contractor shall repeat the

resistance measurement in all concerned locations.

Grading Rings
At tower locations subject to special requirements of safety of public, a
closed earthing ring has to be buried around the tower leg, to a depth of
0.6 m at a distance of 1 m to the tower steelworks. The ring is to be con-
nected to counterpoise tower leg earthing.

If found necessary, a second grading ring shall be installed at a depth of

0.8m in a distance of 5 m to the first grading ring.

For tower locations where the Contractor is advised by the Employer/

Employers Representative to install an earthing ring he shall perform
calculations proving the safety limits of step and touch voltages. These
calculations shall be carried out in accordance with approved standards and
shall be subject to approval by the Employer/ Employers Representative.

After application of additional earthing grading rings, the Contractor shall

repeat the resistance measurement in all concerned locations.

B1.4.10.3 Material

Earthing conductor
The tower grounding wire or the grounding tape (earthing strap) shall be at
least
11.5mm diameter galvanized steel wire
40x6mm galvanized steel band.

The earthing conductor shall be connected to the tower steel structure (stub) by
using connectors and/ or bolts.

Connectors
The connection of the basic and additional earthing system to the tower stubs
inside the concrete or above the foundation shall be made by means of a flat
connector compressed on the steel wire and bolted to the stub. In case of using
an earthing tape, the tape may be connected directly to the stub by two bolts.
The bolts shall be of sufficient length to suit the steel connecting angle/ plate
thickness and provide for the nut and washer.

A compression type connector may be used for the grounding connection of

steel wire to steel wire/ to reinforcement bars. The connector shall be made of
steel. The current carrying capacity of the connector shall not be less than that
5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 127
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

of ground wire. The effective length of the clamp shall be sufficient to grip the
connecting wires firmly under normal service conditions.

Alternatively bolted clamp connectors can be proposed.

Grounding Rod
The ground rods shall be of galvanized steel type, delivered in modules and
provided with connectors. The minimum length may not be smaller than 2.0m
and the diameter not smaller than 15mm.

The earth electrode shall be connected to the tower steel by using ground
wires/ tapes and connectors.

B1.4.10.4 Final acceptance of tower earthing resistance

The line route is partly traversing areas of sandy and rocky terrain, which
are unfavourable subsoil conditions for tower earthing. When the 20 Ohms
limit respectively 7 Ohms for ISWER system are still exceeded after all
afore specified enhancement measurer for lower earthing resistance were
put in place, special acceptance limits may apply which in each case are
subject to approval by the Employer/ Employers Representative.

The individual tower earthing resistance measured in dry season shall

depending on the natural soil resistivity not exceed the ultimate earthing
resistance value shown below:

Soil resistivity [m] <100 100-500 500-1000 1000-2000 >2000

Earthing resistance [] 10 15 20 25 30

B1.4.11 Construction, Stringing, Commissioning

B1.4.11.1 General
The following Bidding Document part contains the requirements and
conditions for the work on site like preparation of access roads, route
clearing, tower pegging, preparation of tower locations, foundation works
and erosion protection, tower erection, conductor and OPGW stringing and
sagging works as well as final commissioning. The requirements and
conditions for the work are described in the following chapters.

Methods of the works and qualification of specialists shall conform to high

quality standards. Generally accepted practice requirements and practice of
high-skill work shall be observed.

The Contractor has to develop a suitable planning and has to split the line
length suitably into several transmission line sections, which have to be
treated separately and simultaneously in order to meet the target completion

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 128
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

date. The necessary number of teams for each sub-process shall be deter-
mined.

The Contractor shall have available competent and experienced supervisors

on site at all times during construction/erection works, so that the required
quality will be met.

B1.4.11.2 Safety, infrastructure and supervision

Safety of Personnel
The maximum safety, consistent with good construction and erection
practice must be applied to the personnel engaged for the works under this
Contract.

Particular care shall be taken for the following activities:

Preparing ditches for foundations

Tower erection/ lifting operations
Road crossings
in the places of traffic the conductors and wire cables shall be run-
out at a height of 6 m at least
at the moment of conductors stringing care shall be taken to keep
people away
Electrified railroad crossings
temporary towers shall be installed at least 20 m high with horizon-
tal arms and installed in 15 m from the permanent railroad
when performing the works, the railroad contact conductors and 10
kV OHTL conductors shall be de-energized
Communication line crossings
Stringing of conductor only after approved protection system against
operational disturbance of the crossed communication line is in
place.
Operating transmission line crossings
all installed towers shall be grounded
stringing of conductors only after disconnection and reliable ground-
ing of the energized span of the operating transmission line.
Working near electrical equipment under operation
recommendations of IEC 61936
recommendations of IEC 61472
recommendations of EN 50110

Compliance with Rules and Regulations

All equipment and materials supplied and all works (civil, mechanical,
electrical) carried out shall comply in all respects with the requirements of
the Rules and Regulations as well as of Acts in force in the country of the
Employer and applicable to the Contract works.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 129
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

All working methods employed and all plant and equipment supplied under
this Contract shall be approved by the Employer and applied by the Con-
tractor accordingly.

Living Accommodation
The Contractor shall make his own arrangements with regard to accommo-
dation for his expatriate and locally recruited staff during the construction
period. All dwellings and buildings existing or erected shall comply with
local regulations with regard to construction, water supply, sanitation and
other requirements.

Temporary construction camps shall be provided with proper sanitation and

other necessary facilities. All accommodation shall be removed by the
Contractor when no longer required. After the removal of accommodation
the ground shall be left in a clean and tidy condition.

Medical Services
The Contractor shall make his own arrangements where medical services
may be required for his repatriate and locally engaged staff.

Staff Transport
The Contractor shall provide at his own expense all necessary transport for
his personnel and materials.

Transport for Employers site supervision

The Contractor shall provide vehicles as specified in the Technical Sched-
ules and Price Sheets.

Office Accommodation
The Contractor shall provide for his own such buildings as may be neces-
sary for office accommodation for site staff during the construction period.
The cost of these shall be deemed to be included in the Contract Price.

Site Office for Employer

The Contractor for each lot shall provide for the entire duration of the
contract, site offices for the sole use of the Employers representatives and
Supervisory Engineer (OISF) at localized areas as directed by the Employ-
ers and as specified in the Technical Schedules and Price Sheets.
Fully furnished air conditioned, sound and weatherproof Site Office com-
plete with electrical fittings, plumping and sanitary systems clean and
provided with widows to give a sufficient supply of natural light.
The contractor shall provide two (2) offices at two different locations with
at least 25m of floor area each at the beginning and at the end of the lot. In
addition, adequate toilets and shower/washrooms shall be provided. The
offices can be 40ft long or more containerized or buildings capable of
accommodating four (4) persons each working at conducive environment.

Storage Facilities
The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for storage area and shall
obtain the approval of the Employer for the places along the line route. The

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 130
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Contractor shall provide any necessary protection and safeguarding of the

materials in the areas.

The site storage area shall be prepared with an adequately compacted base
coarse for ordinary storage of conductor drums, tower steel, insulators and
fittings so that the material will not be damaged by in-transit re-loading
operations and effects of adverse weather during storage. Materials and
equipment packed in flammable crates or drums shall be stored in such a
manner as to avoid any damage arising from fire.

Lifting Facilities
The Contractor shall make his own arrangements to purchase or provide
lifting facilities required for materials and equipment handling and transport
on the site.

Supervision, Erection and Checking of Work on Site

The execution of all work on the Site shall be supervised throughout by a
sufficient number of qualified representatives of the Contractor who have
thorough experience of the erection and commissioning.

The Contractor shall allow the Employer/ Employers Representative site

inspections, but such checking shall not relieve the Contractor from the
liability to complete the works in accordance with the Contract or exonerate
him from any of his guarantees.

If the Employer detects defects in the works, the Contractor shall provide
enough staff for a sufficient period of time to remedy the defects.

If the Employer finds the Contractor will be unable to complete the works in
the agreed time schedule, then the Contractor shall work overtime but shall
not make any claims for any extra expenses thereby incurred.

Responsibility of Contractor
Until each section of the works has been taken over or deemed to have been
taken over under the Conditions of Contract, the Contractor shall be entirely
responsible for such section of the works under construction and during test.

During the period of maintenance the Contractor shall ensure that a compe-
tent representative is available at the Site for the purpose of carrying out any
work of maintenance for which the Contractor is responsible.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the behavior on site of all personnel
employed by him.

The Contractor shall be responsible for specifying the quality assurance

requirements applicable to subcontractors and suppliers, for reviewing the
implementation of subcontractors quality assurance arrangements and for
ensuring compliance with the requirements.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 131
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

The Contractor shall ensure that all appropriate technical information is

provided to subcontractors and suppliers. The Contractor shall, for the
supply of items, plant and equipment (including those subcontracted)
arrange for suitable protection for the product at all stages including deliv-
ery and installation at the site.

B1.4.11.3 Route clearing

Wayleave for the line (subject to the negotiations between Employer and
authorities/landowners) will be provided by the Employer to enable the
Contractor to carry out the Contract works. Before the Contractor com-
mences work on any property he will obtain from the Employer expressed
permission and if applicable a Wayleave Schedule giving details of any
special requirements of the owners concerned. The Contractor shall give
adequate notice of commencement of work to the landowners.

Removal of Obstacles
Where clearing is necessary, the following requirements shall be observed:

Other trees and tall scrub shall be cleared to a distance of 45 m on either

side of the centerline of the route. Trees and bushes shall be cut down to
a height of not more than 0.5m above ground level and not removed by
bulldozer.
Tall trees outside the cleared area, of such height that they could fall
within 2 m of conductors, shall be trimmed by the Contractor.
No tree may be felled without the express permission of the Employer.
The necessary permission for the removal of obstructions e.g. fences,
buildings, telecommunication and power lines will be in the responsibil-
ity of the Employer. No obstruction may be removed without the express
permission of the Employer.

Re-Clearing
Before the issue of the Operational Acceptance Certificate or at the time
agreed by the Employer, the Contractor shall have re-cleared the vegetation
within the easement of the specified line corridor.

B1.4.11.4 Access roads

General
Access roads/routes shall be identified by the Contractor themselves as and
where necessary, and shall be constructed by them at their own expense. A
map showing all access roads (existing ones and ones to be constructed) has
to be prepared and submitted to the Employer for approval.

All new access roads required over reasonably good shall be located as far
as possible within the easement, and the number of new access routes
between existing roads and the easement shall be kept to a minimum. Finger
roads are preferable instead of a continuous access along the line. The
Employer will negotiate with the landowners about permission and compen-

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 132
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

sation. The Contractor shall give adequate notice of commencement of work

to the landowners. No unauthorized access route shall be taken by the
Contractor.

Construction
The Contractor shall (after getting permission for the routes) do what is
necessary to make the access suitable for his use and shall take all reasona-
ble precautions to avoid damage, including, if required the erection of
temporary fences or gates where permanent fences, hedges or gates have
been removed. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any additional pay-
ment in the event of a particular access being difficult.

New earth access tracks shall be 4 m suitably compacted. The final surface
level shall be at least 0.5 m above the existing ground level and shall be
constructed in such a way as to be adequately drained to prevent washouts.
Occasional drain ducts laid into the road bed may become necessary to
control drainage run off. Junctions between new tracks and existing roads
shall not impede or damage neither the latter nor any associated drainage
channels, etc.

The bearing capacity of the terrain and its suitability for vehicles shall be
checked before transporting the materials to the designed location.

Maintenance and Handing Over

The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining all agreed access routes,
without undue widening, in a usable condition for the duration of the
Contract and the landowner shall not be put to any inconvenience in gaining
access to his land or buildings.

All necessary measures connected with the access, transport and mainte-
nance are in the responsibility of the Contractor.

B1.4.11.5 Tower pegging

It will be the Contractor's responsibility that the final tower positions within
the line sections will be correctly aligned, that the spans and relative levels
of all proposed tower center pegs correspond with the profile, that the
ground line is such that clearances to conductors are maintained in accord-
ance with the profile drawings. Due precautions shall be taken to ensure that
wind and weight span limitations (maximum or minimum) are not infringed.

Angle (terminal) and suspension towers shall be placed within the following
survey accuracy limits relative to their specified position on the profile plan:

Closing error for distance between angle tower positions:

d 3 D
d: permissible absolute horizontal deviation, in (cm).
D : horizontal distance between the involved angle points, in (m).

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 133
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Closing error for elevation of angle tower positions:

h 1 D
h : permissible absolute vertical deviation, in (cm).
D: horizontal distance between the involved angle points, in (m)

Accuracy of centre line angle at angle tower positions:

r 0,02 or 1'
r permissible absolute horizontal angle deviation, in degree (), or
in minutes (').

Accuracy of suspension tower position in longitudinal direction at

at straight line:
x 8 Sa Sb
x: permissible horizontal deviation in direction of the transmission
centre line, in (cm)
Sa: horizontal distance of forward-span of concerned suspension
tower, in (m).
Sb: horizontal distance of backward-span of concerned suspension
tower, in (m).

Accuracy of suspension tower position in transverse direction at straight

line:
y 1 Sa Sb
y: permissible horizontal deviation at right angle to the transmis-
sion centre line, in (cm).
Sa, Sb: as shown above.

Accuracy of suspension tower position in vertical direction at straight

line:
z 20 cm
z: permissible absolute vertical deviation, in (cm); this value is
predetermined by the specified profile survey tolerance.

Line route pegs are to be provided at an inter-visible distance of 150 m

along the center line of the transmission line.
The Contractor shall verify and provide adequate protection for these pegs
to prevent disturbance during easement clearing, site preparation and
construction.

B1.4.11.6 Route modifications

The contractor shall confirm all towers at the positions shown on the
approved profile plans and drawings. If during the construction the site of
any tower as spotted in the plan and drawings is not suitable by reasons of
topographical, geological or any other affecting conditions, the Contractor
shall be required to recommend alternative locations of the towers to the
Employer/Employers Representative for consideration. The Contractor
shall carry out the work in accordance with the Employers decision.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 134
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

For route modifications agreed with the Employer/Employers Representa-

tive, the Contractor shall carry out a complete line survey, elaboration of the
longitudinal profile drawings including the necessary uphill side slope
information, plotting of the towers, pegging the tower positions in site and
surveying diagonal profiles for determination of leg extensions complete
as required for the project.

All these works caused by route modifications during construction are

deemed to be included in the scope of Contract work and no extra payment
will be done to the Contractor.

B1.4.11.7 Site preparation and erosion protection

Prevention and control of soil erosion at sites is of prime importance for the
stability of the tower location. Leveling of tower locations shall be mini-
mized in sloped terrain therefore.

The tower sites themselves shall also be sloped as necessary to protect

against erosion due to water flow. If there is a natural flow of water across
the site, the water flow shall be diverted around the site or the site shall be
suitably protected against erosion by grading and/or placing of rip-rap or
other erosion barriers, vertiver grass, or construction of drainage.

Prior commissioning of the OHL all tower location susceptible to erosion

shall be inspected in presence of the Employer/ Employers Representative
to check the effectiveness of the applied erosion protection. Indications of
erosion have to be rectified by the Contractor and improvements of erosion
protection provided as approved with the Employer/ Employers Repre-
sentative.

All measures against erosion protection executed in the beginning of works

and/ or prior commissioning are deemed to be included in the Contract
price.

B1.4.11.8 Foundation works

B1.4.11.8.1 General
The execution of tower foundations shall be done in accordance with IEEE
Standard 977 1991 (R1997) as well as CIGRE Recommendation 308
(Foundation Installation) May 2006 and shall include the following main
activities:

Excavation works
execution of the necessary preliminary works before pouring concrete of
the foundations (anchors, groutings, coned shapes, soil exchange, com-
paction, reinforcement laying, placing of formwork, stub setting, etc.)

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 135
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

concreting of foundation
backfill works
cleaning of site and transport of all superfluous materials
protection of the interface between steel tower leg and top section of
concrete function

B1.4.11.8.2 Earthworks
General
Detailed procedures are specified in the part of General Technical Require-
ments. Particular attention is drawn to the requirements of verifying and
assessing of the actual soil condition at each tower footing by an experi-
enced soil mechanic/civil expert.

Excavation
In soil class 1 to 4 the pad concrete is directly placed against the natural soil.
The excavation dimension shall be within 2 cm + 10 cm on the specified
nominal dimension observing the minimum reinforcement cover and
allowable concrete pad eccentricity not exceeding 15 % of the foundation
base width. If loose soil pockets or mismatched excavation position exceed
the tolerances, symmetrical enlargement and reinforcing bar extension shall
be made to achieve a throughout reinforced centric concrete footing struc-
ture.

The horizontal angular distortion of spread footing shall not exceed 3

relative to the diagonal axis and the overall horizontal angular distortion of
the foundations (tower structure) shall not exceed 3 relative to the center
line or bisector line.

Test of select fill

Place select fill in approximately 250 mm layers (compacted thickness) and
compact to 97 % of maximum dry density (BS 1377: - Test 13).

Quality control shall establish all of the following values:

unit dry weight

heavy dynamic sounding, to DIN 4094: 20 blows per 10 cm penetration
or alternatively for dutch cone test, DIN 4094, 200 bar point resistance
plate load test
EV2 not less than 1200 kg/cm2 = 120 MN/m2
EV2/EV1 smaller than 2.2, where:
EV1 being the modules of deformation of the first loading process and
EV2 being the modules of deformation of the second loading process
(reloading after relieving once).

Test of ordinary fill

Ordinary fill is required for all fill and backfill where special fill or select
fill have not been specified on the drawings. Place ordinary fill and compact
to 93 percent of maximum dry density (60 % relative density).

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 136
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Quality control shall establish all of the following values:

Unit dry weight

Heavy dynamic sounding, to DIN 4094: 16 blows per 10cm penetration
or alternatively for dutch cone test, DIN 4094, 160 bar point resistance.
These values are valid only for non-cohesive soils with silt content lower
than 15 %.
Plate load test
EV2 not less than 600 kg/cm2 = 60 MN/m2 for non cohesive soils
(silt content lower than 15 %)
EV2 not less than 450 kg/cm2 = 45 MN/m2 for cohesive soils.
EV2/EV1 smaller than 2.2 for non-cohesive soils
EV2/EV1 smaller than 2.5 for cohesive soils

Tests shall be performed for each 500m3 of fill but not less than once per
shift.

Blasting
The Contractor shall not obtain or make use of any explosives without the
express permission in writing by the local authorities.

The Contractor shall comply strictly with the regulation as required by the
authorities regarding purchase, storage, issuance and use of explosives and
transport of same to and from site, and shall be deemed to have included in
his bid all costs arising from the use, storage and transport of explosives as
well as from supervision of blasting by security forces.

Blasting shall furthermore be strictly and in every case subject to Employ-

ers/ Employers Representatives permission.

All blasting shall be carried out by approved experts only and the Contractor
shall be fully liable for any claims arising from damage or alleged damage,
injury to the public etc. due to blasting.

The Contractor shall be insured with an approved insurance company

against all claims with respect to damage and injury arising from blasting.

Fuses, detonators or blasting caps shall not be transported or stored together

with dynamite or other explosives. The location and design of the storage
places, the transportation methods and the precautions that shall be taken to
prevent accidents shall be subject to the Employers/ Employers Repre-
sentatives approval, but it is understood that this approval does not exempt
the Contractor of his responsibility with regard to the handling of dynamite
or other explosives.

Drilling and blasting plans shall be submitted well in advance for the
Employers/ Employers Representatives approval prior to commencement
of any blasting work.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 137
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

When blasting is carried out, trees, structures etc. in exposed position shall
be adequately protected from damage.

Drilling and blasting shall be arranged and, where necessary, the rock being
blasted shall be protected so as to prevent any scattering of the rock liable to
cause injury to the public or damage to dwellings, buildings and other
property and the works.

Blasting shall be carried out carefully to avoid the loosening of rock surfac-
es that are to remain intact, particularly in those cases where concrete is to
be placed directly against these rock surfaces.

Backfill
Unless otherwise directed, all filling shall be approved selected material and
shall be deposited and compacted using approved material in layers not
exceeding 150 mm thick for hand compaction and 250 mm for mechanical
compaction. In presence of ground water, dewatering of the foundation pit
shall be maintained during backfilling as to guarantee proper compaction of
the subsequent fill material layers.

The Contractor shall be responsible for making good all settlements of

filling due to any cause whatever which may occur up to the end of the
period of maintenance.

B1.4.11.8.3 Leg/ Stub setting

The maximum permitted leg/stub tolerances measured

at the cross diagonals of anchor bolts or

at the top of the stubs

shall be as detailed below and are applicable prior to erecting the tower
structure.

Face, diagonal dimension: 0,1 % of distance

Stub level difference: 0,05 % of diagonal distance
Stub rake (batter axis): 0,5 % of stub length
Stub twist (angular distortion): 0,5 to diagonal axis

The stub setting and positioning will require the application of theodolites,
mm-graduated steel tapes, templates or lower tower base assembly, rigid
stub fixing frames and control measurements during the concreting opera-
tion. Final control measurement shall be recorded in the foundation installa-
tion sheet.

If these tolerances are exceeded at the completed footings, the Contractor

shall submit details of his proposed remedial measures to the Employer/
Employers Representative for approval.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 138
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

The final plumb of angle towers is also affected by a transverse deflection of

the tower head due to conductor load and one-sided utilized bolt clearance
(allowance of shank to hole 2,0 mm). To compensate this additional
deviation, the compression stubs should be raised vertically. The amount
they are raised will depend on the ratio of tower height to base width, angle
of line deviation and lattice system of superstructure. Typically adjustments
range from cm to 10 cm or 0,1 % to 0,5 % of base width.
The stub level setting tolerance in this case will be applied to the Contrac-
tors calculated offset value added to the nominal dimension.

After clamped-in conductors the tower structure deformation shall not

exceed the following allowance:

horizontal deflection of complete tower

plumb 0,4 % of tower height by both circuits installed
plumb 0,6 % of tower height by one circuit installed

In plane deflection of tower sections

sag 0,2 % of reference length by one or both circuits installed

Records of the foundation setting out measurements shall be made available

for approval by the Employer/ Employers Representative.

B1.4.11.8.4 Concrete works

General
Concrete material requirements and concrete testing procedure are specified
in the part of General Technical Requirements.

Placing of concrete
Concrete shall not be dropped into place from a height exceeding 2 m.
Trunks and chutes to Employers Representatives approval shall be used
for any concrete to be deposited from a height exceeding 2 m.

Concreting in high ambient temperatures

The temperature of the mixed concrete shall not exceed 30C. The Contrac-
tor shall take special measures in the mixing, placing and curing of concrete.
These measures shall include the shading of aggregates, spraying of aggre-
gates with water, cooling of the mix constituents and reduction of transpor-
tation time to the minimum. During placing suitable measures shall be
provided to prevent premature setting of concrete placed in contact with hot
surfaces. All concreting areas, formwork and reinforcement shall be shield-
ed from the direct rays of the sun and sprayed with water when necessary.

Protective measures for concrete

Immediately after the compaction of the concrete has been finished, the
Contractor shall ensure adequate protection from the weather. The concrete
surface shall be covered with a layer of sacking, canvas, straw mats or

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 139
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

similar absorbent material, a permanent water layer or special protection

sprays kept constantly moist for at least 7 days.

Repair of defective concrete

Repair of defective concrete shall be performed by skilled workmen. The
Contractor shall keep the Employer/ Employers Representative advised
when repair of defective concrete will be performed. Unless inspection is
waived in each specific case, repair of defective concrete shall be performed
only in the presence of the Employer/ Employers Representative. Unless
otherwise approved, repair of imperfections in formed concrete shall be
completed within 24 hours after removal of forms.

Concrete that is damaged from any cause such as fractured and honey-
combed shall be cut out to a depth at which sound concrete is exposed and
filled within dry pack, mortar or concrete matching the structure. All
concrete used for patching shall be bonded tightly to the surface of the
sound concrete and shall be sound and free from shrinkage cracks and rough
areas after curing and drying. All areas to be patched shall be coated with an
approved concrete bonding agent in accordance with the manufacturer's
printed instructions. Acceptance criteria of defective concrete are specified
in the General Technical Requirements.

Eccentricity of the final concrete structure relative to the stub axis shall not
exceed 10 % of cross sectional dimension of the encasing concrete (chimney
side or pile cap part).
Offsetting of formwork to meet minimum concrete cover at all times and
corresponding form enlargement up to +10 cm on the nominal dimension
may be permitted to achieve final centricity of concrete footing.

B1.4.11.9 Tower erection

General
The Contractor shall erect the towers and tower accessories in accordance with
the approved detailed drawings.

No steel tower shall be installed until at least seven days after the last placing
of concrete in the foundation, and back-filling has been completed

The execution of material delivery, assembly and erection of tower struc-

tures shall be done in accordance with IEEE Standard 951 1997.

In addition, the following requirements shall be observed.

Bolt tightening
In general, the towers shall be assembled and erected with bolts finger-tight
only. Finger-tight or snug-tight is about one-fourth turn from tight. Final
tightening of bolts shall only take place when all members are in place.
Bolts installed with spring washers shall be tightened to an approved torque
range and as indicated in the following table:

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 140
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Size of Bolts (mm) Tightening Torque (Nm)

Bolt cl. 5. 6 Non-oiled, non-MoS2 greased
12 30 50
16 70100
20 130...170
24 270...320

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 141
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Damaged members
Members that are bent, twisted or otherwise deformed in storage, transporta-
tion, handling or erecting operations shall be straightened or replaced by the
Contractor. Straightening shall be done only by the use of methods that will
not damage the zinc coating. Tolerances for lateral variations of straightened
members shall be as follows:

Member Type Tolerances

Compression Members 2 mm/1000 mm
Tension-only Members 6 mm/1000 mm

Members that are damaged in a manner causing reduction in their strength

shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense.
Site testing of zinc coat
The galvanizing thickness shall be tested on site after receiving the galvanized
steel members as well as during their erection. The zinc coatings must comply
with the thickness requirements as per standards.

The Contractor shall have available on site for the Employers/ Employers
Representatives use an instrument suitable for the accurate checking of
galvanizing thickness on site. The measuring instrument shall apply an
electronic measuring method and be available from the time of arrival of the
first consignment of material until the issue of the operational acceptance
certificate. The cost of the gauge and other operating expenses are deemed
to be included in the Contract price.

Wet storage stain or bulky white deposits, flux stains or bar spots of an area >
2 cm and resisting by rubbing finger tips shall be removed by an approved
procedure till sound coating reveals and shall be subject to the application of a
repair coat as outlined below.

Damaged galvanizing
Tower members arriving on site with damaged galvanizing due to mishandling
or formation of white rust shall be repaired by an approved means and submit-
ted to the Employer/ Employers Representative for approval before erection
commences. Members rejected by the Employer/ Employers Representative
shall be reworked until the Employer/ Employers Representative is satisfied
that the repaired coating will provide protection to the member similar to an
undamaged galvanized coating.

The Contractor shall have ready a sufficient quantity of appropriate repair

zinc paint on site.

Painting of towers
For sites liable to be flooded, the tower body (all types) shall be painted with
two coats of coal tar epoxy to a height of 1 m above ground level.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 142
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

The first coat of coal tar epoxy shall be spray applied to the clean, dry steel to
give a dry film thickness of not less than 150 m. The coating shall be
checked for thickness using a magnetic coating thickness gauge and for
pinholes using a spark tester. Any deficiencies shall be repaired immediately.

A second coat of coal tar epoxy shall be applied after a minimum of four hours
after the application of the first coat but not later than five days after the
application of the first coat to give a total dry film thickness of not less than
300 m. Coal tar epoxy shall not be applied when relative humidity exceeds
85 %.

B1.4.11.10 Earthing
General
Earthing continuity from the earthwire/ OPGW to support fittings to the
earthing system is provided by surface contact of bolted members (except
ISWER system).

The use of the natural earthing consisting of the structural foundation steel is
essential. Welded connections shall be provided to include the vertical rein-
forcement bars of the chimney as well as the horizontal ones of the foundation
base (pad) into the earthing system. These weld connections shall be inspected
by the Employer/ Employers Representative before concreting.

Standard earthing and extension of standard earthing has to be installed as

described in the previous chapter.

Before commencement of stringing, footing resistance measurements to be

approved by the Employer/ Employers Representative shall be made at each
tower site.

Earthing of structures under the transmission line

Where the line crosses metal roofs, pipelines or other objects which may have
induced voltages by the energized line, the object concerned shall be earthed in
accordance with the Employers/ Employers Representatives requirements.
All metallic fences both new and existing, which cross under, or which are
located in the proximity of and parallel to the transmission line shall be
grounded.

The metallic fence gates within the right-of-way shall be electrically bound-
ed to the fences.

After installation of the earthing system, the earthing resistance test shall be
carried out.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 143
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

B1.4.11.11 Conductor and earthwire stringing

General
At least one month before stringing commences, the Contractor shall submit a
fully detailed stringing schedule to the Employer/ Employers Representative
for approval. This schedule shall indicate locations of conductor and earthwire
drums and pullers, the proposed position of mid-span joints, together with
temporary staying of towers and all other relevant information required for the
stringing operations including the maximum tensions to be used during
running out of pilot wires, conductors and earthwires.

The special instructions for stringing of the OPGW/ OPPC advised by the
OPGW/ OPPC manufacturer shall be followed. The Contractor shall engage
the manufacturer erection supervisor for the duration of the entire stringing
works.

The tension stringing method as well as the selection of equipment and tools
shall be done in accordance with IEEE Standard 524 2003. Special attention
is to be paid to the chapters regarding grounding of equipment and protection
of personnel.

In addition, the following requirements shall be observed.

Crossing of roads, power lines, etc.

Scaffolding shall be provided over roads, power and communication lines,
houses etc. The cost of all scaffolding shall be included in the stringing price.

The scaffolding which is used to cross specified low, medium and high voltage
power lines shall be of such dimensions to allow clearances that the power
lines being crossed may remain in operation during construction of the new
transmission line. Shut-downs on the lines to be crossed may be given for
construction of new line but shall not be given continuously for longer periods.
Such restrictions in building and use of the scaffolds shall not be grounds for
claiming additional costs. Design and construction of the live line scaffold
shall not be inferior to the minimum standards outlined in the following
clause.

The scaffold shall be designed to withstand the maximum design wind speed,
except that a reduced return period will be accepted. Consideration shall also
be given due to impact loading by dropping of the upper phase conductor. The
scaffold shall consist of square mesh nylon nets attached to steel wire ropes
running perpendicular to the lower line route, carried by metal scaffolding at
3m intervals. The nets shall be attached to the catenary wires by means that do
not require the presence of any persons on the net or the catenary wires whilst
the lower line is alive. The scaffold shall extend at least 5 m either side of the
outermost conductors of the upper line. a maximum of 2 m of this distance
may be provided by means of catchers. Catchers shall be provided at each end
of each scaffold support. The catchers may be vertical or inclined to a maxi-
mum angle of 45 from the vertical.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 144
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Where possible the resistance to earth of the scaffold shall be less than 10
ohms. Special consideration by the Employer and the lower line operator shall
be given in cases where this is not attainable with a reasonable number of
driven earth rods. Bonding the scaffold to the earthing systems of either the
life-line or the line under construction is not normally acceptable.

Drawings of the scaffold, complete with details of the clearance plates and
earthing arrangement, together with supporting, calculations shall be submitted
to the Employer/ Employers Representative for approval.

Repair of damaged conductors and earthwires

Any damage caused to a conductor or earthwire shall immediately be reported
to the Employer/ Employers Representative whose decision to replace or
repair will be final.

Repair of the damage shall be carried out in the manner indicated or approved
by the Employer/ Employers Representative at the expense of the Contractor.

Damage is any deformity on the surface of the conductor which can be

detected by eye or by feel. Damage includes, but is not limited to, nicks,
scratches, abrasions, kinks, basketing, popped-out strands and broken strands.

Where, in the opinion of the Employer/ Employers Representative, repairs

can satisfactorily be effected, repairs shall be made by careful smoothing with
fine emery paper, covering with repair rods or by cutting and jointing.

When damage

to the conductor does not exceed two aluminum strands, either broken or
nicked deeper than one-third of their diameter
to the earthwire does not exceed two AL strands, nicked deeper than one-
third of their diameter

repair sleeves may be installed.

When more than two strands are broken, abraded or nicked deeper than one-
third of their diameter, or two AL strands, nicked deeper than one-third of their
diameter,

the damaged section of the conductor shall be cut out and jointed and
the OPGW/ OPPC shall be replaced.

When there is repeated damage on the same span or in consecutive spans, all
the conductors and earthwires affected in these spans shall be replaced.

Kinked, basketed or severely damaged sections shall be cut out.

All damage caused by come-alongs and other gripping devices shall be

repaired or cut out before final sagging.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 145
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Conductor and earthwire repair sleeves shall not be used without the permis-
sion of the Employer/ Employers Representative and will be granted only in
exceptional circumstances.

Re-drumming because of damage by the Contractor shall be at the expense of

the Contractor.

Jointing of conductors, earthwires and OPGW/ OPPC

Joints in the conductors shall be of the compression type. Conductors shall be
terminated at tension towers by means of compression type dead-end assem-
blies.

Jointing of all conductors shall be performed as nearly as practicable at the

same position.

All compression joints shall be filled and finished with emery cloth to produce
a smooth surface, free of flash and sharp points, which might be a source of
corona or radio interference. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary tools,
including compression tools required.

At joints and terminations, the contact surface of conductors, dead-ends, mid-

span joints and jumper terminals, including the faces of contact palms, shall be
bright and clean and shall be liberally coated with an approved jointing
compound before compression and bolting operations are carried out.

The Contractor shall ensure that no bird-caging, over-tensioning of individual

wires or layers or other deformation or damage to the conductor or earthwire
occurs. Cutting of layers of conductors and earthwire shall be carried out with
tools designed to prevent damage to underlying strands or optical fiber tubes.

The Contractor shall keep a record of each compression fitting showing its
location, date of assembly, and the name of the linesman responsible for the
assembly.

All conductor joints shall be located in the span at least 30m away from a
suspension clamp or tension clamp or compression dead-end. There shall be
not more than one such joint per conductor in any one span.

Sagging
The conductors and earthwires shall be sagged in accordance with ten-
sion/sag tables calculated by the Contractor and approved by the Employ-
er/Employers Representative.

The Contractor shall at an early stage submit for the Employer/Employers

Representatives approval his proposals for a system of initial tensioning
which shall ensure that the conductors and earthwires are so erected as to
arrive at the required final tensions after 10 years in service.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 146
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

The system shall be such that other components of the line are not overload-
ed during stringing operations and conductors and earthwires are not unduly
exposed to Aeolian vibration damage in the period following the erection.

The creep calculation shall consider that the conductors hang in the string-
ing blocks 48h before being pulled to the specified sag.

Final tension shall mean the horizontal tension in a conductor or earthwire

after a time period of approx. 10 years in service, which is considered the
final stage of the conductors/ earthwires, under a given loading and
temperature condition. Final tension corresponds to final sag where the
permanent conductor elongation (creep) at maximum conductor temperature
the specified minimum ground clearance is maintained.

Initial tension shall mean the horizontal tension in conductor/ earthwire at

the time of clamping-in, which is considered the initial stage of the
conductor/ earthwire under a given loading and temperature condition.
Initial tension corresponds to initial sag where the immediate conductor
stretch has been consolidated prior clamping-in of conductor/ earthwire.

Control measurements of sags within 2 weeks after clamping-in shall be

within the following tolerances:

Accuracy of sags of clamped-in conductors/ earthwire at any span length

> 150 m and < 600 m:

z 1 0,5 S
S: horizontal span length, in (m)
z: vertical deviation in (cm) relative to the initial sag

Accuracy phase vertical spacing clearance:

c 15 cm on nominal vertical distance

Accuracy phase horizontal level difference:

f 15 cm level difference relative to each other phase

Bundle twist of spaced phase conductors:

p 2 conductor to horizontal level

Accuracy of cable temperature for sagging:

t 2 C on actual temperature > +10C
t: permissible deviation, in degrees Celsius, on the actual average tem-
perature of conductor material.

The specified tolerance requires the reference measurement of the actual

conductor temperature to be obtained from a ~ 1 m long conductor sample.
The thermometer shall be inserted into the cable core and suspended > 1
hour at the suspension level of the conductor in the respective sagging
section prior to any readings of the temperature.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 147
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Control measurements of sags > 2 weeks after clamping in should be done

after giving due regard to the effects of creep on tensioned conductors (as a
guide, ~ 50 % up to 80 % of the total creep resp. measurable sag increase
arise within the first half year after erection).

The spans adjacent to gantries of substations shall be slack spans.

Clearances between conductors and ground and between jumpers and all
structures are to be checked during erection and before handing over the
line.

Control measurements of conductor ground clearance > 2 weeks < 10 years

after clamped-in conductors shall take into account the initial sag stage at a
given temperature. The in-situ measured vertical clearance at initial stage
shall be bigger than the specified minimum ground clearance plus allowance
at the final stage by the amount of not yet consolidated conductor creep. The
allowable difference between the measured vertical distance and the calcu-
lated ground clearance at any line point shall not exceed -0,50m. When
exceeding the specified clearance tolerance, the Contractor shall undertake
corrective measures being approved by the Employer/Employers Repre-
sentative on his own expenses.

The Contractor shall keep a schedule recording all sagging operations

showing details of the section, the sagging and checking spans, ambient
temperature, pre-stress (where appropriate) initial and final sags, the date of
sagging, clipping-in offsets and conductor ground clearance measurements.
This record schedule along with the record of compression fittings shall
form a part of the final records for the line and shall be handed over for
approval to the Employer/Employers Representative. The records shall be
available for inspection at any time.

Clipping in
All conductors and earthwires shall be accurately marked for clipping-in at
all towers on the same day following final sagging.

Clipping-in offsets shall be calculated by the Contractor and marked using a

method approved by the Employer/Employers Representative that will not
damage the conductors and earthwires.

Preformed armor rods shall be installed at all points of conductor and

earthwire suspension. Armor rods shall be carefully centered in the suspen-
sion clamp. Suspension clamps shall be installed and adjusted such that the
insulator string in its final position hangs in a vertical plane through the axis
of the structure.

If it becomes necessary to change the point of attachment of suspension

clamp by more than 10 cm either way from the mid-point of the armor rods
after they are installed, the rods shall be removed and reinstalled so as to

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 148
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

center on the point of attachment. Under such circumstances the armor rods
may be reused if not damaged.

The Contractor will not be allowed any additional compensation for such
removal, re-installation, or replacement of armor rods where required.

The final suspension insulators shall hang plumb after clamped-in conductor
by a tolerance to the vertical of 2 % of the insulator set length.

The final mid-point position of sag adjuster links after clamped in conduc-
tors shall be within of l from the centre of adjustable range length (l).

The final jumper loop clearance radial from the most bottom projecting steel
part of crossarm shall be within 10 cm on the nominal dimension of the
vertical distance in the loop bend.

B1.4.11.12 Line hardware and insulator string set installation

Insulators and fittings shall remain in their crates and shall be removed only
just prior to erection and shall be handled carefully to avoid damage.
Insulator with porcelain or glass insulating parts shall have no fissures or
cracks and no surface defects such as folds, blow-holes, bubbles in the glass >
5 mm in diameter.

Insulators shall be cleaned immediately prior to lifting onto structures with a

soft cloth to remove all dust and deposits. Abrasives or wire brushes shall not
be used.

The execution of line hardware and insulator string set installation shall be
done in accordance with IEEE Standard 951 1996 (chapter 10 insulators
and hardware) as well as with IEEE Standard 524 2003 (chapter 10.8
damper and chapter 10.9 spacer and spacer damper).

B1.4.11.13 Pre-Commissioning and Commissioning

B1.4.11.13.1 Final checking

Subsequent to the completion of the transmission line construction, the
Contractor shall carry out pre-commissioning and commissioning works.

The Employer/ Employers Representative is entitled to attend final check-

ing and commissioning tests, and the Contractor shall bear all costs and
expenses of tests and attendance as per price schedules. The Contractor
shall give the Employer/ Employers Representative notification in writing,
not less than 45 days in advance, of the date of testing. Test program shall
demonstrate procedures of test in order to proof the specified technical
requirements and be subject to approval by the Employer prior testing starts.
Additional tests may be called by the Employer/ Employers Representative

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 149
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

to ensure that the required quality is met. The Contractor shall supply all
necessary labor, material, equipment and competent and authorized test
personnel. Calibration of equipment is deemed to be included. Six (6) copies
of test reports and/ or certificates are to be provided showing all results and
information necessary within two weeks after test performance.

The pre-commissioning shall include but not be limited to:

tightening of bolts and fixing of missing members to towers;

remove all scaffolds and equipment and clear all debris and other rubbish
from the site;
restore surface damage, foundation subsidence and carry out erosion
control measures, where directed by the Employer/ Employers Repre-
sentative or as required by local authorities or regulations;
remove all left-over materials at winch yards, drum yards and store
yards;
complete danger tree clearing and tree re-clearing on the easement;
re-conditioning and handing over of access roads which shall be used for
maintenance purposes;
check phase sequence plates on both sides of all points of the line;
measurement of the OHTLs and communication parameters.

B1.4.11.13.2 Commissioning
The Contractor shall be responsible for satisfying the Employer/ Employers
Representative when the lines are ready to be commissioned and shall conduct
the commissioning/tests in the presence of and as instructed by the Employer/
Employers Representative. The Contractor shall provide labor, transport and
other assistance as required for Commissioning without extra charge.
If any failure is detected, the Contractor shall locate and determine the cause of
the failure and shall make any replacement or repair necessary or correct any
errors in the installation to the satisfaction of the Employer/ Employers
Representative and at no extra cost.

Prior to the energizing, the Contractor shall provide the Employer/ Employers
Representative with a written statement that all personnel and all temporary
erection earthing points are withdrawn and the line is ready for energizing.

The line shall be energized at full working voltage.

Prior to the operational acceptance of the completed line, the following (as a
minimum) tests shall be carried out:

For power line

conductor electrical continuity proving tests for each phase, by telephone
connection or an alternative method approved and witnessed by the Em-
ployer/ Employers Representative;
insulation megger tests for each phase, witnessed by the Employer/
Employers Representative;

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 150
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

tower earthing system electrical resistance measurements by means of a

high frequency instrument supplied by the Contractor and approved by
the Employer/ Employers Representative;
measurement of the OHTLs electrical parameters (line impedance,
resistance, etc.).

For OPGW/ OPPC

The OPGW/ OPPC performances shall be measured between the joint boxes
installed on the terminal gantries.

The link attenuation shall be measured for each fiber.

The total dispersion at 1550 nm shall not be greater than:

Ns x 0.08 + L x 0.25 on each fiber, where

Ns = total number of splices in line;
L = length of the OPGW measured between the joint boxes
mounted on the terminal gantries (including the excess in
length due to sags and joints).

Telecommunication
The Contractor shall be responsible for the testing of the telecommunication
link between NDC telecommunication rooms of the substations. The corre-
sponding program shall be included in the test program.

B1.4.11.13.3 Operational Acceptance

On completion of the final checking and testing, the Contractor shall deliver to
the Employer/ Employers Representative a written statement certifying that
the line is complete in every respect and that all earths placed by the Contrac-
tor have been removed and that every member of the Contractor's staff has
been informed that nobody is allowed to work on the line unless a working
permit as been issued signed by the Employer/ Employers Representative.
Tools, appliances and spare materials required for maintenance of the trans-
mission line shall be handed over as detailed in the price schedules.

All outstanding drawings and documentation are to be provided as per Con-

tract.

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 151
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

B1.5 Technical Schedules

5413A08/FICHT-7269867-v13 152
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

1. General

System highest voltage for equipment

/power frequency kV/Hz 420 / 50

Nominal voltage kV 400

Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage (peak) kV, peak 1425

Rated switching impulse withstand voltage kV 1050

Rated short duration power frequency withstand kV,

voltage r.m.s. 630

System neutral - Solidly earthed

System highest 3-phase short-circuit current level (1s) kA 40

Short circuit current for thermal stability check of the

kA 10
OPGW (1s)

Specific insulation creepage distance based on system

25
highest phase to phase voltage for equipment (420 kV) mm/kV
min.:

Radio noise limit for radio interference testing of dB

insulator sets, fittings, etc. above 1 46
V
Corrosion protection measures:

Hot-dip galvanizing for steel sections, fittings, etc m 85

Hot-dip galvanizing of bolts, nuts & washers m 55

Conductors
phase conductor type ACSR BLUEJAY
earthwire type ACSR 95/55
OPGW type similar to
AL/ACS 95/55

insulated earthwire (ISWER) type ACSR 185/30

OPPC (ISWER) type similar to
AL/ACS 185/30

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 153
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

Design Temperatures

Maximum ambient temperature C +40

Minimum conductor temperature C +10

Maximum conductor temperature C +85

Every day temperature C +25

Temperature with maximum wind C +10

Reference wind speed VR at 10 m above ground m/s 31

Line Data

Number of circuits quantity 2

Number of conductors per phase quantity 2

Number of OPGWs or OPPCs (ISWER) quantity 1

Number of EWs or insulated EWs (ISWER) quantity 1

Total approximate length of lines

km 225
- Lot 1
km 217
- Lot 2
km 228
- Lot 3

Tower Types

NS and NSh (normal suspension)

o
Angle of deviation angle 0 2

Type of insulator sets cap & pin Isuspension

HS and HSh (heavy suspension)

Angle deviation angle 0 - 2

Type of insulator sets cap & pin I suspension

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 154
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

LA and LAh (light angle)

o
Angle of deviation angle 0 - 30

Type of insulator sets cap & pin tension

HA/DE and HAh (heavy angle/terminal)

Angle Deviation for HA angle 30-70

Angle of deviation for DE:

Line side angle 0-45

Substation Side angle 0-45

Type of insulator sets cap & pin tension

TP (transposition)

Angle of deviation angle 0 - 2

Type of insulator sets cap & pin tension

2. Minimum partial factors

Partial factors for load actions ( F)

1.1 (when stress
For permanent actions (dead weight of conductors, increasing) and
factor
earthwires, insulator sets, tower) 0,9 (when stress
decreasing)
For variable actions (wind, conductor tension) in normal
factor 1.3
loading cases

For accidental actions in exceptional loading cases factor 1.0

For construction and maintenance loads factor 1.5

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 155
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

Partial factors for material strength ( M)

Structural steel sections, plates, etc for suspension towers factor 1.1
Structural steel sections, plates etc for angle towers factor 1.25

Bolts factor 1.25

Concrete factor 1.5

Reinforcing steel factor 1.2
Conductors and earthwires
factor 1.55
under maximum load condition
Soil property at suspension towers factor 1.9
Soil property at angle towers factor 2.15
Insulators, all substrings intact factor 2.5
Insulators, with one substring broken factor 1.25

Insulator set fittings, all substrings intact factor 2.5

Insulator set fittings, with one substring broken factor 1.25

3. Clearances

Minimum clearance between phase conductors Dpp m 4.1

Minimum clearance to earthed parts Del m 3.3

Minimum Vertical Clearances

Minimum vertical clearances from the line conductors at
maximum sag to ground or for various crossings:

Normal ground m 10.00

Ground in populated areas m 12.00

Roads and streets m 11.00

Grown trees m 4.70

Residential or other buildings m 7.20

Power lines (above) m 3.90

Telecommunication lines m 3.90

Railways m 11.00

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 156
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

Rivers (no ships) m 11.00

Minimum Horizontal Clearance

Highway m 22.5

Main roads m 22.5

Angle of crossing highways, main roads and railways () 90 30

Minimum horizontal clearances between the line conduc-
tors at maximum sag under calculated conductor swing m 5.20
and objects close to the line

Mid-span wire clearances 400 kV

Mid-span phase to phase clearance for horizontal phase c 0,62 f max li b 3.08
m
arrangement
Mid-span phase to phase clearance for quasi-vertical c 0,75 f max li 3.08
m
phase arrangement
Mid-span phase to OPGW clearance for quasi-vertical wire c 0.75 f max li b 2.5
m
phase arrangement
Minimum clearances between conductors/live fittings
and tower steel structure 400 kV:
Under still air for the lateral phases of double circuit line
m 3.30
towers
For suspension insulator set calculated swing under
moderate wind (58% of maximum wind pressure) m
jumper suspension sets and free jumpers under 15 swing 2.50

For suspension set maximum calculated swing

jumper suspension sets and free jumpers under 35 m 0.75

Minimum clearances between conductors/live fittings

and tower steel structure 36 kV:
Under still air for the lateral phases of double circuit line
m 0.50
towers
For suspension insulator set calculated swing under
moderate wind (58% of maximum wind pressure) m
jumper suspension sets and free jumpers under 15 swing 0.40

For suspension set maximum calculated swing

jumper suspension sets and free jumpers under 35 m 0.20

Clearance condition for the earthwires

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 157
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

earthwire sag, compared to the conductor sag at 25 for

- 5% less
the nominal span

OPGW shielding angle () 15

4. Foundation and soil data

The reference concrete volume of the tower foundation

shall be calculated taking into account:

All four footings per tower and soil class, horizontal terrain
level, factored loads from max. tower body and leg
extension, nominal volume excluding excess concrete, soil
parameters as shown below and dimensional conditions as
specified in the Technical Requirements, Foundation
Design.
Soil investigation

SPT or
Penetration equipment in accordance with the characteris-
DPL or
tic data as specified in the Technical Requirements, Soil type
CPT or
Investigations; If other types, specify characteristic data.
other
Foundation material
2
Concrete class (nominal cube strength 20 N/mm )
class C20/25
according to
standard EN 206-1
2
Reinforcing grade (ripped bars fy 420 N/mm ) grade BSt 420
according to standard EN 10080
Cement grade (standard Portland cement) grade CE 32.5
according to standard EN 197

Supporting documents

Outline drawing of each type of foundation - yes

Foundation Class 1 Hard Rock

Principal foundation category type Rock anchor

Ultimate bearing pressure kN/m 2000

Ultimate shear friction resistance kN/m 200

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 158
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

3
Reinforced concrete density kN/m 24

3
Homogeneous rock density kN/m 25

Foundation anchor length m

Concrete reinforcing content kg/m

Reinforced concrete volume incl. anchor mortar NS tower m

3
Reinforced concrete volume incl. anchor mortar LA tower m

Foundation Class 2 Soft Rocks

Standard pad &

Principal foundation category type chimney no
undercut
Ultimate bearing pressure kN/m 1000

Ultimate shear friction resistance or kN/m2 100

Ultimate frustum angle () 30
3
Reinforced concrete density kN/m 24

Compacted backfill density kN/m 18

Foundation structure depth m

Concrete reinforcing content kg/m

Reinforced concrete volume NS tower m

3
Reinforced concrete volume LA tower m

Foundation Class 3 Good Soil

Reduced pad &

Principal foundation category type chimney
with undercut
2
Ultimate bearing pressure kN/m 400

Ultimate frustum angle () 20

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 159
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

3
Reinforced concrete density kN/m 24

Compacted backfill density kN/m 16

Foundation structure depth m

Concrete reinforcing content kg/m

Reinforced concrete volume NS tower m

3
Reinforced concrete volume LA tower m

Foundation Class 4 Poor Soil, No Water

Standard pad &
Principal foundation category type chimney no
undercut
2
Ultimate bearing pressure kN/m 250

Ultimate frustum angle () 10

3
Reinforced concrete density kN/m 24

3
Compacted backfill density kN/m 16

Foundation structure depth m

3
Concrete reinforcing content kg/m

3
Reinforced concrete volume NS tower m

3
Reinforced concrete volume LA tower m

Foundation Class 5 Poor Soil, With Water

Extended pad &

Principal Foundation category type chimney
submerged
2
Ultimate bearing pressure kN/m 150

Ultimate frustum angle () 5

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 160
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

Reinforced concrete density kN/m 14

Compacted backfill density kN/m 10

Foundation structure depth m

Concrete reinforcing content kg/m

Reinforced concrete volume NS tower m

3
Reinforced concrete volume LA tower m

Foundation Class 6 Very Poor Soil, With Water

Shallow raft
Principal Foundation category type submerged or
piles
2
Ultimate bearing pressure kN/m 80

Ultimate frustum angle () 0

3
Reinforced concrete density kN/m 14

Compacted backfill density kN/m 10

Foundation structure depth m

Concrete reinforcing content kg/m

Reinforced concrete volume NS tower m

3
Reinforced concrete volume LA tower m

5. Lattice Steel Towers

General information and data

Manufacturer company -

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 161
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

Design and statical calculation corresponds with the

- yes
specification and standards set out hereto

Material used:

a) Structural members according to

standard EN or Other
If other, specify standard
Qualities: according to standard EN 10025
for main stressed parts grade S355JO /
for other parts grade S355J2 G3/G4
- S235JO /
b) Bolts and nuts standard ISO 898
S235J2 G3/G4

Qualities: class 5.6 or 8.8

Step bolt diameter (min.) mm 16

Permissible stresses of structural members, bolts and nuts EN 1993-1-1

standard
correspond with EN 50341-1-J
Bolt connections secured with washers and spring wash-
- yes
ers

All tower steel parts hot dip galvanized - yes

Zinc coat: for steel sections m 85

for bolts and nuts m 55

Quality and tests correspond with standard ISO 1461

Min. diameter and number of bolts at stressed member

connections

bolt diameter mm 16

Maximum slenderness ratio L/r:

Main leg, stub and main compression members in

120
crossarm

All other members having computed stresses 200

Redundant members without computed stressed 250

Tension members only 300

Minimum thickness (t) and size of steel members of towers
shall be as follows:

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 162
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

Main leg, stub and main compression members in mm 6

crossarm
All other members having computed stresses mm 5

Redundant members without computed stressed mm 5

Gusset plates mm 6

Minimum angle bars: equal angle sections L45x45xt

unequal angle sections L45x30xt

Maximum length of structural member m 9

Tolerances of finished members:

Max. lateral variations of actual length

between points of lateral supports ratio 1/1000

Finished members without ends finished for

contact bearing:
- Members up to 3m length mm 1.5

- Members greater than 3m length

- 3m to 6m mm 2.5

- greater than 6m mm 3

Tower layout

The reference weight and dimension of the structure shall

be calculated taking into account the steel structure
including foundation stubs, members, joint plates, bolts
and galvanizing excluding excess material, insulator
attachments, conductors and designed according to the
specified loadings, span parameters and dimensional
conditions (face slope, structure deflection) as set out in
the Technical Requirements of Tower Design.

Double Circuit Normal Suspension Tower Type NS

Specific data:

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 163
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

Design spans:
Wind span m 440
Weight span max. m 700
Maximum span m 650
Minimum ratio weight to wind span for clearance
check ratio 0.80

Main dimensions:
Total height above ground for tower body/leg basic
0m m

Spacing of crossarms top-middle bottom m

Height of lowest crossarm above ground

level for tower body/leg basic 0 m
m

Width between tower stubs at ground level

for tower body/leg basic 0 m m

Slope angle to the vertical of one tower face ()

Maximum design bending moment calculated with

factored actions, for the tower body/leg basic 0 m kNm

Total weight of tower structures including 4 (four) legs

basic 0 m and 4(four) stubs for following tower con-
figurations for tower basic body 0 m kg

Double Circuit Heavy Suspension Tower Type HS

Specific data:

Design spans:
Wind span m 800
Weight span max m 1100
Maximum span m 950
Minimum ratio weight to wind span for clearance check ratio 0.6

Main dimensions:
Total height above ground for tower body/leg basic m
0m

Spacing of crossarms top-middle-bottom m

Height of lowest crossarm above ground level for tower m

body/leg basic 0 m

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 164
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

Width between tower stubs at ground level

for tower body/leg basic 0 m m

Slope angle to the vertical of one tower face ()

Maximum design bending moment calculated with

factored actions, for the tower body/leg basic 0 m kNm

Total weight of tower structures including 4 (four) legs

basic 0 m and 4(four) stubs for following tower con-
figurations for tower basic body 0 m kg

Double Circuit Light Angle Tower Type LA

Specific data:

Design spans & line angle:

Wind span m 440
Weight span max./min. m +700/-350
Maximum span m 650
Line angle 0 30

Main dimensions:
Total height above ground for tower body/leg basic m
0m
Spacing of crossarms top-middlebottom m

Height of lowest crossarm above ground level for tower m

body/leg basis 0 m
Width between tower stubs at ground level for tower m
body/leg basic 0 m
Slope angle to the vertical of one tower face ()

Maximum design bending moment calculated with

factored actions, for the tower body/leg basic 0m kNm

Total weight of tower structures including 4 (four) legs

basic 0m and 4(four) stubs for following tower con-
figurations for tower basic body 0 m kg

Double Circuit Heavy Angle / Terminal Tower Type HA

/ DE
Specific data:

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 165
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

Design spans & line angle:

Wind span m 440
Weight span max./min. m +700/-350

Maximum span m 650

o
Line angle, as Angle tower () 30 70

o
Line angle, as Terminal tower () 0-45 line direction
0-45 to S/S
gantry
Main dimensions:

Total height above ground for tower body/leg basic m

0m
Spacing of crossarms top-middlebottom m

Height of lowest crossarm above ground level for tower m

body/leg basic 0 m
Width between tower stubs at ground level for tower
body/leg basic 0 m m
Slope angle to the vertical of one tower face ()

Maximum design bending moment calculated with kNm

factored actions, for the tower body/leg basic 0 m

Total weight of tower structures including 4 (four) legs

basic 0 m and 4(four) stubs for following tower con-
figurations, without additional terminal tower jumper
crossarms for tower basic body 0 m kg

Double Circuit Transposition Tower Type TP

Specific data

Design spans & line angle:

Wind span m 440

Weight span max./min. m +700/-350

Maximum span m 650

Line angle () 0-2

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 166
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

Main dimensions :

Total height above ground for tower body/leg basic 0 m m

Spacing of crossarms top-middle-bottom m

Height of lowest crossarm above ground level for tower

m
body/leg basic 0 m
Width between tower stubs at ground level for tower
m
body/leg basic 0 m

Slope angle to the vertical of one tower face ()

Maximum design bending moment calculated with kNm

factored actions, for tower body/leg basic 0 m
Total weight of tower structures including 4 (four) legs
basic 0 m and 4 (four) stubs for following tower con-
figurations for tower basic body 0 m kg

Double Circuit Normal Suspension Tower Type NS h

Specific data:

Design spans:
Wind span m 440
Weight span max. m 700
Maximum span m 650
Minimum ratio weight to wind span for clearance
check ratio 0.80

Main dimensions:
Total height above ground for tower body/leg basic
0m m

Height of crossarm above ground

level for tower body/leg basic 0 m
m
Width between tower stubs at ground level
for tower body/leg basic 0 m m
Slope angle to the vertical of one tower face ()

Maximum design bending moment calculated with

factored actions, for the tower body/leg basic 0 m kNm
Total weight of tower structures including 4 (four) legs
basic 0 m and 4(four) stubs for following tower con-
figurations for tower basic body 0 m kg

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 167
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

Double Circuit Heavy Suspension Tower Type HSh

Specific data:

Design spans:
Wind span m 800
Weight span max m 1100
Maximum span m 950
Minimum ratio weight to wind span for clearance check ratio 0.6

Main dimensions:
Total height above ground for tower body/leg basic m
0m

Height of crossarm above ground level for tower m

body/leg basic 0 m
Width between tower stubs at ground level
for tower body/leg basic 0 m m

Slope angle to the vertical of one tower face ()

Maximum design bending moment calculated with

factored actions, for the tower body/leg basic 0 m kNm

Total weight of tower structures including 4 (four) legs

basic 0 m and 4(four) stubs for following tower con-
figurations for tower basic body 0 m kg

Double Circuit Light Angle Tower Type LAh

Specific data:

Design spans & line angle:

Wind span m 440
Weight span max./min. m +700/-350
Maximum span m 650
Line angle 0 30

Main dimensions:
Total height above ground for tower body/leg basic m
0m
Height of l crossarm above ground level for tower m
body/leg basis 0 m
Width between tower stubs at ground level for tower m
body/leg basic 0 m

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 168
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

Slope angle to the vertical of one tower face ()

Maximum design bending moment calculated with

factored actions, for the tower body/leg basic 0m kNm
Total weight of tower structures including 4 (four) legs
basic 0m and 4(four) stubs for following tower con-
figurations for tower basic body 0 m kg

Double Circuit Heavy Angle HAh

Specific data:

Design spans & line angle:

Wind span m 440
Weight span max./min. m +700/-350

Maximum span m 650

o
Line angle, as Angle tower () 30 70

o
Line angle, as Terminal tower () 0-45 line direction
0-45 to S/S
gantry
Main dimensions:

Total height above ground for tower body/leg basic m

0m
Height of crossarm above ground level for tower m
body/leg basic 0 m
Width between tower stubs at ground level for tower
body/leg basic 0 m m
Slope angle to the vertical of one tower face ()

Maximum design bending moment calculated with kNm

factored actions, for the tower body/leg basic 0 m
Total weight of tower structures including 4 (four) legs
basic 0 m and 4(four) stubs for following tower con-
figurations, without additional terminal tower jumper
crossarms for tower basic body 0 m kg

6. Conductor and OPGW

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 169
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description
6.1 Phase Conductors

General information and data:

Manufacturer company -

Standards for design (construction and material) standard ASTM B232

Conductor type ACSR

BLUEJAY
2
Aluminum mm 564.0

2
Steel mm 39.3

2
Total mm 564.0

Conductor diameter mm 31.96

Conductor structure /stranding:

Aluminum No / mm 45 x 3.995

Steel No / mm 7 x 2.684

Ultimate breaking load, min. kN 133

max. working stress N/mm

EDS (25C, still air) N/mm
0
DC resistance at 20 C, max Ohm/km 0.05118

Weight kg/km

2
Modulus of elasticity N/mm 72500

0
Thermal expansion coefficient 1/ C 0.0000208

Conductor length on drum m

Gross weight per drum incl. conductor kg

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 170
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description
Long term thermal current carrying capacity (for 40 C A
ambient temperature, 0.5 m/sec wind velocity, solar
2
radiation of 1250W/m for 85 C conductor end-
temperature)

6.2 Earthwire (non-insulated)

General information and data:

Manufacturer company -

Standards for design (construction and material) standard EN 50182

Earthwire type ACSR 95/55

Stranding and wire diameters:

Aluminum No / mm 12 x 3.20

Steel No / mm 7 x 3.20

Design cross-sectional areas:
2
Aluminum mm 96.5

2
Steel mm 56.3

2
Total mm 152.8

Conductor diameter mm 16.0

Ultimate breaking load min. kN 77.85

2
max. working stress N/mm
2
EDS (25C, still air) N/mm
Weight kg / km

Coefficient of linear expansion 1/deg 0.0000153

Modulus of elasticity N/mm 107000

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 171
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description
Standard delivery length per drum m

Gross weight per drum incl. conductor kg

Maximum DC resistance (T = 20 C) /km 0.2992

6.3 Earthwire (insulated - ISWER)

General information and data:

Manufacturer company -

Standards for design (construction and material) standard EN 50182

Earthwire type ACSR 185/30

Stranding and wire diameters:

Aluminum No / mm 26 x 3.00

Steel No / mm 7 x 2.33

Design cross-sectional areas:
2
Aluminum mm 183.8

2
Steel mm 29.8

2
Total mm 213.6

Conductor diameter mm 19.0

Ultimate breaking load min. kN 65

2
max. working stress N/mm
2
EDS (25C, still air) N/mm
Weight kg / km

Coefficient of linear expansion 1/deg 0.0000189

Modulus of elasticity N/mm 77000

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 172
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description
Standard delivery length per drum m

Gross weight per drum incl. conductor kg

Maximum DC resistance (T = 20 C) /km 0.1571

6.4 OPGW and OPPC

General information and data:

Manufacturer company -

Standards for design (construction and material) standard EN 50182

IEC 60794-1-1
IEC 60794-1-2
IEC 60794-4
ITU-T G655,
ITU-T G.652D
EN 50182
IEC 60104
IEC 61232
IEE Std.1138
IEC 60793-1-1
IEC 60793-1-2
IEC 60793-1-3
IEC 60793-1-4
IEC 60793-1-5
OPGW (non-insulated) type similar to
AL/ACS 95/55
Stranding and wire diameters:

Aluminum No / mm

Steel No / mm

Design cross-sectional areas:
2
Aluminum mm

2
Steel mm

2
Total mm

Conductor diameter mm

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 173
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description
Ultimate breaking load min. kN 44.5

2
max. working stress N/mm
2
EDS (25C, still air) N/mm
Weight kg / km

Coefficient of linear expansion 1/deg

Modulus of elasticity N/mm

Standard delivery length per drum m

Gross weight per drum incl. conductor kg

Maximum DC resistance (T = 20 C) /km 0.2992

OPPC (insulated - ISWER) type similar to

AL/ACS 185/30
Stranding and wire diameters:

Aluminum No / mm

Steel No / mm

Design cross-sectional areas:
2
Aluminum mm

2
Steel mm

2
Total mm

Conductor diameter mm

Ultimate breaking load min. kN 65

2
max. working stress N/mm
2
EDS (25C, still air) N/mm
Weight kg / km

Coefficient of linear expansion 1/deg

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 174
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description
Modulus of elasticity N/mm

Standard delivery length per drum m

Gross weight per drum incl. conductor kg

Maximum DC resistance (T = 20 C) /km 0.1571

Electrical Characteristics

Short Circuit Test

- T initial C 40

- Fault current intensity kA 7

- Fault current duration s 1

- Maximum temperature of optical fiber unit C 160

Lightning strike

- Current kA 100

- Duration s 0,5

- Charge transfer C 50

Temperature cycling

- TA C + 10

- TB C + 40

Type test certificate for OPGW / OPPC - yes

Proof of operation experience - yes

Fiber Characteristics:

No. of optical fibers quantity 48

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 175
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description
Fiber Type ITU-T G.655

Fiber excess length promille

Core diameter m 8.0 to 11 10 %

Transmission wavelength nm 1550

Mode field diameter at 1550 nm (including tolerances) m 10.5 0.7

Optical cladding diameter m 125 1 m

Cladding non-circularity % <2

Core concentricity error m 0.8 m

Fiber coating:

Material -

Nominal diameter m 250+/-10

Cable attenuation: ( maximum )

- for every fiber in every drum at optical wavelength of dB/km 0.25

1550nm
Joint attenuation for every fibre measured on the fully
installed joint:
- at optical wavelength 1550 nm average dB 0.08
maximum dB 0.10
Max. total dispersion:

-at optical wavelength 1530nm-1565nm ps/km.nm 6

-at 1565nm-1625nm ps/km.nm

PMD ps/ km

Cable cut off wavelength nm 1450

Core numerical aperture: -

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 176
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description
Life span: (min) years 30

Refractive index at 1550 nm -

Proof test 1 second at 1550 nm %

Fiber Type ITU-T G.652.D

Fiber excess length promille

Core diameter m

Transmission wavelength nm

Mode field diameter m 8.6 9.5

Optical cladding diameter m 125

Cladding non-circularity % 1.0

Core/cladding concentricity error m 0.6

Fiber coating:

Material -

Nominal diameter m

Attenuation at 1310 nm average

- average dB/km

- maximum dB/km 0.4

Attenuation at 1550 nm

-
- average dB/km

- maximum dB/km 0.25

Cromatic dispersion nm 1300

- 0 min

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 177
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

- 0 max nm 1324

- S0 max ps/nm2 x 0.092

km

Joint attenuation for every fibre measured on the fully

installed joint:
- at optical wavelength 1550 nm average dB 0.08
maximum dB 0.10
PMD ps/ km

Cable cut off wavelength nm 1260

Core numerical aperture: -

Life span: (min) years 30

Refractive index at 1550 nm -

Refractive index at 1310 nm -

Proof test 1 second %

Minimum bending radius mm

7. Insulators and Fittings

Insulator manufacturer company

Fittings manufacturer company

7.1 Performances for 400 kV equipment

Power frequency withstand voltage wet one minute kV 630

Impulse withstand voltage 1.2/50 ms - positive kV 1425

Impulse withstand voltage 1.2/50 ms - negative kV 1425

Wet switching impulse withstand voltage kV 1050

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 178
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description
Corona test voltage kV 267

Min. creepage distance per string normal pollution mm/kV 25

Radio interference voltage:

- Power frequency test voltage kV 267

- Maximum RIV above 1V dB 46

Spark gap of arcing devices

Single I suspension set mm

Double suspension set mm

Double tension set mm

Specific data:

Insulator Type for Suspension and Tension Sets

Composite
IEC designation term

Insulating material type long rod compo-

site
Minimum leakage path mm

Power frequency flash over voltage ( wet ) - min kV

Lighting impulse withstand voltage - min kV

Minimum power frequency puncture voltage kV

Min. electro-mechanical failing load

Single suspension set for NS towers kN 160

Double suspension set for NS towers kN

Double suspension set for HS towers kN 160

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 179
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

Double tension set for all tension towers kN 210

Overall length of insulator sets

Single suspension set for NS towers mm

Double suspension set for NS towers mm

Double suspension set for HS towers mm

Double tension set for all tension towers mm

arcing gap mm

Fittings for Insulator Sets

General information and data:

Manufacturer company

Standards for:

- design standard

- material and construction standard

- factory tests standard

- galvanization process hot dip

standard ISO 1416
Specific data of material to be used for:

- suspension clamps type

- tension clamps type

- eyes type

- swivels type

- turn buckles type

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 180
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description
- yokes type

- bolts and nuts type

- split pins for bolts type

Arcing Devices for Insulator Sets

General information and data:

Design corresponds with specification - yes/no

Standards applied for

- electrical design standard

- material and construction standard

Material shape Solid round bar

- upper corona rings material Alloy

- lower corona rings material Alloy

- Arcing devices are galvanized - yes/no

Thickness of horn:

- of upper device mm

- of lower device mm

Diameter of horn

- of upper device mm

- of lower device mm

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 181
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description
End of lower device provided with ball - yes

Specific data:

Tension clamps (for phase conductors)

Type type

Kind of connection of conductor system

By means of separate compression sleeve bolted -

to clamp body
Material used for:

Outer sleeve material high tensile

corrosive
resistant Al alloy
Inner sleeve material stainless steel

Split pins material

Connection head with bolt -

2
Suitable for cross-sections: mm

Suspension clamps (for phase conductors)

Type type

Kind of connection with conductor system

Material used material high tensile

corrosive
resistant Al alloy
Production method process

2
Suitable for cross-sections: mm

Joints (for phase conductors)

Type type

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 182
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

Material used for:

Outer sleeve material high tensile

corrosive
resistant Al alloy
Inner sleeve material

2
Suitable for cross-sections: mm

Repair sleeves (for phase conductors)

Type type

Material material

2
Suitable for cross-sections mm

7.2 Performances for 36kV equipment

Power frequency withstand voltage wet one minute kV 70

Impulse withstand voltage 1.2/50 ms - positive kV 170

Impulse withstand voltage 1.2/50 ms - negative kV 170

Min. creepage distance per string normal pollution mm/kV 25

Specific data:

Overall length of insulator sets

I Suspension set mm

V Suspension set mm

Tension set mm

arcing gap mm

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 183
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description
Insulator Type for Suspension and Tension Sets
Composite
IEC designation term

Insulating material type long rod compo-

site
Minimum creepage distance mm

Power frequency flash over voltage ( wet ) - min kV

Lighting impulse withstand voltage - min kV

Minimum power frequency puncture voltage kV

Fittings for Insulator Sets

General information and data:

Manufacturer company

Standards for:

- design standard

- material and construction standard

- factory tests standard

- galvanization process hot dip

standard ISO 1416
Specific data of material to be used for:

- suspension clamps type

- tension clamps type

- eyes type

- swivels type

- bolts and nuts type

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 184
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description
- split pins for bolts type

Arcing Devices for Insulator Sets

General information and data:

Design corresponds with specification - yes/no

Standards applied for

- electrical design standard

- material and construction standard

Arcing gap mm

Material shape Solid round bar

- upper and lower corona horns material Alloy

Tension assembly

Manufacturer company

Type type

Kind of connection system

By means of helical grip type type

Material used for helical grips:

- Dead-end material

- Protection and suitable for vibration dampers install material

2
Suitable for cross-sections: mm

Suspension assembly

Manufacturer company

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 185
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description
Type type

Kind of connection with conductor system

Material used for:

- clamp body material

- clamp protection material

- spiral wires material

2
- Suitable for cross-sections: mm

7.3 Performances for earthwire/ OPGW

General information and data:

Manufacturer company

Standard standard

Parts made of steel or iron-material are galvanized - yes

Kind of galvanizing process hot dip

Quality and tests correspond with standard IEC 61284

Factory tests acc. to standard

For tension assemblies:

Minimum failing load referred to minimum failing load % 95

of earthwire/ OPGW
For suspension assemblies:

Minimum failing load referred to maximum

acting forces %
Slipping load kN

Specific data:

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 186
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description
Tension assembly

Manufacturer company

Type type

Kind of connection of OPGW system

By means of helical grip type type

Material used for helical grips:

- Dead-end material

- Protection and suitable for vibration dampers install material

2
Suitable for cross-sections: mm

Suspension assembly

Manufacturer company

Type type

Kind of connection with conductor system

Material used for:

- clamp body material

- clamp protection material

- spiral wires material

2
Suitable for cross-sections: mm

7.4 Joints OPGW/ OPGW and OPGW/ OPUG

OPPC/ OPPC and OPPC/ OPUG
Manufacturer company

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 187
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description
Type:

- Var. A: - Splicing along an OHL type

- Var. B: - Terminal, at gantry type

Number of cable entries no.

Locking facilities - yes

Splice spare length m 1

Outer box material material Oil resistant and

properly metallic
Enclosure

- complete with

Organizer tray - yes/no

Or

Splice cassette - yes/no

- accommodation for multiple cassettes mm 200-300

- splice cassette suitable for heat shrinkable connectors yes

0
Temperature C

Humidity %

Class of protection class IP 54 or better

Minimum allowed bending diameter of optical fibers mm

8. Dampers

8.1 Vibration Dampers for earthwires

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 188
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description
Manufacturer company

Type type

Material used for:

- Counter weights material

- Elastic cable material

- Clamp body and keeper material

Iron and steel parts galvanized - yes

Kind of galvanizing process hot dip

Quality corresponds with standard

Weight of damper kg

Distance of damper fixing point from next clamp, and in

case two dampers shall be fixed, required distance
between damper fixing points mm

Clamping bolts diameter mm

Material:

- stainless steel - yes/no

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 189
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description
- galvanized steel - yes/no

2
- tensile strength N/mm 80

- tightening torque Nm 44

0
Non metallic material temperature withstand C 10-60

Max. bending stress of conductor m 150

Expected life of conductors Years 100

Drainage holes diameter mm 6

8.2 Spacer Dampers for phase conductors

Manufacturer company

Type type

Material used for:

- Counter weights material

- Elastomer material

- Clamp body and keeper material

Quality corresponds with standard

Weight of spacer damper kg

Maximum distance between two spacer damper m

Clamping bolts mm

Material:

- stainless steel - yes/no

- galvanized steel - yes/no

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 190
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description
2
- tensile strength N/mm 80

- tightening torque Nm 44

0
Non metallic material temperature withstand C 10-85

Max. bending stress of conductor m 150

Expected life of conductors Years 100

9. Aircraft Warning System

9.1 Red /White painting of tower structure

Primer and Touch-up Primer

(epoxy zinc phosphate primer)

Epoxy Polyam-
Type
ide-cured

Total volume of solids (minimum) % 50

Dry film thickness m 40 - 80

Color color Red / brown

Color code RAL code

Flash Point (tag open cup) C

Drying time of coating :

- at 20 C h

- at 50 C h

Type of thinner type

Type of cleaner type

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 191
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

Intermediate Coat

(two pack epoxy, micaceous iron oxide, polyamide

cured)

Type type epoxy

Total Volume of solids (minimum) % 60

Dry film thickness m 100

red and silver

Color color
grey

Flash point (tag open cup) C

Drying time for coating :

- at 20 C h

- at 50 C h

Type of thinner type

Type of cleaner type

Final Coat, Red and White

(two pack acrylic resin, cured with linear isocyanate, high

gloss)
aliphatic
Type type urethane gloss
enamel

Total Volume of solids (minimum)

- red % 55

- white % 55

Dry film thickness (minimum)

- red (two coats) m 50 75

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 192
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

- white (two coats) m 50 - 75

Color

- red code RAL 2002

- white code RAL 9010

Flash point (tag open cup) C

Drying time of coating :

- at 20 C h

- at 50 C h

Type of thinner type

Type of cleaner type

9.2 Aircraft Warning Spheres

- Fitted to earthwires - yes

- Diameter mm 600

- Material material fiber glass

international re
- Color (fadeless) color
and white
- Drainage yes
mild steel
- Fitting materials material
galvanized

- Positioning (staggered) yes

- Spheres separation m 60

9.3 Aircraft Lighting System

Manufacturer company

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 193
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

Experience years 10

Rated voltage V

Temperature range C 0 to 60

Humidity % 100

Obstruction lights type: type LED clustered

ICAO Annex 14, low intensity Cd

Rated Power W

Photovoltaic modules:

Type type

Rated voltage V

Rated peak output W

Bird protection Yes

Length mm

Width mm

Depth mm

Weight Kg

No. of modules per system no.

Batteries:

sealed mainte-
Type type
nance free

Rated voltage V

Capacity Ah

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 194
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

Length mm

Width mm

Depth mm

Weight kg

No. of batteries per system no.

Battery charge regulator system to suit optimally
battery character-
istics

System enclosure system to protect all

components from
atmospheric
degradation

5 years guaranteed continuous operation yes

Spare parts for 30 years maintenance yes

Drawing of Aircraft Lighting System yes

10. Tower Earthing

Earthing conductor
round steel
galvanized
Material -
or galvanized
steel tape
Diameter round steel mm 11.5
2
cross section tape mm 40 x 6

Zinc coat thickness m >70

Earth rods

round steel
Material -
galvanized

Length m 2.0

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 195
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

Diameter mm 15

Zinc coat thickness m 70

Type of connection -

Connections:

Tower ground connector

Bolt/nut/lock washer -

Compression type connector - steel

11. Site Offices

(data per office)

11.1 For TANESCO

Minimum square area 2 25
m
WC compartments with low level suite and toilet roll holder 2
no.
Sanitary rooms/Shower rooms units 2
no.
Wash hand basin with mirror, and towel rail 2
no.
Bowel type electric lighting fixture 1
no.
Continuous electricity, water, internet supply 1
lot
Air conditioner (capacity 18000 BTU) 2
no.
Laptops with Intel Pentium4, 3.8Ghz, 1GB of DDR-533 or 4
above,300GB, 10k rpm or above internal DVD, internal
CD-WR, Professional 3D graphic windows XP, Profes- no.
sional factory pre-loaded +recovery CD and manual, 20
TFT colour, flat screen
Refrigerator 1
no.
Writing desks 4
no.
Swivel armchair 4
no.

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 196
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description
Filing Cabinets 2
no.
Bookshelves 2
no.
Drawing Table 1
no.
Storage Locker 1
no.
Pin board 1
no.
Heavy duty colour printer 1
no.
Heavy duty colour photocopying machine (A4 & A3 size) 1
no.
Fire extinguisher 1
no.
Set window curtains for all windows 1
set
Cooker 1
no.
Latest version of software: Autodesk-AutoCAD 1
no.
Desktop computer, Intel Pentium4, 3.8Ghz, 1GB of DDR- 2
533 or above,300GB, 10k rpm or above internal DVD,
internal CD-WR, Professional 3D graphic windows xp
no.
Professional factory pre-loaded +recovery CD and manual,
20 TFT colour, flat screen

11.2 For OISF

Minimum square area 2 25
m
WC compartments with low level suite and toilet roll holder 2
no.
Sanitary rooms/Shower rooms units 2
no.
Wash hand basin with mirror, and towel rail 2
no.
Bowel type electric lighting fixture 1
no.
Continuous electricity, water, internet supply 1
lot

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 197
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description
Air conditioner (capacity 18000 BTU) 2
no.
Refrigerator 1
no.
Filing Cabinets 2
no.
Bookshelves 2
no.
Storage Locker 1
no.
Pin board 1
no.
Fire extinguisher 1
no.
Set window curtains for all windows 1
set
Cooker 1
no.

12. Vehicles

12.1 Four Wheel Drive Station Wagon Standard

The vehicle shall be new, unused, not more than 12

Months from date of manufacture; and suitable for opera-
tion in Tanzania

A. Mandatory Specification

A.1 Main Dimensions

i Four-wheel drive (4WD)
ii Gross Weight: 3100 3300kg
iii Ground clearance: 225 250mm
iv Seating capacity: Not less than 8 passengers
v Wheel base: 2700 2900 mm
vi Wheel track: Front 1600 1650 mm
Rear 1595 1645 mm
vii Five (5) door sitting for not less than 8 passengers
A.2 Engine
i. 8 cylinder 32-valve DOHC, Diesel Engine 4.5 Litres
(4461 CC) (1VD-FTV Without Intercooler),
ii. Power output (DIN,SAE). 136-170KW @3200-4000rpm

iii. Torque ( DIN, SAE) 400Nm-450Nm @1400-3500rpm

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 198
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description
A.3 Clutch
i. Single heavy duty dry friction disc
ii. Diaphragm spring pressure plate
iii. Hydraulic operation
A.4 Transmission
i. Automatic or
ii. Five (5) speed+reverse gear/ Manual transmission
A.5 Wheel, tires
i. Best quality 285/65 R16 (8 J alum) 8-12 ply
ii. One Spare tire suitably mounted and locked with key
iii. All tires fitted shall comply with internationally
recognized standards
A.6 Suspension
Front: High mount double wishbone using coil spring
Rear: Four link coil independent stabilizer front and rear
A.7 Brake system
i. Power assisted, independent dual hydraulic circuit
ii. Front and Rear ventilated brakes
A.8 Steering
Right Hand Drive,
Power assisted.
A.9 Electrical
i. 12 or 24 volt system
ii. Hazard warning lights, exterior lights and indicators and
twin fog lights that shall comply with Tanzania Road
regulations
iii. 6 CD Changer + Cassette + AM/FM with 6 speakers
iv. Air conditioner provided with own regulation by
passengers at the back

B. General Specification

B.1 Instruments and gauges

i. Odometer and speedometer reading in kilometre
ii. All instruments and gauges shall comply with an
internationally recognized standards

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 199
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

B.2 Body and Accessories

Not less than, but not limited to:
i. SRS front dual air bags front (driver + passenger) and
curtain front second rear & third rear seats and knee
panel front (driver + passenger) 8 air bags in total
ii. Rear window defogger
iii. Rear child proof lock
iv. Door ajar warning
v Seat belts on all seats and seat belt warning
vi. First aid kit
vii. High mounted rear stop lamp
viii Paint protection film & body rust protection
ix. Factory equipment fire extinguisher with caution plates
( two triangles )
x. Multi reflector halogen headlamps
xi. Seat material Leather
xii. Coat hooks
xiii. Central power door lock and power windows
xiv. Two sun visors
xv. Double fuel tank with total capacity not less than 138
litres, air cleaner: Pre-Cleaner +Schorkel
xvi. Fuel lid tank lockable and open able from inside
xvii. Touch up paint
xiii Driver/Operator instruction manual
xix. Workshop instruction manuals
B.3 Color
White
B.3 General Information
i. Manufacturer
ii. Model
iii. Year of Manufacture
iv. Authorized Sales representative in Tanzania /Dealer +
spare parts/
B.4 Warranty Period
Vehicles to be covered by factory warranty for a period of
minimum of 12 months after delivery. or 50,000 km (which
ever comes first)

12.2 Four Wheel Drive Double Cabin

A. Mandatory Specification

1.0 Dimensions
1.1 G.V.W. (kg). 2500-2800

1.2 Wheel base (mm). 3000-3100

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 200
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

1.3 Wheel track (mm). Front 1510 - 1540

Rear 1500 - 1530
1.4 Ground clearance (mm). 270-300mm
2.0 Engine

2.1 4 cylinder, in - line OHC (Diesel)

2.2 Power output (max) (DIN, SAE).70-75KW/ 4000rpm
2.3 Torque(max)(DIN, SAE).195-200kw/2000-2200rpm
3.0 Steering

3.1 Right-hand.

3.2 Power assisted.

4.0 Clutch

4.1 Single heavy duty dry friction disc.

4.2 Diaphram spring pressure plate.

4.3 Hydraulic operation.

5.0 Transmission
5.1 Manual.

5.2 Floor mounted shift lever.

5.3 5 forward gears synchromesh, 1 reverse.
5.4 Four-wheel Drive - Heavy duty
5.5 Anti theft gear locking system
6.0 Suspension

6.1 Front: Coil spring with stabilizer bar

6.2 Rear: Leaf spring
6.3 Heavy duty double acting shock absorbers front and
rear.
7.0 Brakes

7.1 Power assisted, hydraulic operation

7.2 Disc type for front, drum type for rear.
7.3 Mechanical parking.
8.0 Wheel, tyres

8.1 Best quality 16 inch rims.

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 201
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

8.2 Size 205R16

9.0 Electrical
9.1 volt system 12- 24V.
9.2 Air conditioner (front and rear) with own regulation by
passengers at the back.
10.0 Instruments and gauges
Odometer and speedometer reading in kilometers.
11.0 Body and accessories

11.1 One 2 kg dry powder fire extinguisher.

11.2 First aid kit.
11.3 Two warning triangles.

11.4 Full vehicle tool kit including jack and wheel brace.

B. General Specification

12.0 Requirements
12.1 Long wheel base four door Double cabin, seating for
5 persons.
12.2 Color
Green.
12.3 Single or Double fuel tank with total capacity not less
than 80 litres
12.4 Fuel lids tank.
12.5 Driver/ Operator instruction manual.
12.6 Workshop instruction manuals.
13.0 Wheel, tyres
13.1 Best quality radial ply on/ off highway tyres.

13.2 One spare tyre mounted and locked with key

13.3 All tyres fitted shall comply with internationally
recognized standards.
14.0 Electrical
14.1 Horn and 2 speed wiper with windshield washer
14.2 Hazard warning lights, exterior lights and indicators
shall comply with Tanzanian regulations.
14.3 MV/SW/FM radio and clock.
15.0 Instruments and gauges

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 202
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

All instruments and gauges shall comply with international-

ly recognized standards.
16.0 Body and accessories
16.1 Inertia safety belt. Manufactured and fitted in
accordance to international recognized standards.
16.2 Two outside mirrors and one rear view mirror.
16.3 Two sun visors.
16.4 Mudsplash guards, front and rear.
16.5 Two hooks front and rear.
17.0 General information

17.1 Manufacturer
17.2 Model

17.3 Year of manufacturing

17.4 Authorized sales representative in Tanzania
Name:

Address:

13. E&S Manager and PIU offices in Dar es Salaam

(Lot 1 only)

GPS System 1200+ Real Time Kinematics (RTK systems)

GX1230 GG Base Station, 72 channels, (2) Batteries,
no. 1
Serial 350080 with associated accessories
ATX-1230 Smart Rover, (1) Li-ion Battery, Dual
Frequency, Bluetooth, weights 2.7kg, serial 156017 no. 3
with associated accessories

TCA1205 Total Station with associated accessories no. 1

Reflector less range 1000 m

Pin Point accuracy 2 mm
Laser dot size 2 cm/50 m

Geo-office & micro station no. 2

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 203
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

Geo-office & micro station softwares (1 piece each)

GIS SOFTWARE that can:
Perform advanced GIS data analysis and modeling
Perform overlay analysis, proximity analysis, surface
analysis, and raster processing and conversion
Publish and convert data in many formats
Create and manage personal geodatabases, multi-
user geodatabases, and feature datasets
Use high-end cartography tools to generate profes-
sional-quality, publication-ready maps
Design customized symbols and place sophisticated
annotation and labels on your maps.

Plotter no. 1

Print Size: Up to 44" x 300"

Resolution: 2400 x 1200 dpi
Print Speed: 15 min per page at Best Quality up to
17 ft
Memory: 128 MB
Connectivity: One 10/100 BT Ethernet, One USB 2.0
high-speed certified port, One EIO Jetdirect accesso-
ry slot
Environments: PC and Mac

Laptop Computer (as specified above) no. 2

Handheld GPSMAP 60CSx

no. 3
accuracy 0.5m to 5m

Satellite based radio equipment no. 6

Digital camera no. 10

14 and above mega pixels

10 x and above, wide angle optical image
DIGIC 4 image processor
Continuous shooting at 3.7 fps
3-inch LCD monitor
1080p HD video at 24, 25, or 30fps
JPEG and RAW image formats
EF-S 18-55mm f/3.5-5.6 IS kit lens
Captures to SDHC/SDXC memory cards
Rechargeable lithium-ion battery
Stabilized Zoom and Build in GPS function

Digital Video Camera no. 2

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 204
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

Digital Zoom: 300 x

Sensor Resolution: 2.99 mega pixels
Total Pixels: 3.89 mega pixels
Optical Sensor Size: 1/4"
Optical Sensor Type: CMOS
Min Illumination: 0.4 lux
Analog Video Format: Multi Purpose (NTSC/PAL)
Video Format: MPEG-4 AVCHD
Image Stabilizer: Optical Super Range)
Max Shutter Speed: 1/2000 sec

Printer/Scanner/Photocopy machine
(Including supply of 30 rims of A4 and 10 rims of A3
printer/copier papers per month as well as services and
consumables such as cartridges for the entire contract
period).

Heavy Duty Printer, latest version no. 1

Heavy Duty Scanner, latest version no. 1

Heavy Duty Photocopy machine, latest version no. 1

14. O&M Tools for Lot 1 only

1. HOOK LADDER
Material; Aluminum, Length; 8.0m, working load 600kg, no. 8
weight; 27kg,
2. WIRE ROPE
Material: steel wire with Diameter: 16mm diameter,
strength: 230kN, Length: 150m, Tapered end, Hooked no. 8
end, with reel

3. TOOL BOX- Mechanical, Contents;

open spanners; 16mm 38mm, ring spanners; 16mm-
38mm, Vanier Caliper, Torque wrench, Combination pliers,
Screw drivers set, Steel punch, Flat & Round file25
Hammer 1.5kg, Sledge hammer 5kg, Knife, Iron, Brush, no. 4
Measuring tapes 30m & 50m, Bow saw & Saw blades,
Spirit Level, plug Box spanner size 64mm length 30mm,
and Pipe Wrench

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 205
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description
4. CONDUCTOR TRIMMER WITH ONE POPULAR
BUSHING MORE BUSHING
Duty & Bushing: to trim 85 sizes of ACSR cable, one no. 4
standard bushing included,

5. COME ALONG CLAMPS FOR 185 mm sq.

Floating jaws: Removable, no. 6

6. COME ALONG CLAMPS FOR BLUE JAY CONDUC-

TOR
Floating jaws: Removable no. 6

7. SWIVEL GRIPS FOR BLUE JAY CONDUCTORS

no. 10

8. SWIVEL GRIPS FOR EARTH WIRE

Material;185 mm sq. ACSR no. 8

15. O&M Equipment for Lot 2 only

1. INFRA RED CAMERA FLIR COMPLETE WITH LAP-

no. 2
TOP SOFTWARE AND TRAINING
Imaging performance
3.2 M pixel full
colour
Image presentation PIP with 5,6
PIP with 5,6 LCD
LCD
Measurement
Automatic

Image storage Removable SD

card
Voice annotation images
Standard JPEG

Video storage
MPEG -4

Video streaming
MPEG-4,IP-link

Laser locate IR AlGalnp Diode

Laser
Power source
AC adapter or
12v

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 206
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

Environmental
-15C to +50C

Physical characteristics
1.7kg w/battery

2. SOFTWARE FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL

DESIGN (JOVE) no. 2

3. PORTABLE GENERATOR
Type: Brushless, self exciting, 2-pole, 1-phase,
Voltage output: 240,AC-50Hz, Power output:
10KW, Cooling system: Air, Cycles: 4, Fuel, no. 4
Gasoline, Starting system, Recoil starter(electric
starter optional)

4. HAND OPERATED HYDRAULIC WIRE CUTTER

Maximum cutting capacity: for wire diameter of
32mm, Output: 20 ton, Weight: 8kg, Length: 610 no. 4
mm,

5. HIGH VOLTAGE DETECTORS CABLE TO DETECT

VOLTAGE UP TO 500 KV
Type: Electronic capacitive,
Operating power, voltage: 90 500kV,
Instruction Manual
Connecting accessories including auxiliary earth no. 4
rod and probe;
Application: For detecting voltages on overhead
transmission lines,

6. HIGH FREQUENCY EARTH RESISTANCE MEASUR-

ING INSTRUMENT DIGITAL GROUND TESTER
Application: For high frequency determination of
earthing resistance of overhead transmission line
towers with tower-top earth wire no. 2
Operating voltage: Battery,
Facility for charging battery: In built,

7. GROUNDING STICKS SET :

Type screw type contact clamp;
Suitable conductor diameter 5mm -60 mm; no. 8
Maximum current capacity 23.9kA

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 207
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description
8. SAFETY BELT:
Material : nylon
Safety ropes length mm : 2000 no. 20
Safety rope diameter: 14mm

9. SAFETY HELMET
Yellow colour no. 40

10. DESIGN SOFTWARE AND LAPTOP COMPUTERS

LAPTOP COMPUTER with preinstalled version of the

tower spotting and design soft ware " such as: no. 5

PLS CADD, STADD, AUTOCARD, MS Office and MICRO

STATION for design of transmission line purpose.

16. OPGW Tools/Equipment for Lot 3 only

1. FAULT LOCATOR

Wavelength
635 nm

Batteries
2 x alkaline AAA

Battery life
40 / 80 hours
CW / Pulsed
Operation mode
Pulsed at 2~3 Hz

Connector types 2.5mm universal

adapter which
accepts any
2.5mm ferrule
such as FC, ST
and SC.
Size
171 x 18 mm

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 208
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

Weight include batteries

< 100 g

Coupled power
9/125 m or
larger fiber core:
0.6 mW or -2.2
dBm2 type

Laser safety class

2 in accordance
with IEC 825-2
Environmental rating
IP67

Ferrule retention force

1-2N

Operating / storage
-10 to +45C / -
40 to +70C
2. SPLICER

Applicable fibres SM (ITU-T

G.652), MM
(ITU-T G.651),
DS (ITU-T
G.653), NZDS
(ITU-T G.655)
and other SMF
Fibre Count Single
including ITU-T
G.657 fibres
Cladding diameter 80 to 150m

Coating diameter 100 to 1000m

Fibre cleaved length 8mm to 16mm

using Sheath
Clamp A, B or C/
10mm using FH-
60-250, FH-60-
900
Actual average splice loss 0.02dB with SM,
0.01dB with MM,
0.04dB with DS,
0.04dB with
NZDS.
Splice time Typical 9sec.
with standard

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 209
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description
SM fibre.
Splicing modes Total number
available equals
100; for pre-set
modes and user
programmable
modes
Return loss 60dB or greater
Splice loss estimate Several types of
core defor-
mations as well
as core axis
offset are taken
into account
Attenuation splice function Intentional high
splice loss of
0.1dB to 15dB
(0.01dB step)
can be made for
an inline fixed
attenuator
Storage of splice result The last 2000
results to be
stored in the
internal memory.
Fibre display X/Y, or both X
and Y simulta-
neously
Magnification 300x for single X
or Y view, or
187x for X and Y
view.
Viewing method By two CMOS
cameras for fibre
viewing and
4.1inches TFT
colour LCD
monitor
Image change over The fibre image
is turned upside
down automati-
cally according
to the monitor
position.
Operating condition 0-5000m above
sea level, 0-95%
RH and -10 to
Mechanical proof test 50C respective-
2N (standard)
ly.
4.4 N (optional)

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 210
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

Tube heater Built-in auto-start

tube heater with
10 heating
modes and up to
20 for reference
Tube heat time Typical
30sec.with FP-
03 protection
Applicable protection sleeve length sleeve.
60mm, 40mm
and a series of
micro sleeves.
No. of splice/heating with battery 160 cycles with
BTR-08.

Power supply Auto voltage

selection from
100 to 240Va.c.
Terminals or 10 to 15Vd.c.
USB1.1 (USB-
with
Mini B)ADC-13.
for data
13.2Vd.c.
and with
video signal
Wind protection BTR-08
transfer to
Max. wind PC.
velocity of
15m/s.
Fibre Holder For 250m
coating/ For
900m coating
Sheath Clamp For coating
diameter up to
250m, 8mm to
16mm cleave;
For coating
diameter of over
250m, 16mm
cleave
Electrodes Spares
Wind Protector Mirror 1

Carrying case 1

Cleaver 2

3. POWER METER

Battery life 360 hours laser

off / 190 hrs
Laser on

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 211
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

Size 190 x 130 x 70

mm, 7.5 x 5.1 x
2.8
Temperature -15 to 55C
(Operating) / -25
to 70C (Stor-
age)
Memory 1900 dual tests

Case Polycarbonate, 1
metre drop
tested
Power 2 alkaline C
cells (7.6 A/Hr)
External DC
with 2.5mm
+ve pin or via
USB port.
Selectable
auto-off, low
battery indica-
tor, backlit
display

Standard accessories SC connector

adaptor
FC connector
adaptor
ST connector
adaptor
C cell batteries
& AA-to-C
battery size
converter
Carry Pouch,
Carry strap &
Leather pro-
tective holster
KITS
Record-
ing/Reporting
software
USB A/B cable
Carrying case Carry Case for
2 Instruments
Carry Case
includes
Cletop, Clean-
ing Sticks
4. OTDR

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 212
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description
General Specifications
Operating environment Temperature 0 to
45C (0 to 35C
when charging
the battery)
Humidity 85% RH or less
(no condensa-
tion)
Storage temperature -20 to 60C
Battery Operation time 6
hours
Recharge time 5
hours *2
Rated power voltage 100 to 240 VAC
Rated supply frequency 50 to 60 Hz
Power consumption Max 70 W
Laser safety standards Class 1 M (IEC
60825-1:1993 +
A2:2001)*3
21CFR1040.10*
4
Safety standard EN61010-1
Emission EN61326-1
Class A
EN55011 Class
A Group 1
Immunity EN61326-1
Table 2
Horizontal Axis Parameters

Sampling resolution 5 cm, 10 cm, 20

cm, 50 cm, 1 m,
2 m, 4 m, 8 m,
16 m, 32 m
Readout resolution 1 cm (Min.)

Number of sampled data Up to 50,000

points
Group refractive index 1.30000 to
1.79999 (in
0.00001 steps)
Unit of distance km, kf or miles
Distance measurement accuracy Sum of the
following 3
errors:
Offset error: 1
m
Scale error:

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 213
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description
Measurement
distance 2
10-5
Sampling error:
1 sampling
resolution
Vertical Axis Parameters
Vertical axis scale 0.2 dB/div, 0.5
dB/div, 1 dB/div,
2 dB/div, 5
dB/div, 7.5
dB/div
Readout resolution 0.001 dB (Min.)
Loss measurement accuracy * 0.05 dB/dB
*When the
measuring loss
is 1 dB or less,
the accuracy is
within 0.05 dB.
OTDR Measurement Function

Distance measurement
Displays up to eight digits of the relative one-way
direction between two arbitrary points on the trace.
Loss measurement
Displays one-way loss in steps of 0.001 dB to a
maximum of 5 digits. Displays the one-way loss,
loss per unit length, and splice loss between any
arbitrary points on the trace.
Return loss measurement
Measures return loss and total return loss of a fi-
ber cable or between two arbitrary points on the
trace.
Scheduling function
Performs measurements and saves results onto a
USB storage in a user defined time frame and in-
terval
automatically.

OTDR Analysis Functions

Analysis functions
Multi trace analysis, 2 way trace analysis, differen-
tial trace analysis, section analysis

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 214
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

Internal Memory
Memory capacity 1000 waveforms or more
Can store measured waveforms and measurement
conditions
Display

Display 8.4-inch color

TFT LCD, semi-
transparent
Total number of displayed pixels 640 (horizon-
tal) 480
(vertical) pixels
The LCD may
contain some
pixels that are
always ON or
OFF (0.002%
or fewer of all
displayed
pixels includ-
ing RGB), but
this is not
indicative of a
general mal-
function.
External Interface
USB USB1.1 Type A
and Type B, one
each
Type A: For
external
memory
Type B: For
connecting to
an external PC
for remote
control or
access to the
OTDR's inter-
nal memory
File Formats

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 215
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description

File Formats
Read: SOR,
TRD, TRB,
SET
(AQ7270/75)
Write: SOR
(Telcordia),
SET, CSV,
BMP, JPG,
PNG
Stabilized Light Source Function

Optical connector Shared with the

OTDR (at the
same port)
Center wavelength OTDR's center
wavelengths

Light output level -5 dBm or more

(at 23C2C)

Output level stability 0.1 dB (0.15

dB for 1650 nm)

Modulation frequency CW, 270 Hz

Visible Light Source

Optical connector Port is not

shared with the
OTDR
Center wavelength 650 nm 20 nm

Light output level Peak value -3

dBm or more

Modulation frequency 2 Hz

Laser safety standard Class 3R

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 216
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part B1)

Technical Schedules
Bidder / Contractor
400 kV Overhead Transmission Line

BIDDERS / CONTRACTORS GUARANTEED DATA Unit Data required Data offered

Description
Power Monitor Function

Optical connector Shared with the

OTDR (at the
same port)
Measurement wavelength 1310, 1490,
1550, 1625,
1650 nm
Measurement range -50 to -5 dBm
(CW light, absolute maximum input level 0 dBm (1
mW))
Measurement accuracy 0.5 dB
CW light, wavelength 1310 nm, -10 dBm for input,
23C2C

Dummy Fiber
Optical fiber SM (ITU-T
G.652)

Optical fiber length Approx. 100 m

5413A08/FICHT-7269868-v8 217
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part C)

C
Employers Requirements
Drawings

5413A08/FICHT-7370493-v1 C1-1
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI (Part C)

List of Annexes

Annex 1 Preliminary Line Route

Annex 1.1 Overview Map
Annex 1.2 Field Data Sheets
Annex 1.3 Line Route Maps (separate CD-ROM)
Annex 1.4 Substations
Annex 1.4.1 Iringa Substation
Annex 1.4.2 Dodoma Substation
Annex 1.4.3 Singida Substation
Annex 1.4.4 Shinyanga Substation

Annex 2 Tower Outline

Annex 2.1 Compact Tower Outline
Annex 2.2 Horizontal tower Outline

Annex 3 Typical Foundation Outline

Annex 4 400kV Insulator String Outline

Annex 5 SWS/ISWER Installations

Annex 5.1 ISWER Attachment, T-off at suspension tower
Annex 5.2 ISWER Insulator Sets
Annex 5.3 OPPC Tension String with Joint Box
Annex 5.4 OPGW Tension String with Joint Unit OPPC-OPGW
Annex 5.5 OPPC Tension Set with Termination Unit

Annex 6 Typical Tower Earthing

Annex 7 Bird Protection

5413A08/FICHT-7370493-v1
1.1
1.2
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP), Bidding Documents Annex 1.2
Line Section: Iringa Dodoma Field Data Sheet

UTM Coordinates Distance Topography Vegetation Remarks

Point No. Line Angle Subsoil Expected
East m North m km Crossings Present Photos

Field investigation

typical inspan terrain, main vegetation

tower nr. rounded to hand-held GPS, no error calc. from no test pits,
main objects only within particular observations
exis. 220 kV 5 differential correction coordinates subsoil assumed
~ 100m strip

Data accuracy

1 nr. 2 100 m 100 m 0.15 km 10 houses 20% of density 1 cl. on soil state see report

Line Details
new S/S Iringa
Gantry 35 Grid Zone 36 M gentle slope, workshop -
801 040 9 138 120 buildings, tel. overhead med. dense, clayey,
0.11 line scrub, grass land
coarse sand, boulders
good access
A1 35 r 800 960 9 138 200 close to road
flat to steep slope, river med. dense, clayey,
b ~ 20m, Little Ruaha, grass land, small coarse sand,
0.72 district gravel road, trees boulders, partly
national asphalt road ground water access from field track,
80 r hilly terrain, seasonal upper part slope to
A2 800 960 9 138 920
(2 x 40) rivers, localized erosion construct, 2 angle
grass land, towers 40
prone zones dense, clayey, coarse
1.81 cultivation, scrub,
sand, boulders
some trees
-
A3 40 l 802 740 9 139 230
hilly terrain, hill foot, scattered access slope to
small seasonal brooklet cultivation, some dense, clayey sand,
0.45 construct
partly outcrop rock
bush with trees -
steep slope, seasonal access from field track,
A4 40 l 803 020 9 139 580 dense, coarse clayey
river grass land, scrub, 55m paral. exist.
1.6 sand, boulders and
some bush 220 kV
outcrop rock

5413A08/FICHT-7268302-v1 1
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP), Bidding Documents Annex 1.2
Line Section: Iringa Dodoma Field Data Sheet

UTM Coordinates Distance Topography Vegetation Remarks

Point No. Line Angle Subsoil Expected
East m North m km Crossings Present Photos

extremely diff. access

12 30 r 802 900 9 141 200 in mountain
soft rock, very dense -
scattered
mountainous, flat, small to partly loose, coarse
cultivation,
5.9 river Lihanga, erosion clayey sand, partly
scattered small
zone tower 18 highly erosive, tension tower, diff.
trees
27 0 805 400 9 146 500 massive outcrop rock access on hill crest,
scattered small med. dense sand, 75 m paral. exis.
2.8 flat, small river Lihanga trees, grass land, clayey with some fine 220 kV
scrub gravel, ground water
access by field track
34 40 l 806 600 9 149 000 dense, clayey sand,
flat, near airport, main grass land,
partly lateritic,
13.6 gravel road, ~ 10 mud scattered
qu ~ 1.5 kg/cm2,
houses cultivation
cu ~ 3 kg/cm2 near road, 55 m paral.
exis. 220 kV
68 30 r 804 000 9 162 300

extensive clayey sand with
cultivation, some small rock
16.2 flat, seasonal rivers near road, 55m paral.
scattered small fragments overlain by
trees black cotton soil exis. 220 kV

75 l
109 809 600 9 177 500
(45 + 30) extensive
clayey coarse sand, near road, 55 m paral.
slightly hilly, ~ 5 brick cultivation,
3.7 dense, underlain by exis. 220 kV
houses, seasonal river scattered small
rock blocks
trees

5413A08/FICHT-7268302-v1 2
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP), Bidding Documents Annex 1.2
Line Section: Iringa Dodoma Field Data Sheet

UTM Coordinates Distance Topography Vegetation Remarks

Point No. Line Angle Subsoil Expected
East m North m km Crossings Present Photos
near road, 55 m paral.
118 0 806 600 9 179 600 exis. 220 kV
hilly, steep mountain, scattered clayey, dense coarse
7.6 rock bank, village road, cultivation, forest, sand, fractured till
seasonal river dense bush solid massive rock maint. access track,
138 40 r 800 300 9 183 900 ends at tower 132
soft rock, dense
steep mountain, flat,
5.1 forest, dense bush coarse sand,
seasonal rivers
boulders, gravel maint. access track,
151 60 r 799 000 9 188 800 55 m paral. 220 kV

dense, coarse sand
dense bush, some
2.5 flat, seasonal river with gravel, occas.
trees
lateritic
maint. track from road,
157 50 l 800 800 9 190 500 55m to 220 kV

flat, ~ 5 mud houses, med. dense, fine
dense to open
9.0 seasonal rivers, erosion clayey sand, partly
bush
zone tower 168 gravely, highly erosive
access from road
180 20 r 800 100 9 199 500

fine dense sand,
flat, village road,
6.3 open bush traces of clay with
seasonal river
some gravel maint. track from road,
55 m to 220 kV
196 45 r 802 000 9 205 500
flat, main gravel road, ~ dense fine sand,
open bush, some
13.8 30 mud houses, 0.4 kV traces of clay with
trees transposition tower,
distr. line, grave yard some gravel
maint. track from road,
231 10 l 814 600 9 211 100 slightly hilly, main road dense clayey sand, 55 m paral. 220 kV
3.7
and 33 kV line
dense bush
some boulders

field track from road

A5 20 r 817 650 9 213 250
dense clayey sand, -
0.7 gentle slope some bush some boulders,
outcrop rock

5413A08/FICHT-7268302-v1 3
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP), Bidding Documents Annex 1.2
Line Section: Iringa Dodoma Field Data Sheet

UTM Coordinates Distance Topography Vegetation Remarks

Point No. Line Angle Subsoil Expected
East m North m km Crossings Present Photos

field track from road

A6 15 l 818 300 9 213 450
-
flat to hilly, 1000m and
some bush, trees,
500m long span fractured outcrop
grass land,
7.6 crossing lake Mtera, rock, compact coarse
localized dense
isolated suspension sand with some clay
bush adjacent main road,
tower
295 20 l 824 900 9 217 200 70m to 220 kV

coarse, lateritic dense

flat, crossing twice the open bush, some
2.1 sand, partly some
main gravel road trees
boulders
access from road,
300 5 r 826 400 9 218 700 55 m to 220 kV

flat to slightly hilly, very dense, clayey

6.9 dense bush
~ 5 mud houses gravely sand
Grid Zone 36M access from road,
318 30 l 55 m to 220 kV
831 400 9 223 500
very dense, clayey
7.0 flat to slightly hilly dense bush gravely sand, some
Grid Zone 36M boulders
access from road,
336 2 l 55 m to 220 kV
170 300 9 223 500
dense, sandy gravel
4.2 hilly dense bush
and rock fragments

transposition tower,
access from road, 55m
to 220 kV

5413A08/FICHT-7268302-v1 4
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP), Bidding Documents Annex 1.2
Line Section: Iringa Dodoma Field Data Sheet

UTM Coordinates Distance Topography Vegetation Remarks

Point No. Line Angle Subsoil Expected
East m North m km Crossings Present Photos
transposition tower,
access from road, 55m
346 15 r 171 300 9 234 300
dense, clayey sand to 220 kV
3.1 hilly dense bush
with some fine gravel
access from road, 55m
354 45 l 172 900 9 237 000 flat, village road, ~ 5 to 220 kV
extensive dense, clayey fine
4.0 mud houses, grave
cultivations sand
yard
access from road, 55m
364 45 r 171 800 9 240 800 to 220 kV
scattered
flat, ~ 5 mud houses, dense, clayey fine
8.0 cultivation, some
seasonal rivers sand
trees
access from road, 55m
384 70 l 175 500 9 247 900 to 220 kV
med. dense, clayey -
grass land,
5.2 flat, seasonal river fine sand, occas.
scattered trees
laterite intrusion
access from road, 55m
397 35 r 172 100 9 251 900 to 220 kV
open to dense dense, clayey fine -
3.9 flat, seasonal river
bush sand
Grid Zone 37M access from road, 55m
407 60 l to 220 kV
171 800 9 255 800 scattered trees, med. dense to firm -
7.4 flat, seasonal river
partly dense bush sand and clay
Grid Zone 36M access from road, 55m
426 60 r to 220 kV
828 600 9 259 200 open to dense
flat to hilly, village road, med. dense, clayey
3.3 bush, some grass
~ 5 mud houses sand
land
434 30 l 828 500 9 262 500 access from road, 55m
to 220 kV
very hilly, seasonal open bush, some compact sand, large -
3.0
river trees boulders, rock blocks

5413A08/FICHT-7268302-v1 5
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP), Bidding Documents Annex 1.2
Line Section: Iringa Dodoma Field Data Sheet

UTM Coordinates Distance Topography Vegetation Remarks

Point No. Line Angle Subsoil Expected
East m North m km Crossings Present Photos
access from maint.
442 30 l 826 900 9 265 100 track, 55m to 220 kV
scattered dense, clayey sand,
6.0 flat, village road cultivation, some partly black cotton
bush soil, ground water transpos. tower, access
from village road, 55m
457 30 r 821 700 9 268 000
extensive med. dense, clayey to 220 kV
flat, main gravel road,
13.7 cultivation, some sand, partly ground -
seasonal river
trees water
access from village
491 40 l 814 500 9 279 700 road, 55m to 220 kV
flat, main gravel road, -
some cultivation,
2.2 village road, ~ 20 mud dense, clayey sand
partly dense scrub
houses
access from village
496 30 r 812 400 9 280 300 road, 55m to 220 kV
scattered dense, coarse sand
flat, field track, ~ 5 mud
12.9 cultivation, open with some clay, partly
houses
scrub ground water access from field track,
55m to 220 kV
528 40 r 803 300 9 289 400 very dense sand with
hilly, main gravel road,
some clay and occ. without coordinates
18.2 district soil road, scrub, open bush
boulders, partly
seasonal river access from village
outcrop rock
road, 55m to 220 kV
574 20 l 801 800 9 307 500
very dense sand with
hilly, main gravel road, without coordinates
scrub, open some clay, partly
8.9 ~ 15 mud houses,
bushes boulders with rocky
seasonal river
soil access from field track,
55m to 220 kV
-

5413A08/FICHT-7268302-v1 6
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP), Bidding Documents Annex 1.2
Line Section: Iringa Dodoma Field Data Sheet

UTM Coordinates Distance Topography Vegetation Remarks

Point No. Line Angle Subsoil Expected
East m North m km Crossings Present Photos
access from field track,
596 60 r 798 000 9 315 500 55m to 220 kV
flat, 220 kV line dense, clayey sand, -
0.3 between tower no. 596 scrub seasonal ground
and no. 597 water
access from field track,
597 45 l 797 950 9 315 750 55m to 220 kV
-
dense, clayey sand,
0.6 flat scrub, small trees seasonal ground
water
access from S/S
599 90 l 797 850 9 316 350
-
dense, clayey sand,
0.1 flat scrub, cultivation seasonal ground
water
access from S/S
600 ~ 0 797 750 9 316 325
-
dense, clayey sand,
0.1 flat scrub, cultivation seasonal ground
water
access from S/S
Gantry ~ 0 797 650 9 316 300
-

38 angle points Total 225 km

5413A08/FICHT-7268302-v1 7
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP), Bidding Documents Annex 1.2
Line Section: Dodoma - Singida Field Data Sheet

UTM Coordinates Distance Topography Vegetation Remarks

Point No. Line Angle Subsoil Expected
East m North m km Crossings Present Photos
Field investigation

typical inspan terrain, main vegetation

tower nr. rounded to hand-held GPS, no error calc. from no test pits,
main objects only within particular observations
exis. 220 kV 5 differential correction coordinates subsoil assumed
~ 100m strip
Data accuracy

1 nr. 2 100 m 100 m 0.15 km 10 houses 20% of density 1 cl. on soil state see report
Line Details

Grid Zone M36 dense, med. coarse new S/S Dodoma

Gantry ~ 0
797 550 9 316 250 0.1 flat scrub clayey sand, seasonal
groundwater maint. track from S/S, ~
110m to 220 kV
1 ~ 0 797 450 9 316 200 dense, med. coarse
flat, 11 kV and 33 kV scrub, some -
1.5 clayey sand, seasonal
line cultivation maint. track from S/S,
groundwater
85 r 55m to 220 kV
6 796 050 9 315 800 dense, med. coarse
(2 x 45)
0.4 flat scrub clayey sand, seasonal
groundwater maint. track from S/S,
7 5 r 795 900 9 316 200 dense, med. coarse 55m to 220 kV
flat to gentle slope, 33
clayey sand, seasonal
kV line, railway at ~ scrub, open bush,
8.9 groundwater, after
90, main asphalt road some trees access from road and
railway no ground
23 55 l 794 700 9 325 000 at ~ 45 field track
water

dense, clayey sand,
slightly hilly, village scrub, scattered
11.0 outcrop weathering
road cultivation
rock access from road, 55m
54 25 l 784 900 9 330 000 paral. 220 kV

slightly hilly, main scrub, some dense, clayey coarse
3.8 asphalt road, seasonal cultivation, some sand with occasional
river trees boulders

5413A08/FICHT-6290832-v 8
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP), Bidding Documents Annex 1.2
Line Section: Dodoma - Singida Field Data Sheet

UTM Coordinates Distance Topography Vegetation Remarks

Point No. Line Angle Subsoil Expected
East m North m km Crossings Present Photos
access from road, 55m
63 30 r 781 100 9 330 100 paral. 220 kV
slightly hilly, main scrub, some
dense, clayey coarse -
8.0 asphalt road, ~ 5 mud cultivation, some
sand with boulders
houses trees
access from road, 55m
83 20 l 774 200 9 334 200 paral. 220 kV
slightly hilly, seasonal scrub, scattered dense, clayey coarse
12.2
river cultivation sand with boulders
access from road, 55m
113 50 r 762 400 9 337 300 paral. 220 kV
scrub, scattered dense, clayey coarse -
8.6 flat, seasonal river
cultivation sand with boulders
access from road, 55m
131 60 l 758 500 9 345 000 open bush, paral. 220 kV
med. dense to loose?
flat, village road, scattered
9.5 sand, partly swampy
seasonal river cultivation, large
with ground water
trees, Baobab access from road, 55m
151 30 l 749 100 9 346 200 paral. 220 kV
flat, river b ~ 10m, main clayey med. dense
open bush, paddy
0.9 asphalt road, railway at sand, shallow ground
fields, swamp
60 angle water
access from road, 55m
154 40 r 748 300 9 345 900 flat, field tracks, ~ 5 paral. 220 kV
mud houses, between scrub, some
tower 163-164, new line trees, grass dense, clayey sand,
4.9 partly seasonal
axis is 45m to prim. land, partly swamp, ground water
school buildg. Lusilile, swamp access from road, 55m
167 20 l 744 000 9 348 200 District Manyoni to 220 kV

dense, clayey sand,
scrub, grass land,
5.1 flat, field track partly seasonal
some cultivation
swamp, ground water

5413A08/FICHT-6290832-v 9
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP), Bidding Documents Annex 1.2
Line Section: Dodoma - Singida Field Data Sheet

UTM Coordinates Distance Topography Vegetation Remarks

Point No. Line Angle Subsoil Expected
East m North m km Crossings Present Photos
access from road, 55m
179 5 r 738 900 9 348 700 to 220 kV
dense, clayey sand,
flat, ~ 10 mud houses, scrub, grass land, -
10.3 partly gravelly sand,
river b ~ 20m, Luwil some cultivation
ground water
access from village
204 2 r 728 800 9 350 700 road, 55m to 220 kV
dense, coarse sand,
flat, village road, scattered scrub,
8.0 partly swampy,
seasonal river grass land, swamp
ground water access from field track,
2.5 km to road, 55m to
223 15 r 721 000 9 352 500
flat to very steep, dense, coarse sand, 220 kV
outcrop rock bank, field dense bush, some outcrop rock, massive -
4.2
track, grass land granite banks, partly
~ 5 mud/brick houses strong rock access from village
234 3 r 717 400 9 354 600 road, 55m to 220 kV
dense, clayey sand, -
open bush, some
flat, village road, partly overlain by
2.9 crops, partly
~ 15 mud/brick houses black cotton soil, occ.
swamp access from main road,
boulders
242 25 r 715 000 9 356 200 dense, clayey sand 55m to 220 kV
open bush, partly -
flat, main gravel road overlain by black
5.1 dense scrub, some
(soon being asphalted) cotton soil, ground
swampy area
water access from main road,
254 30 l 712 600 9 360 700 flat to gently slope, ~ 25 55m to 220 kV
scattered
mud/brick houses, 0.4 dense, clayey sand, -
cultivation,
12.0 kV and tel. line, old partly overlain by
scattered trees,
gravel main road, old black cotton soil
some scrub access from village
railway 2x
283 45 r 702 600 9 367 400 road, 55m to 220 kV
flat, partly gentle slope,
large stretch of
old railway 2x, ~ 10
very dense bush, dense, clayey sand,
brick/mud houses,
37.0 some cultivation, seasonal swamp, access from village
close to air strip by
372 25 r 695 500 9 403 700 some swampy ground water road
tower 284 lateral 60 at
area -
700m only

5413A08/FICHT-6290832-v 10
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP), Bidding Documents Annex 1.2
Line Section: Dodoma - Singida Field Data Sheet

UTM Coordinates Distance Topography Vegetation Remarks

Point No. Line Angle Subsoil Expected
East m North m km Crossings Present Photos

gentle slope, ~ 10 brick

dense bush, some dense, clayey sand,
7.0 houses, river b ~ 10m,
cultivation partly ground water
Ugino
access from main road,
390 10 l 697 400 9 410 400 55m to 220 kV
dense sand with
dense bush, some
11.9 flat, seasonal river some clay, partly
cultivation
ground water access from main road,
418 15 l 698 600 9 422 200 55m to 220 kV
dense sand with -
flat, village road, scattered
some clay, black
11.1 ~ 5 brick/mud houses, cultivation, some transposition, access
cotton soil, partly
seasonal river trees, some bush from village road, 55m
445 1 l 696 800 9 433 200 ground water
to 220 kV
extensive
slightly hilly, seasonal
5.0 cultivation, some dense, clayey sand
river access from main road,
bush
458 25 r 695 900 9 438 100 55m to 220 kV
flat, 33 kV line, ~ 5 extensive dense sand with
9.2 mud/brick houses, cultivation, some some clay, some
seasonal river trees outcrop rocks
access from village
483 30 l 697 900 9 447 100 slightly hilly, 33 kV line, open bush, dense, clayey sand road
6.0 behind construction scattered scrub, with large boulders, -
quarry / camp, massive some cultivation, partly strong rock
outcrop rock some trees

5413A08/FICHT-6290832-v 11
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP), Bidding Documents Annex 1.2
Line Section: Dodoma - Singida Field Data Sheet

UTM Coordinates Distance Topography Vegetation Remarks

Point No. Line Angle Subsoil Expected
East m North m km Crossings Present Photos
access from village
496 15 r 696 200 9 452 800 road, 55m to 220 kV
extensive
slightly hilly, ~ 5 mud dense sand with
5.4 cultivation, some
houses, seasonal river some clay
trees
access from village
510 2 l 695 800 9 458 200 road, 55m to 220 kV
dense, clayey sand, -
slightly hilly, seasonal scattered
3.8 partly fine gravel
river cultivation, scrub
layers
access from field track,
520 5 l 695 300 9 462 000 55m to 220 kV
slightly hilly, outcrop compact, coarse
scattered
2.7 rock, seasonal river, 33 cristalline sand with
cultivation, scrub
kV line 40m parallel larger boulders
access from field track,
527 30 r 694 750 9 464 650 55m to 220 kV
compact, coarse -
gentle slope, seasonal some scrub, some
0.3 cristalline sand with
river, scrub cultivation
larger boulders
access from field track,
528 20 l 694 850 9 464 900 foot path

scattered
dense, clayey sand
0.1 gentle slope, foot path cultivation, some
with larger boulders
scrub

new S/S Singida

Gantry 10 694 850 9 465 000
-

30 angle points Total 217 km

5413A08/FICHT-6290832-v 12
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP), Bidding Documents Annex 1.2
Line Section: Singida - Shinyanga Field Data Sheet

UTM Coordinates Distance Topography Vegetation Remarks

Point No. Line Angle Subsoil Expected
East m North m km Crossings Present Photos
Field investigation

typical inspan terrain, main vegetation

tower nr. rounded to hand-held GPS, no error calc. from no test pits,
main objects only within particular observations
exis. 220 kV 5 differential correction coordinates subsoil assumed
~ 100m strip
Data accuracy

1 nr. 2 100 m 100 m 0.15 km 10 houses 20% of density 1 cl. on soil state see report
Line Details

Gantry Grid Zone M36 gentle slope, 220 kV dense, clayey sand new S/S Singida
10 cultivation, grass
Singida 695 000 9 465 000 0.1 line between tower 1 with some larger
land
and 2 boulders field track from S/S
1 (Term.) 90 l 60m to 220 kV
695 000 9 464 900 some cultivation, dense, clayey sand,
Arusha (2 x 45) flat, village road,
1.9 some trees, some occ. large boulders,
seasonal river field track, 55m to 220
grass land partly ground water
kV, 150m off tower 7
7th (14) 75 l
696 850 9 464 800 flat to gentle slope, towards S/S Singida
Arusha (2 x 40)
220 kV line between dense, clayey sand,
scattered
tower 6 and 7, main occ. boulders, partly
cultivation, some
9.5 gravel road, village outcrop rock, partly
trees, grass land,
road (bad. cond.), ~ 10 swampy, partly access from village
open bush
A1 40 l 700 200 9 473 700 mud houses, seasonal ground water road (bad condition)
river, swamp

dense, clayey sand,

grass land, some
1.0 flat, swamp occ. boulders with
cultivation access from village
A2 some gravel
40 l 699 800 9 474 600 road (bad condition)
Shinyanga

gentle slope, hilly, scattered dense, clayey sand,
district gravel road, ~ 5 cultivation, some occ. boulders, partly
42 11.5 access from main road,
35 r 689 400 9 479 400 mud houses, seasonal trees, scrub, grass outcrop rock, partly
Shinyanga 55m paral. to susp.
river, swamp land ground water

5413A08/FICHT-6290832-v 13
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP), Bidding Documents Annex 1.2
Line Section: Singida - Shinyanga Field Data Sheet

UTM Coordinates Distance Topography Vegetation Remarks

Point No. Line Angle Subsoil Expected
East m North m km Crossings Present Photos
tower no. 42 of 220 kV
to Shinyanga

scattered
dense, coarse clayey
flat, ~ 10 mud houses, cultivation, scrub
14.3 sand partly with fine
seasonal river and bush, some
gravel
trees access from village
77 30 l 682 200 9 491 700 scattered track, 55m to 220 kV
flat to hilly, 2x main dense, coarse clayey
cultivation, scrub
11.9 asphalt road, Kitumbili sand partly with fine
and bush, some
River b ~ 20m gravel
trees access from main road,
106 15 r 672 100 9 498 000 55m to 220 kV
scattered
flat to hilly, seasonal dense, coarse clayey
3.2 cultivation, scrub
river sand
and bush
access from maint.
115 25 r 670 000 9 500 400 track, 55m to 220 kV

flat, 2x main asphalt bush, scattered
8.9 dense, clayey sand
road, 33 kV line cultivation
access from field track,
134 35 l 667 050 9 509 250 800m to 220 kV
-
bush, scattered
5.0 flat dense, clayey sand
cultivation
access from field track,
147 20 l 663 200 9 512 400 1km to 220 kV
extensive -
4.5 flat cultivation, some dense, clayey sand
trees
access from field track,
157 20 l 659 000 9 513 900 1km to 220 kV
extensive -
flat, village road, dense, clayey sand,
6.0 cultivation, some
seasonal river partly with fine gravel
trees, some scrubs

5413A08/FICHT-6290832-v 14
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP), Bidding Documents Annex 1.2
Line Section: Singida - Shinyanga Field Data Sheet

UTM Coordinates Distance Topography Vegetation Remarks

Point No. Line Angle Subsoil Expected
East m North m km Crossings Present Photos

access from field track,

170 25 r 653 000 9 513 900 1km to 220 kV
-
scrub, some dense, clayey gravelly
3.2 slightly hilly
cultivation sand
access from field track,
180 15 l 650 000 9 515 000 1km to 220 kV
bush, open forest, -
dense, clayey sand
7.1 hilly partly some
with rock debris access from gravel
cultivation
197 10 l 643 000 9 516 400 road, 400m to 220 kV
very hilly, partly steep soft rock overlain by -
3.0 slope, 2x old gravel open forest, bush small to fine rock
road debris on hill crest, access
from gravel road, 300m
205 ~ 0 640 000 9 516 300 very hilly to flat, old
bush, some trees, soft rock, clay and to 220 kV
gravel road, new
2.2 extensive sand partly with
asphalt road, seasonal
cultivation ground water
river access from main road,
210 25 r 637 800 9 516 200 55m to 220 kV
extensive
clayey, med. dense
4.4 flat, seasonal river cultivation, some
sand, ground water
trees
access from main road,
221 30 l 633 800 9 518 100 55m to 220 kV
extensive -
dense, gravely clayey
6.0 flat, seasonal river cultivation, some
sand, ground water
scrub
access from main road,
235 5 r 627 800 9 517 500 flat to gentle slope, 55m to 220 kV
main asphalt road, ~ 20
brick/mud houses, 33
kV line, between tower scrub, grass land, dense, gravelly clayey
3.0 access from main road,
240-241 Zantel and some cultivation sand
242 20 l 624 800 9 517 300 Celtel antennas h ~ 55m to 220 kV
50m, 55m or 75m from
the new 330 kV

5413A08/FICHT-6290832-v 15
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP), Bidding Documents Annex 1.2
Line Section: Singida - Shinyanga Field Data Sheet

UTM Coordinates Distance Topography Vegetation Remarks

Point No. Line Angle Subsoil Expected
East m North m km Crossings Present Photos

gentle slope, seasonal dense, gravelly clayey

7.4 scrub
river sand
access from main road,
260 40 r 617 900 9 514 500 55m to 220 kV
flat, seasonal swamp,
med. dense, fine
between tower 260-
white sand overlain by
265B, 7 towers grass land, some
2.5 black cotton soil,
replaced due to paddy fields
aggressive soil and
corrosion damage to access from main road,
water, ground water
265B 15 r 615 600 9 515 400 steel grillage foundation 55m to 220 kV

grass land, some med. dense, clayey
3.7 flat, ~ 10 mud houses
scrub sand, ground water
access from main road,
274 30 r 612 600 9 517 600 55m to 220 kV
grass land, some med. dense, clayey
7.9 flat, ~ 5 mud houses
scrub sand, ground water
access from main road,
293 30 l 609 500 9 524 900 scattered compact, cemented 55m to 220 kV
flat, ~ 5 mud houses, cultivation, grass sand and fine gravel -
14.9
seasonal river land, some scrub, overlain by thick black
some trees cotton soil access from main road,
328 5 r 597 900 9 534 200 55m to 220 kV
scattered compact, cemented -
flat, ~ 5 mud houses, cultivation, grass sand and fine gravel
3.7
seasonal river land, some scrub, overlain by thick black
some trees cotton soil
access from village
337 10 r 595 300 9 536 900 compact, cemented road, 55m to 220 kV
flat, ~ 10 mud houses, cultivation, grass sand and fine gravel -
13.2
seasonal river land, some trees overlain by thick black
cotton soil

5413A08/FICHT-6290832-v 16
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP), Bidding Documents Annex 1.2
Line Section: Singida - Shinyanga Field Data Sheet

UTM Coordinates Distance Topography Vegetation Remarks

Point No. Line Angle Subsoil Expected
East m North m km Crossings Present Photos

access from village

368 10 l 587 300 9 547 400 road, 55m to 220 kV
compact cemented
flat, ~ 5 mud houses, cultivation, grass sand and fine gravel
6.7
seasonal river land overlain by thick black
cotton soil access from village
384 25 r 582 400 9 552 000 dense, coarse to fine road, 55m to 220 kV
flat to gentle slope,
cultivation, paddy clayey sand overlain
8.6 ~ 5 mud houses, village
fields by black cotton soil,
road, seasonal river
ground water access from village
405 road, 55m to 220 kV
25 r 579 100 9 559 900 dense, coarse sand
flat, seasonal river paddy fields, grass overlain by black
5.1
b ~ 30m, Ngwawomba land, some bush cotton soil, ground
water access from village
road, 55m to 220 kV
418 3 r 579 100 9 565 000

flat to gentle slope, medium dense,
village road, ~ 10 mud bush, scrub, grass coarse sand, partly
4.6 houses, seasonal land, some with compact, access from village
swamp, seasonal river cultivation cemented fine gravel, road, Jan. to Apr.
b ~ 60m, Manonga partly ground water flooding, 55m to
429 6 l 579 300 9 569 600
220 kV
compact, cemented -
slightly hilly, steep
4.5 scrub, grass land gravelly sand, partly
slope, seasonal river
black cotton soil access from field track,
55m to 220 kV
440 20 l 578 900 9 574 100

some cultivation, dense, clayey gravelly
slightly hilly, 2x village
5.2 some trees, some sand partly overlain
road, seasonal river
scrub by black cotton soil access from village
road, 55m to 220 kV
453 25 r 576 700 9 578 800

2.1 flat scattered scrub dense, coarse sand
and coarse cobbles
mixed with rock debris

5413A08/FICHT-6290832-v 17
BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP), Bidding Documents Annex 1.2
Line Section: Singida - Shinyanga Field Data Sheet

UTM Coordinates Distance Topography Vegetation Remarks

Point No. Line Angle Subsoil Expected
East m North m km Crossings Present Photos

access from field track,

458 10 l 576 600 9 580 900 55m to 220 kV
dense, clayey sand
flat to gentle slope, field
10.7 grass land, scrub partly overlain by
track, seasonal river
black cotton soil
access from gravel
484 35 l 574 500 9 591 400 road, 55m to 220 kV
cultivation, dense, coarse, clayey
gentle slope, ~ 15 mud
9.1 scattered trees, sand partly overlain
houses, seasonal river
some scrub by black cotton soil
access from gravel
506 30 l 567 800 9 597 600 road, 55m to 220 kV
dense, coarse, clayey
slightly hilly, ~ 3 mud scrub, some
10.9 sand partly with
houses, village road cultivation
boulders, outcrop rock access from S/S road,
532 55 l 557 200 9 599 900 55m to 220 kV
gentle slope, 220 kV
very dense, partly
lime-cemented coarse
0.1 line between tower 531 grass land, bush
sand with larger
and 532
boulders
Gantry 20 r 557 100 9 599 800 new S/S Shinyanga

36 angle points Total

228 km

5413A08/FICHT-6290832-v 18
 Iringa

New Su
bstatio o ma Legend
nA lternati Dod
ve Existing Installations
a
om
Dod 220 kV transmission line
SB Substation Building
MV Medium Voltage Switchyard

ra SVC SVC Installation

te
M TR 220 kV / MV Transformer
t u LF 220 kV Line Feeder
Ne w S u da
bstatio Ki TF 220 kV Transformer Feeder
n
SVC 220 kV SVC Feeder

RF RF 220 kV Reactor Feeder

R
TF (LF) Space for 220 kV Spare Feeder
TF (LF)

LF
New Installations
TR

TR

LF
TR TF R 220 kV Reactor 2013
MV
LF

BC
LF

LF

LF(TF) 220 kV Line Feeder 2013 (220 kV Transformer Feeder 2021)

TF
LF

SB
BC

TF

TR
Future -

TF
Future -

RF 220 kV Reactor Feeder 2013

LF
SVC

LF LF 220 kV Line Feeder 2013 (Space for 220 kV Spare Feeder 2021)
TR SV
CF
EHV transmission line 2013 - 2021

Kihansi
Existin 220 kV interim connection strip 2013 - 2021
g 220 kV
switchg
ear EHV transmission line 2021
ve

TR EHV / 220 kV Transformer

Alternati

TF EHV Transformer Feeder

LF EHV Line Feeder
bstation

BC EHV Bus Coupler

Space for EHV Spare Feeder
New Su

Mbeya

approximate TANESCO property boundery

ANNEX 1.4.1
Satellite picture: 2007 Digital Globe New Iringa Shinyanga Transmission Line
2008 Europa Technologies FICHTNER
2007 Google
Iringa Substation - Incoming Transmission Line
 Dodoma

Legend
Existing Installations
220 kV transmission line
tation
New Subs
SB Substation Building
MV Medium Voltage Switchyard
LF
TR 220 kV / MV Transformer
LF LF
LF LF 220 kV Line Feeder
LF
R RF TF 220 kV Transformer Feeder
LF
RF
ingida R
220 kV Reactor Feeder
Singida S
RF
LF
BC Space for 220 kV Spare Feeder
LF(TF)
TR
TF
LF
RF New Installations
TF TR
R 220 kV Reactor 2013
a
Singid

MV
SB
CCB CCB 220 kV Coupler Circut Breaker at Place of Spare Feeder 2013)

TR LF(TF) 220 kV Line Feeder 2013 (220 kV Transformer Feeder 2021)

TF
RF 220 kV Reactor Feeder 2013
LF
LF 220 kV Line Feeder 2013 (Space for 220 kV Spare Feeder 2021)
EHV transmission line 2013 - 2021
r
witchgea
220 kV S 220 kV interim connection strip 2013 - 2021
Existing
Iringa EHV transmission line 2021
Substatio

Substatio
TR EHV / 220 kV Transformer
TF EHV Transformer Feeder
n Location

n Location
Iringa

LF EHV Line Feeder

BC EHV Bus Coupler
Mtera

Space for EHV Spare Feeder

Alternativ

Alternative

approximate TANESCO property boundery

e

ANNEX 1.4.2
Satellite picture: 2007 Digital Globe New Iringa Shinyanga Transmission Line
2008 Europa Technologies FICHTNER
2007 Google
Dodoma Substation - Incoming Transmission Line
 Singida

Legend
Existing Installations
220 kV transmission line
SB Substation Building
MV Medium Voltage Switchyard
New Substation
SVC SVC Installation
TR 220 kV / MV Transformer

Future LF

Future LF
220 kV Line Feeder

BC
TF

TF

LF

LF

LF

LF
LF

Existing 220 kV Switchgear TF 220 kV Transformer Feeder

220 kV SVC Feeder

TR
TR
SVC

SVC RF 220 kV Reactor Feeder

MV TR
TR TR R R Shinyanga Space for 220 kV Spare Feeder
SVC

SB
LF
TF
LF
TF
TF

RF
RF
TF

Shinyanga New Installations

CCB

RF
LF
LF

LF

R 220 kV Reactor 2013

CCB 220 kV Coupler Circut Breaker at Place of Spare Feeder 2013)
Arusha
LF(TF) 220 kV Line Feeder 2013 (220 kV Transformer Feeder 2021)
RF 220 kV Reactor Feeder 2013
Arusha / Kenia
LF 220 kV Line Feeder 2013 (Space for 220 kV Spare Feeder 2021)
EHV transmission line 2013 - 2021
220 kV interim connection strip 2013 - 2021
EHV transmission line 2021
TR EHV / 220 kV Transformer
a

Dod
ng

TF EHV Transformer Feeder

Dod
Do d
ya
in

om

LF EHV Line Feeder

o
Sh

oma

ma

BC EHV Bus Coupler

Space for EHV Spare Feeder

approximate TANESCO property boundery

- ANNEX 1.4.3
Satellite picture: 2007 Digital Globe New Iringa Shinyanga Transmission Line
2008 Europa Technologies FICHTNER
2007 Google
Singida Substation - Incoming Transmission Line
 Shinyanga

M
w
Legend

an
Bu

za
Existing Installations

ly
an
hu
220 kV transmission line

lu
132 kV transmission line
SB Substation Building
MV Medium Voltage Switchyard
SVC SVC Installation
TR 220 kV / MV Transformer
agi 132
zw 132 kV Installations
Bu LF LF
kV

CF LF 220 kV Line Feeder

SV LF

TR
SV
TF 220 kV Transformer Feeder
Exi witch

SB
C

Singi SVC 220 kV SVC Feeder

da
stin gea
S

TF Singid
a 220 kV Reactor Feeder
MV

RF
TR
g2

LF
Space for 220 kV Spare Feeder
20

TF
132

TR
kV
kV

RF
New Installations
r

RF Sing
ida R 220 kV Reactor 2013
TF
TR

TF CCB 220 kV Coupler Circut Breaker at Place of Spare Feeder 2013)

TF
a LF(TF) 220 kV Line Feeder 2013 (220 kV Transformer Feeder 2021)
or BC
Tab
TR

RF 220 kV Reactor Feeder 2013

TF

LF LF 220 kV Line Feeder 2013 (Space for 220 kV Spare Feeder 2021)
LF EHV transmission line 2013 - 2021
LF 220 kV interim connection strip 2013 - 2021
ure
Fut
LF EHV transmission line 2021
ure
Fut
tion
sta TR EHV / 220 kV Transformer
Sub
New TF EHV Transformer Feeder
a
and
/ Ug LF EHV Line Feeder
nda
Rwa BC EHV Bus Coupler
Space for EHV Spare Feeder

approximate TANESCO property boundery

ANNEX 1.4.4
Satellite picture: 2007 Digital Globe New Iringa Shinyanga Transmission Line
2008 Europa Technologies FICHTNER
2007 Google
Shinyanga Substation - Incoming Transmission Line
Pad & Chimney Foundation

Design Parameters

C 0.3 m
T 2.0 m
B/T 0.5 1.0
D 0.1 x B 0.3
U 0.5 x D 0.2
Frustum 0 - 25

T` = 0.5m or 1.0m chimney extension if terrain

flood > 1:4 ( 15)

C` = 0.5m or 1.0m cap extension if seasonal

terrain flod > 0.2m

Connection beams between all footings if

terrain slope > 1:2 or span > 500m
 Composite Type Insulator String

a 450

450

450
 300 mm

480 mm
Black

White

Example of Bird Warning

Flag

500 mm

Note:
Minimum of eight rods plus one
centre rod to prevent bird nesting,
made of non-conductive material.

Example of Bird/Perch
Rejector

7
 BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI

Forms and Procedures

Form of Completion Certificate 1

Form of Operational Acceptance Certificate 2

Change Order Procedure and Forms 3

Change Order Procedure 4

Annex 1. Request for Change Proposal 5
Annex 2. Estimate for Change Proposal 7
Annex 3. Acceptance of Estimate 9
Annex 4. Change Proposal 10
Annex 5. Change Order 13
Annex 6. Pending Agreement Change Order 14
Annex 7. Application for Change Proposal 16

5413A08/FICHT-7273316-v1 I
 BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI

Form of Completion Certificate

Date:
Loan/Credit No:
IFB No:

______________________________

To: _________________________________

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen,

Pursuant to GC Clause 24 (Completion of the Facilities) of the General Conditions of the

Contract entered into between yourselves and the Employer dated _____________, relating to
the ____________________, we hereby notify you that the following part(s) of the Facilities
was (were) complete on the date specified below, and that, in accordance with the terms of
the Contract, the Employer hereby takes over the said part(s) of the Facilities, together with
the responsibility for care and custody and the risk of loss thereof on the date mentioned
below.

1. Description of the Facilities or part thereof: ______________________________

2. Date of Completion: __________________

However, you are required to complete the outstanding items listed in the attachment
hereto as soon as practicable.

This letter does not relieve you of your obligation to complete the execution of the
Facilities in accordance with the Contract nor of your obligations during the Defect
Liability Period.

Very truly yours,

Title
(Project Manager)

5413A08/FICHT-7273316-v1 1
 BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI

Form of Operational Acceptance Certificate

Date:
Loan/Credit No:
IFB No:

_________________________________________

To: ________________________________________

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen,

Pursuant to GC Sub-Clause 25.3 (Operational Acceptance) of the General Conditions of

the Contract entered into between yourselves and the Employer dated _______________,
relating to the ___________________________________, we hereby notify you that the
Functional Guarantees of the following part(s) of the Facilities were satisfactorily attained
on the date specified below.

1. Description of the Facilities or part thereof:

_______________________________

2. Date of Operational Acceptance: _______________________

This letter does not relieve you of your obligation to complete the execution of the
Facilities in accordance with the Contract nor of your obligations during the Defect
Liability Period.

Very truly yours,

Title
(Project Manager)

5413A08/FICHT-7273316-v1 2
 BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI

Change Order Procedure and Forms

Date:
Loan/Credit No:
IFB No:

CONTENTS

1. General
2. Change Order Log
3. References for Changes

ANNEXES

Annex 1 Request for Change Proposal

Annex 2 Estimate for Change Proposal
Annex 3 Acceptance of Estimate
Annex 4 Change Proposal
Annex 5 Change Order
Annex 6 Pending Agreement Change Order
Annex 7 Application for Change Proposal

5413A08/FICHT-7273316-v1 3
 BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI

Change Order Procedure

1. General

This section provides samples of procedures and forms for implementing changes in
the Facilities during the performance of the Contract in accordance with GC Clause
39 (Change in the Facilities) of the General Conditions.

2. Change Order Log

The Contractor shall keep an up-to-date Change Order Log to show the current status
of Requests for Change and Changes authorized or pending, as Annex 8. Entries of
the Changes in the Change Order Log shall be made to ensure that the log is up-to-
date. The Contractor shall attach a copy of the current Change Order Log in the
monthly progress report to be submitted to the Employer.

3. References for Changes

(1) Request for Change as referred to in GC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered

CR-X-nnn.

(2) Estimate for Change Proposal as referred to in GC Clause 39 shall be serially

numbered CN-X-nnn.

(3) Acceptance of Estimate as referred to in GC Clause 39 shall be serially

numbered CA-X-nnn.

(4) Change Proposal as referred to in GC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CP-

X-nnn.

(5) Change Order as referred to in GC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CO-X-

nnn.

Note: (a) Requests for Change issued from the Employers Home Office and the
Site representatives of the Employer shall have the following respective
references:

Home Office CR-H-nnn

Site CR-S-nnn

(b) The above number nnn is the same for Request for Change, Estimate
for Change Proposal, Acceptance of Estimate, Change Proposal and
Change Order.

5413A08/FICHT-7273316-v1 4
 BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI

Annex 1. Request for Change Proposal

(Employers Letterhead)

To: ____________________________________ Date:

Attention: ______________________________________

Contract Name: _________________________________

Contract Number: _______________________________

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:

With reference to the captioned Contract, you are requested to prepare and submit a
Change Proposal for the Change noted below in accordance with the following instructions
within _______________ days of the date of this letter ____________________.

1. Title of Change: ________________________

2. Change Request No. __________________

3. Originator of Change: Employer: _______________________________

Contractor (by Application for Change Proposal No.
1
_______ :

4. Brief Description of Change: _________________________________________________

5. Facilities and/or Item No. of equipment related to the requested Change:

_____________

6. Reference drawings and/or technical documents for the request of Change:

Drawing No./Document No. Description

7. Detailed conditions or special requirements on the requested Change:

________________

8. General Terms and Conditions:

(a) Please submit your estimate to us showing what effect the requested Change
will have on the Contract Price.

(b) Your estimate shall include your claim for the additional time, if any, for
completion of the requested Change.

5413A08/FICHT-7273316-v1 5
 BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI

(c) If you have any opinion negative to the adoption of the requested Change in
connection with the conformability to the other provisions of the Contract or the
safety of the Plant or Facilities, please inform us of your opinion in your
proposal of revised provisions.

(d) Any increase or decrease in the work of the Contractor relating to the services
of its personnel shall be calculated.

(e) You shall not proceed with the execution of the work for the requested Change
until we have accepted and confirmed the amount and nature in writing.

(Employers Name)

(Signature)

(Name of signatory)

(Title of signatory)

5413A08/FICHT-7273316-v1 6
 BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI

Annex 2. Estimate for Change Proposal

(Contractors Letterhead)

To: ______________________________ Date:

Attention: _______________________________

Contract Name: _______________________________

Contract Number: _____________________________

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:

With reference to your Request for Change Proposal, we are pleased to notify you of the
approximate cost of preparing the below-referenced Change Proposal in accordance with
GC Sub-Clause 39.2.1 of the General Conditions. We acknowledge that your agreement to
the cost of preparing the Change Proposal, in accordance with GC Sub-Clause 39.2.2, is
required before estimating the cost for change work.

1. Title of Change: ________________________

2. Change Request No./Rev.: ____________________________

3. Brief Description of Change: __________________________

4. Scheduled Impact of Change: ___________________________

5. Cost for Preparation of Change Proposal: _______________2

(a) Engineering (Amount)

(i) Engineer hrs x rate/hr =

(ii) Draftsperson hrs x rate/hr =
Sub-total hrs

Total Engineering Cost

(b) Other Cost

Total Cost (a) + (b)

(Contractors Name)

2
Costs shall be in the currencies of the Contract.

5413A08/FICHT-7273316-v1 7
 BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI

(Signature)

(Name of signatory)

(Title of signatory)

5413A08/FICHT-7273316-v1 8
 BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI

Annex 3. Acceptance of Estimate

(Employers Letterhead)

To: ______________________________ Date:

Attention: ________________________________

Contract Name: _____________________________

Contract Number: ___________________________

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:

We hereby accept your Estimate for Change Proposal and agree that you should proceed
with the preparation of the Change Proposal.

1. Title of Change: ___________________________

2. Change Request No./Rev.: _______________________________

3. Estimate for Change Proposal No./Rev.: _______________________________

4. Acceptance of Estimate No./Rev.: _______________________________

5. Brief Description of Change: _______________________________

6. Other Terms and Conditions: In the event that we decide not to order the Change
accepted, you shall be entitled to compensation for the cost of preparation of Change
Proposal described in your Estimate for Change Proposal mentioned in para. 3 above
in accordance with GC Clause 39 of the General Conditions.

(Employers Name)

(Signature)

(Name and Title of signatory)

5413A08/FICHT-7273316-v1 9
 BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI

Annex 4. Change Proposal

(Contractors Letterhead)

To: _______________________________ Date:

Attention: _______________________________

Contract Name: _______________________________

Contract Number: _______________________________

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:

In response to your Request for Change Proposal No. _______________________________, we

hereby submit our proposal as follows:

1. Title of Change: _______________________________

2. Change Proposal No./Rev.: _______________________________

3. Originator of Change: Employer: [_______________________________

Contractor: _______________________________

4. Brief Description of Change: _______________________________

5. Reasons for Change: _______________________________

6. Facilities and/or Item No. of Equipment related to the requested Change:

_______________________________

7. Reference drawings and/or technical documents for the requested Change:

Drawing/Document No. Description

8. Estimate of increase/decrease to the Contract Price resulting from Change Proposal:3

(Amount)

(a) Direct material

(b) Major construction equipment

(c) Direct field labor (Total hrs)

(d) Subcontracts

3
Costs shall be in the currencies of the Contract.

5413A08/FICHT-7273316-v1 10
 BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI

(e) Indirect material and labor

(f) Site supervision

(g) Head office technical staff salaries

Process engineer hrs @ rate/hr

Project engineer hrs @ rate/hr
Equipment engineer hrs @ rate/hr
Procurement hrs @ rate/hr
Draftsperson hrs @ rate/hr
Total hrs

(h) Extraordinary costs (computer, travel, etc.)

(i) Fee for general administration, % of Items

(j) Taxes and customs duties

Total lump sum cost of Change Proposal

(Sum of items (a) to (j))

Cost to prepare Estimate for Change Proposal

(Amount payable if Change is not accepted)

9. Additional time for Completion required due to Change Proposal

10. Effect on the Functional Guarantees

11. Effect on the other terms and conditions of the Contract

12. Validity of this Proposal: within [Number] days after receipt of this Proposal by the
Employer

13. Other terms and conditions of this Change Proposal:

(a) You are requested to notify us of your acceptance, comments or rejection of this
detailed Change Proposal within ______________ days from your receipt of this
Proposal.

(b) The amount of any increase and/or decrease shall be taken into account in the
adjustment of the Contract Price.

(c) Contractors cost for preparation of this Change Proposal:2

2
Specify where necessary.

5413A08/FICHT-7273316-v1 11
 BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI

(Contractors Name)

(Signature)

(Name of signatory)

(Title of signatory)

5413A08/FICHT-7273316-v1 12
 BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI

Annex 5. Change Order

(Employers Letterhead)

To: _______________________________ Date:

Attention: _______________________________

Contract Name: _______________________________

Contract Number: _______________________________

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:

We approve the Change Order for the work specified in the Change Proposal (No.
_______), and agree to adjust the Contract Price, Time for Completion and/or other
conditions of the Contract in accordance with GC Clause 39 of the General Conditions.

1. Title of Change: _______________________________

2. Change Request No./Rev.: _______________________________

3. Change Order No./Rev.: _______________________________

4. Originator of Change: Employer: _______________________________

Contractor: _______________________________

5. Authorized Price:

Ref. No.: _______________________________ Date:

__________________________
Foreign currency portion __________ plus Local currency portion __________

6. Adjustment of Time for Completion

None Increase _________ days Decrease _________

days

7. Other effects, if any

Authorized by: Date:

(Employer)

Accepted by: Date:

(Contractor)

5413A08/FICHT-7273316-v1 13
 BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI

Annex 6. Pending Agreement Change Order

(Employers Letterhead)

To: _______________________________ Date:

Attention: _______________________________

Contract Name: _______________________________

Contract Number: [_______________________________

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:

We instruct you to carry out the work in the Change Order detailed below in accordance
with GC Clause 39 of the General Conditions.

1. Title of Change: _______________________________

2. Employers Request for Change Proposal No./Rev.: _______________________________

dated: __________

3. Contractors Change Proposal No./Rev.: _______________________________ dated:

__________

4. Brief Description of Change: _______________________________

5. Facilities and/or Item No. of equipment related to the requested Change:

_______________________________

6. Reference Drawings and/or technical documents for the requested Change:

Drawing/Document No. Description

7. Adjustment of Time for Completion:

8. Other change in the Contract terms:

9. Other terms and conditions:

5413A08/FICHT-7273316-v1 14
 BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI

(Employers Name)

(Signature)

(Name of signatory)

(Title of signatory)

5413A08/FICHT-7273316-v1 15
 BACKBONE TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT PROJECT (BTIP) TANESCO
400kV Transmission Line Lot 1, 2 & 3 Bidding Documents
Section VI

Annex 7. Application for Change Proposal

(Contractors Letterhead)

To: _______________________________ Date:

Attention: _______________________________

Contract Name: _______________________________

Contract Number: _______________________________

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:

We hereby propose that the below-mentioned work be treated as a Change in the Facilities.

1. Title of Change: _______________________________

2. Application for Change Proposal No./Rev.: _______________________________

dated:
_______________________________

3. Brief Description of Change: _______________________________

4. Reasons for Change:

5. Order of Magnitude Estimation (in the currencies of the Contract):

6. Scheduled Impact of Change:

7. Effect on Functional Guarantees, if any:

8. Appendix:

(Contractors Name)

(Signature)

(Name of signatory)

(Title of signatory)

5413A08/FICHT-7273316-v1 16